diff --git a/data/tlg0544/tlg001/__cts__.xml b/data/tlg0544/tlg001/__cts__.xml index b3dfcf142..1a54abcc3 100644 --- a/data/tlg0544/tlg001/__cts__.xml +++ b/data/tlg0544/tlg001/__cts__.xml @@ -1,13 +1,20 @@ Pyrrhoniae Hypotyposes + Pyrrhoniae Hypotyposes. Book III, Lines 30-36. Sextus Empiricus. Sexti Empiricii Opera, Volume 1. Mutschmann, Hermann, translator. Leipzig: Teubner, 1912. + Pyrrhoniae Hypotyposes Sextus Empiricus. Sexti Empiricii Opera, Volume 1. Mutschmann, Hermann, editor. Leipzig: Teubner, 1912. + + + Outlines of Pyrrhonism + Sextus Empiricus, Vol. 1. Bury, Robert Gregg, translator. London: William Heinemann Ltd.; New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1933. + diff --git a/data/tlg0544/tlg001/tlg0544.tlg001.1st1K-eng1.xml b/data/tlg0544/tlg001/tlg0544.tlg001.1st1K-eng1.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36cff763d --- /dev/null +++ b/data/tlg0544/tlg001/tlg0544.tlg001.1st1K-eng1.xml @@ -0,0 +1,9284 @@ + + + + + + + + Outlines of Pyrrhonism + + Sextus Empiricus + Robert Gregg Bury + Tisch Library, Tufts University + + + Published original versions of the electronic texts + Open Greek and Latin + Gregory Crane + Leonard Muellner + Bruce Robertson + + + + William Roush + Tufts University + Digital conversion and editing + + + Lisa Cerrato + Perseus Digital Library + Digital editor + + + + + Trustees of Tufts University + Open Greek and Latin + Medford, MA + Perseus Digital Library + + tlg0544.tlg001.1st1K-eng1.xml + + Available under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License + + + + + + + Sextus Empiricus + Sextus Empiricus + Robert Gregg Bury + + London + William Heinemann Ltd. + New York + G. P. Putnam's Sons + 1933 + + 1 + + + Loeb Classical Library + + Internet Archive + + + + + + + + +

This pointer pattern extracts book, chapter, and section.

+ +

This pointer pattern extracts book and chapter.

+ +

This pointer pattern extracts book.

+
+
+ + + + Greek + Latin + + + + + Header review, markup review, CTS and EpiDoc review for compliance. + OCR Proofreading and Markup + + +
+ + + +
+
+
+Chapter I.—Of The Main Difference Between Philosophic Systems +

+The natural result of any investigation is that the +investigators either discover the object of search or +deny that it is discoverable and confess it to be +inapprehensible or persist in their search.

+

+So, too, with regard to the objects investigated by +philosophy, this is probably why some have claimed to +have discovered the truth, others have asserted that it +cannot be apprehended, while others again go on inquiring.

+

+Those who believe they have discovered it are the +‟Dogmatists,” specially so called—Aristotle, for +example, and Epicurus and the Stoics and certain +others; Cleitomachus and Carneades and other +AcademicsSee Introd. pp. xxxii ff. +treat it as inapprehensible: the Sceptics keep on searching.

+

+Hence it seems reasonable to hold that the main types of +philosophy are three—the Dogmatic, the Academic, and the Sceptic. +Of the other systems it will best become others to speak: our +task at present is to describe in outline the Sceptic doctrine, +‟Doctrine.” ‟School,” ‟system” or ‟way” are other +possible renderings of ἀγωγή. ‟Procedure,” ‟way of +thought,” ‟trend,” or ‟line of argument,” ‟leading” (ἄγων) +up to a definite goal, is rather what it connotes. +first premising that of none of our future statements do we +positively affirm that the fact is exactly as we state it, +but we simply record each fact, like a chronicler, as it +appears to us at the moment.

+
+ +
+Chapter II.—Of The Arguments of Scepticism +

+Of the Sceptic philosophy one argument (or branch +of exposition) is called ‟general,” the other ‟special.” +In the general argument we set forth the distinctive +features of Scepticism, stating its purport and +principles, its logical methods, criterion, and end or aim; +the ‟Tropes,” also, or ‟Modes,”Cf. Introd. p. xxxvii; §§ 36 f. infra. which lead to suspension +of judgement, and in what sense we adopt the Sceptic +formulae, and the distinction between Scepticism +and the philosophies which stand next to it.

+

+In the special argument we state our objections +regarding the several divisions of so-called philosophy. +Bks. II and III belong to the ‟special” +part of the exposition. +Let us, then, deal first with the general +argument, beginning our description with the names +given to the Sceptic School.

+
+ +
+Chapter III.—Of The Nomenclature of Scepticism +

+The Sceptic School, then, is also called ‟Zetetic” +from its activity in investigation and inquiry, and +‟Ephectic” or Suspensive from the state of mind +produced in the inquirer after his search, and +‟Aporetic” or Dubitative either from its habit of +doubting and seeking, as some say, or from its +indecision as regards assent and denial, and ‟Pyrrhonian” +from the fact that PyrrhoSee Introd. pp. xxx f. appears to us to +have applied himself to Scepticism more thoroughly +and more conspicuously than his predecessors.

+
+ +
+Chapter IV.—What Scepticism Is +

+Scepticism is an ability, or mental attitude, which +opposes appearances to judgements in any way +whatsoever, with the result that, owing to the +equipollence of the objects and reasons thus opposed, we +are brought firstly to a state of mental suspense and +next to a state of ‟unperturbedness” or quietude.

+

+Now we call it an ‟ability” not in any subtle sense, +but simply in respect of its ‟being able.” By +‟appearances” we now mean the objects of sense- +perception, whence we contrast them with the objects +of thought or ‟judgements.” The phrase ‟in any +way whatsoever” can be connected either with the +word ‟ability,” to make us take the word ‟ability,” +as we said, in its simple sense, or with the phrase +‟opposing appearances to judgements;” for inasmuch +as we oppose these in a variety of ways—appearances +to appearances, or judgements to judgements, or +/alternando/ appearances to judgements,—in order to +ensure the inclusion of all these antitheses +we employ the phrase ‟in any way whatsoever.” +Or, again, we join ‟in any way whatsoever” to +‟appearances and judgements” in order that we may +not have to inquire how the appearances appear or +how the thought-objects are judged, but may take +these terms in the simple sense.

+

+The phrase ‟opposed judgements” we do not employ +in the sense of negations and affirmations only but +simply as equivalent to ‟conflicting judgements.” +i.e. ‟opposites” includes, for the Sceptics, +‟contraries” (e.g. ‟All are wise”)(‟None are wise”), as well +as ‟contradictories” (e.g. ‟Some are wise”)(‟None are wise”), +whereas the Stoics used it of the latter only. +‟Equipollence” we use of equality in respect of +probability and improbability, to indicate that no +one of the conflicting judgements takes precedence +of any other as being more probable. ‟Suspense” +is a state of mental rest owing to which we neither +deny nor affirm anything. ‟Quietude” is an untroubled +and tranquil condition of soul. And how quietude +enters the soul along with suspension of judgement +we shall explain in our chapter (XII.) ‟Concerning the End.”

+
+ +
+Chapter V.—Of The Sceptic +

+In the definition of the Sceptic system there is also +implicitly included that of the Pyrrhonean philosopher: +he is the man who participates in this ‟ability.”

+
+ +
+Chapter VI.—Of The Principles of Scepticism +

+The originating cause of Scepticism is, we say, the +hope of attaining quietude. Men of talent, who were +perturbed by the contradictions in things and in +doubt as to which of the alternatives they ought to +accept, were led on to inquire what is true in things +and what false, hoping by the settlement of this +question to attain quietude. The main basic principle +of the Sceptic system is that of opposing to every +proposition an equal proposition; for we believe that +as a consequence of this we end by ceasing to dogmatize.

+
+ +
+Chapter VII.—Does The Sceptic Dogmatize? +

+When we say that the Sceptic refrains from dogmatizing +we do not use the term ‟dogma,” as some +do, in the broader sense of ‟approval of a thing” +(for the Sceptic gives assent to the feelings which +are the necessary results of sense-impressions, and +he would not, for example, say when feeling hot or +cold ‟I believe that I am not hot or cold”); but we +say that ‟he does not dogmatize” using ‟dogma” +in the sense, which some give it, of ‟assent to one +of the non-evident objects of scientific inquiry;” +for the Pyrrhonean philosopher assents to nothing +that is non-evident.

+

+Moreover, even in the act of enunciating the Sceptic +formulaeCf. §§187 ff. As there explained, οὐδὲν μᾶλλον +is eliptical for οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τόδε ἢ τόδε.concerning things +non-evident—such as the formula ‟No more (one thing than another),” +or the formula ‟I determine nothing,” or any of the others which we shall +presently mention,—he does not dogmatize. For whereas the +dogmatizer posits the things about which he is said to be +dogmatizing as really existent, the Sceptic does not posit +these formulae in any absolute sense; for +he conceives that, just as the formula ‟All things are +false” asserts the falsity of itself as well as of everything +else, as does the formula ‟Nothing is true,” +so also the formula ‟No more” asserts that itself, +like all the rest, is ‟No more (this than that),” +and thus cancels itself along with the rest. And +of the other formulae we say the same.

+

+If then, while the dogmatizer posits the matter of his +dogma as substantial truth, the Sceptic enunciates +his formulae so that they are virtually cancelled by +themselves, he should not be said to dogmatize in his +enunciation of them. And, most important of all, in +his enunciation of these formulae he states what +appears to himself and announces his own impression +in an undogmatic way, without making any positive +assertion regarding the external realities. +Lit. ‟underlying things.” i.e. the essences or reals which +lie behind, and give rise to, sensations or ‟appearances;” +Cf. note a in §§48p. 30 note a.

+
+ +
+Chapter VIII.—Has The Sceptic A Doctrinal Rule? +

+We follow the same lines in replying to the question +‟Has the Sceptic a doctrinal rule?” For if one +defines a ‟doctrinal rule” as ‟adherence to a number +of dogmas which are dependent both on one another +and on appearances,” and defines ‟dogma” as +‟assent to a non-evident proposition,” then we shall +say that he has not a doctrinal rule.

+

+But if one defines ‟doctrinal rule” as ‟procedure which, +in accordance with appearance, follows a certain line of +reasoning, that reasoning indicating how it is possible +to seem to live rightly (the word ‘rightly’ being +taken, not as referring to virtue only, but in a wider +senseLit. ‟more smoothly” or ‟simply;” hence ‟in a less +restricted, more extensive, way.”) and tending to enable +one to suspend judgement,” then we say that he has a doctrinal rule. +For we follow a line of reasoning which, in accordance +with appearances, points us to a life conformable to +the customs of our country and its laws and institutions, +and to our own instinctive feelings.

+
+ +
+Chapter IX.—Does The Sceptic Deal With Physics? +

+We make a similar reply also to the question +‟Should the Sceptic deal with physical problems?” +For while, on the one hand, so far as regards making +firm and positive assertions about any of the matters +dogmatically treated in physical theory, we do not +deal with physics; yet, on the other hand, in respect +of our mode of opposing to every proposition an equal +proposition and of our theory of quietude we do treat +of physics. This, too, is the way in which we approach +the logical and ethical branches of so-called ‟philosophy.”

+
+ +
+Chapter X.—Do The Sceptics Abolish Appearances? +

+Those who say that ‟the Sceptics abolish appearances,” +or phenomena, seem to me to be unacquainted +with the statements of our School. For, as we said +above, we do not overthrow the affective sense- +impressionsi.e. ‟impressions” or ‟presentations” +which cause ‟affections” or ‟feelings” (πάθη), as described +in §13 supra. which induce our assent involuntarily; +and these impressions are ‟the appearances.” And +when we question whether the underlying object is +such as it appears, we grant the fact that it appears, +and our doubt does not concern the appearance itself +but the account given of that appearance,—and that +is a different thing from questioning the appearance +itself.

+

+For example, honeyCf. §213. appears to us to be +sweet (and this we grant, for we perceive sweetness +through the senses), but whether it is also sweet in +its essence is for us a matter of doubt, since this is +not an appearance but a judgement regarding the +appearance, And even if we do actually argue +against the appearances, we do not propound such +arguments with the intention of abolishing appearances, +but by way of pointing out the rashness of the +Dogmatists; for if reason is such a trickster as to all +but snatch away the appearances from under our very +eyes, surely we should view it with suspicion in the +case of things non-evident so as not to display rashness +by following it.i.e. the ‟reason,” or logic, which serves to discredit +phenomena may be used a fortiori to discredit ultra-sensible +objects. Instead of ‟abolishing appearances” it really (as +the Sceptics contend) abolishes itself.

+
+ +
+Chapter XI.—Of The Criterion of Scepticism +

+That we adhere to appearances is plain from what +we say about the Criterion of the Sceptic School. +The word ‟Criterion” is used in two senses: in the +one it means ‟the standard regulating belief in +reality or unreality,” (and this we shall discuss in +our refutationCf. ii. 14 ff.); +in the other it denotes the standard +of action by conforming to which in the conduct of +life we perform some actions and abstain from others; +and it is of the latter that we are now speaking.

+

+The criterion, then, of the Sceptic School is, we say, +the appearance, giving this name to what is virtually the +sense-presentation. For since this lies in feeling and +involuntary affection, it is not open to question. +Consequently, no one, I suppose, disputes that the +underlying object has this or that appearance; the +point in dispute is whether the object is in reality +such as it appears to be.

+

+Adhering, then, to appearances we live in accordance +with the normal rules of life, undogmatically, +seeing that we cannot remain wholly inactive.Cf. §§226, 237-238. +And it would seem that this regulation of life is fourfold, +and that one part of it lies in the guidance of Nature, +another in the constraint of the passions, another in +the tradition of laws and customs, another in the +instruction of the arts.

+

+Nature’s guidance is that by which we are naturally capable +of sensation and thought; constraint of the passions is that +whereby hunger drives us to food and thirst to drink; tradition +of customs and laws, that whereby we regard piety in the conduct +of life as good, but impiety as evil; instruction of the arts, +that whereby we are not inactive in such arts as we adopt. +But we make all these statements undogmatically.

+
+ +
+Chapter XII.—What Is The End Of Skepticism? +

+Our next subject will be the End of the Sceptic +system. Now an ‟End” is ‟that for which all +actions or reasonings are undertaken, while it exists +for the sake of none;” or, otherwise, ‟the ultimate +object of appetency.”Cf. De fin. i. 12. 42 ‟vel +summum bonum vel ultimum vel extremum, quod Graeci +τέλος nominant, quod ipsum nullam ad aliam rem, +ad id autem res referuntur omnes.” Aristot. Eth. Nic. i. 1. 1. +καλῶς ἀπεφήναντο τἀγαθὸν οὗ πάντ᾽ἐφείται; ibid. 5 τέλος +ἐστὶ τῶν πρακτῶν ὃ δἰ αὑτὸ βουλόμεθα, τἆλλα δὲ διὰ τοῦτο. +We assert still that the Sceptic’s End is quietude in respect of matters of +opinion and moderate feeling in respect of things +unavoidable.

+

+For the Sceptic, having set out to +philosophize with the object of passing judgement +on the sense-impressions and ascertaining which of +them are true and which false, so as to attain quietude +thereby, found himself involved in contradictions of +equal weight, and being unable to decide between +them suspended judgement; and as he was thus in +suspense there followed, as it happened, the state +of quietude in respect of matters of opinion.

+

+For the man who opines that anything is by nature good +or bad is for ever being disquieted: when he is +without the things which he deems good he believes +himself to be tormented by things naturally bad and +he pursues after the things which are, as he thinks, +good; which when he has obtained he keeps falling +into still more perturbations because of his irrational +and immoderate elation, and in his dread of a change +of fortune he uses every endeavour to avoid losing +the things which he deems good.

+

+On the other hand, the man who determines +nothing as to what is naturally +good or bad neither shuns nor pursues anything +eagerly; and, in consequence, he is unperturbed.

+

The Sceptic, in fact, had the same experience which +is said to have befallen the painter Apelles.Court painter +to Alexander the Great (circa 350-300 B.C.) Once, +they say, when he was painting a horse and wished +to represent in the painting the horse’s foam, he was +so unsuccessful that he gave up the attempt and flung +at the picture the sponge on which he used to wipe +the paints off his brush, and the mark of the sponge +produced the effect of a horse’s foam.

+

+So, too, the Sceptics were in hopes of gaining quietude +by means of a decision regarding the disparity of the +objects of sense and of thought, and being unable to effect +this they suspended judgement; and they found that +quietude, as if by chance, followed upon their suspense, +even as a shadow follows its substance. We do +not, however, suppose that the Sceptic is wholly +untroubled; but we say that he is troubled by things +unavoidable; for we grant that he is cold at times +and thirsty, and suffers various affections of that kind.

+

+But even in these cases, whereas ordinary people are +afflicted by two circumstances,—namely, by the affections +themselves and, in no less a degree, by the belief that +these conditions are evil by nature,—the Sceptic, by his +rejection of the added belief in the natural badness of +all these conditions, escapes here too with less discomfort. +Hence we say that, while in regard to matters of opinion +the Sceptic’s End is quietude, in regard to things +unavoidable it is ‟moderate affection.” But some notable +ScepticsViz. Timon and Aenesidemus; cf. Diog. Laert. ix 107. +have added the further definition ‟suspension +of judgement in investigations.”

+
+ +
+Chapter XIII.—Of The General Modes Leading to Suspension of Judgement +

+Now that we have been saying that tranquillity +follows on suspension of judgement, it will be our +next task to explain how we arrive at this suspension. +Speaking generally, one may say that it is the result +of setting things in opposition. We oppose either +appearances to appearances or objects of thought to +objects of thought or alternando.

+

+For instance, we oppose appearances to appearances +when we say ‟The same towerCf. § 118 appears round from a distance, +but square from close at hand;” and thoughts to +thoughts, when in answer to him who argues the +existence of Providence from the order of the heavenly +bodies we oppose the fact that often the good fare +ill and the bad fare well, and draw from this the +inference that Providence does not exist.

+

+And thoughts we oppose to appearances, as when AnaxagorasSee Introd. p. xi; cf. ii. 244. +countered the notion that snow is white with the +argument, ‟Snow is frozen water, and water is +black; therefore snow also is black.” With a +different idea we oppose things present sometimes +to things present, as in the foregoing examples, and +sometimes to things past or future, as, for instance, +when someone propounds to us a theory which we +are unable to refute, we say to him in reply,

+

+‟Just as, before the birth of the founder of the School +to which you belong, the theory it holds was not as yet +apparent as a sound theory, although it was really +in existence, so likewise it is possible that the +opposite theory to that which you now propound is +already really existent, though not yet apparent to +us, so that we ought not as yet to yield assent to this +theory which at the moment seems to be valid.”

+

+But in order that we may have a more exact understanding +of these antitheses I will describe the Modes +by which suspension of judgement is brought about, +but without making any positive assertion regarding +either their number or their validity; for it is possible +that they may be unsound or there may be more of +them than I shall enumerate.

+
+ +
+Chapter XIV.—Concerning The Ten Modes +

+The usual tradition amongst the older Sceptics is +that the ‟modes” by which ‟suspension” is supposed +to be brought about are ten in number; and they also +give them the synonymous names of ‟arguments” +and ‟positions.” They are these: the first, based on +the variety in animals; the second, on the differences +in human beings; the third, on the different structures +of the organs of sense; the fourth, on the +circumstantial conditions; the fifth, on positions and +intervals and locations; the sixth, on intermixtures;

+

+the seventh, on the quantities and formations of the +underlying objects; the eighth, on the fact of relativity; +the ninth, on the frequency or rarity of +occurrence; the tenth, on the disciplines and customs +and laws, the legendary beliefs and the dogmatic convictions.

+

+This order, however, we adopt without prejudice.

+

As superordinate to these there stand three Modes +—that based on the subject who judges, that on the +object judged, and that based on both. The first four +of the ten Modes are subordinate to the Mode based +on the subject (for the subject which judges is +either an animal or a man or a sense, and existent in +some condition): the seventh and tenth Modes are +referred to that based on the object judged: the +fifth, sixth, eighth and ninth are referred to the Mode +based on both subject and object.

+

+Furthermore, these three Modes are also referred to that +of relation, so that the Mode of relation stands as the +highest genus, and the three as species, and the ten as +subordinate sub-species. We give this as the probable account +of their numbers; and as to their argumentative +force what we say is this:

+

+The First argument (or Trope), as we said, is that +which shows that the same impressions are not produced +by the same objects owing to the differences +in animals. This we infer both from the differences +in their origins and from the variety of their bodily +structures.

+

+Thus, as to origin, some animals are produced +without sexual union, others by coition. And +of those produced without coition, some come from +fire, like the animalcules which appear in furnaces, +others from putrid water, like gnats; others from +wine when it turns sour, like ants; others from earth, +like grasshoppers; others from marsh, like frogs; +others from mud, like worms; others from asses, like +beetles; others from greens, like caterpillars; others +from fruits, like the gall-insects in wild figs; others +from rotting animals, as bees from bulls and wasps +from horses.

+

+Of the animals generated by coition, +some—in fact the majority—come from homogeneous +parents, others from heterogeneous parents, as do +mules. Again, of animals in general, some are born +alive, like men ; others are born as eggs, like birds; +and yet others as lumps of flesh, like bears.

+

+It is natural, then, that these dissimilar and variant +modes of birth should produce much contrariety +of sense-affection, and that this is a source of its +divergent, discordant and conflicting character.

+

+Moreover, the differences found in the most important +parts of the body, and especially in those of +which the natural function is judging and perceiving, +are capable of producing a vast deal of divergence +in the sense-impressions owing to the variety in the +animals. Thus, sufferers from jaundice declare that +objects which seem to us white are yellow, while those +whose eyes are bloodshot call them blood-red. Since, +then, some animals also have eyes which are yellow, +others bloodshot, others albino, others of other +colours, they probably, I suppose, have different +perceptions of colour.

+

+Moreover, if we bend down over a book after having gazed +long and fixedly at the sun, the letters seem to us to be +golden in colour and circling round. Since, then, some animals +possess also a natural brilliance in their eyes, and emit +from them a fine and mobile stream of light, so that they +can even see by night,Cf. §84. we seem bound to suppose +that they are differently affected from us by external +objects.

+

+Jugglers, too, by means of smearing lamp-wicks +with the rust of copper or with the juice of the +cuttle-fish make the bystanders appear now copper- +coloured and now black—and that by just a small +sprinkling of extra matter. Surely, then, we have +much more reason to suppose that when different +juices are intermingled in the vision of animals their +impressions of the objects will become different.

+

+Again, when we press the eyeball at one side the +forms, figures and sizes of the objects appear oblong +and narrow. So it is probable that all animals which +have the pupil of the eye slanting and elongated— +such as goats, cats, and similar animals—have impressions +of the objects which are different and unlike the notions +formed of them by the animals which have +round pupils.

+

+Mirrors, too, owing to differences in +their construction, represent the external objectsτὰ ὑποκείμενα +(Lat. sub-stantia) is a favorite term with Sextus for the objective realities which +‟underlie,” or lie behind, the subjective impressions of sense (phenomena): +they are called ἐκτός as ‟outside” of and not dependent on the percipient. +I render the term indifferently by ‟objects,” ‟real objects” or +‟realities,” and ‟underlying objects.” at +one time as very small—as when the mirror is concave, +—at another time as elongated and narrow—as when +the mirror is convex. Some mirrors, too, show the +head of the figure reflected at the bottom and the +feet at the top.

+ +

+Since, then, some organs of sight +actually protrude beyond the face owing to their +convexity, while others are quite concave, and others +again lie in a level plane, on this account also it is +probable that their impressions differ, and that the +same objects, as seen by dogs, fishes, lions, men +and locusts, are neither equal in size nor similar in +shape, but vary according to the image of each object +created by the particular sight that receives the +impression.

+

+Of the other sense-organs also the same account +holds good. Thus, in respect of touch, how could +one maintain that creatures covered with shells, with +flesh, with prickles, with feathers, with scales, are all +similarly affected? And as for the sense of hearing, +how could we say that its perceptions are alike in +animals with a very narrow auditory passage and +those with a very wide one, or in animals with hairy +ears and those with smooth ears? For, as regards this +sense, even we ourselves find our hearing affected in +one way when we have our ears plugged and in +another way when we use them just as they are.

+

+Smell also will differ because of the variety in animals. +For if we ourselves are affected in one way when we +have a cold and our internal phlegm is excessive, and +in another way when the parts about our head are +filled with an excess of blood, feeling an aversion to +smells which seem sweet to everyone else and regarding +them as noxious, it is reasonable to suppose that +animals too—since some are flaccid by nature and +rich in phlegm, others rich in blood, others marked +by a predominant excess of yellow or of black gall— +are in each case impressed in different ways by the +objects of smell.

+

+So too with the objects of taste; +for some animals have rough and dry tongues, others +extremely moist tongues. We ourselves, too, when +our tongues are very dry, in cases of fever, think the +food proffered us to be earthy and ill-flavoured or +bitter—an affection due to the variation in the +predominating juices which we are said to contain. +Since, then, animals also have organs of taste which +differ and which have different juices in excess, +in respect of taste also they will receive different +impressions of the real objects.

+

+For just as the same food when digested becomes in one +place a vein, in another an artery, in another a bone, +in another a sinew, or some other piece of the body, +displaying a different potency according to the difference +in the parts which receive it;—and just as the same unblended +water, when it is absorbed by trees, becomes in one place bark, +in another branch, in another blossom, and so finally fig and +quince and each of the other fruits;

+

+—and just as the single identical breath of a musician +breathed into a flute becomes here a shrill note and there +a deep note, and the same pressure of his hand on the +lyre produces here a deep note and there a shrill note;—so +likewise it is probable that the external objects appear +different owing to differences in the structure of +the animals which experience the sense-impressions.

+

+But one may learn this more clearly from the +preferences and aversions of animals. Thus, sweet +oil seems very agreeable to men, but intolerable to +beetles and bees; and olive oil is beneficial to men, +but when poured on wasps and bees it destroys them; +and sea-water is a disagreeable and poisonous potion +for men, but fish drink and enjoy it.

+ +

+Pigs, too, enjoy wallowing in the most stinking mire +rather than in clear and clean water. And whereas +some animals eat grass, others eat shrubs, others +feed in woods, others live on seeds or flesh or milk; +some of them, too, prefer their food high, others like +it fresh, and while some prefer it raw, others like it +cooked. And so generally, the things which are agreeable +to some are to others disagreeable, distasteful and deadly.

+ +

+Thus, quails are fattened by hemlock, and pigs by +henbane; and pigs also enjoy eating salamanders, +just as deer enjoy poisonous creatures, and swallows +gnats. So ants and wood-lice, when swallowed by +men, cause distress and gripings, whereas the bear, +whenever she falls sick, cures herself by licking them +up.

+ +

+The mere touch of an oak-twig paralyses the +viper, and that of a plane-leaf the bat. The elephant +flees from the ram, the lion from the cock, sea- +monsters from the crackle of bursting beans, and the +tiger from the sound of a drum. One might, indeed, +cite many more examples, but—not to seem unduly +prolix—if the same things are displeasing to some +but pleasing to others, and pleasure and displeasure +depend upon sense-impression, then animals receive +different impressions from the underlying objects.

+ +

+But if the same things appear different owing to +the variety in animals, we shall, indeed, be able to +state our own impressions of the real object, but as +to its essential nature we shall suspend judgement. +For we cannot ourselves judge between our own +impressions and those of the other animals, since we +ourselves are involved in the dispute and are, therefore, +rather in need of a judge than competent to +pass judgement ourselves.

+ +

+Besides, we are unable, either with or without proof, +to prefer our own impressions to those of the irrational +animals. For in addition to the probability that proof is, +as we shall show,See ii. 134 ff. where it is argued that +logical demonstration or ‟proof” is ‟non-existent.” The argument here is +that, even if we grant the existence of ‟proof” in the abstract we cannot prove +anything in the particular case before us—the question as to the superiority +of our impressions to those of animals. For all proof must be either ‟apparent” to us, +or ‟non-apparent:” the latter kind we reject as incomprehensible; the former +‟apparent” proof is indecisive, its ‟apparency” being relative to us, who are a +species of animal, and thus involved in the dispute. Further, as relative to us the ‟apparent +proof” is not aboslute, and therefore not necessarily ‟true.” a non-entity, the so-called proof itself +will be either apparent to us or non-apparent. If, then, +it is non-apparent, we shall not accept it with confidence; +while if it is apparent to us, inasmuch as what is apparent +to animals is the point in question and the proof is apparent +to us who are animals, it follows that we shall have to question +the proof itself as to whether it is as true as it is apparent.

+

+It is, indeed, absurd to attempt to establish the matter +in question by means of the matter in question,This would +be the fallacy of petitio principii, or ‟arguing in a circle;” +cf. §§ 117, 164. since in that case the same thing will be at once believed and +disbelieved,—believed in so far as it purports to prove, +but disbelieved in so far as it requires proof,—which +is impossible. Consequently we shall not possess a +proof which enables us to give our own sense-impressions +the preference over those of the so-called +irrational animals. If, then, owing to the variety in +animals their sense-impressions differ, and it is impossible +to judge between them, we must necessarily +suspend judgement regarding the external underlying +objects.

+

+By way of super-addition,i.e. as a further, superfluous or jocular, +kind of argument, which serves to ‟cap” the serious treatment of questions: cf. §§ 63, 78. +too, we draw comparisons between mankind and the so-called irrational animals +in respect of their sense-impressions. For, after our +solid arguments, we deem it quite proper to poke fun +at those conceited braggarts, the Dogmatists.Esp. the Stoics. As +a rule, our School compare the irrational animals in +the mass with mankind;

+

+but since the Dogmatists captiously assert that the comparison +is unequal, we—super-adding yet more—will carry our ridicule +further and base our argument on one animal only, the dog for +instance if you like, which is held to be the most worthless +of animals. For even in this case we shall find that the animals +we are discussing are no wise inferior to ourselves in respect +of the credibility of their impressions.

+ +

+Now it is allowed by the Dogmatists that this +animal, the dog, excels us in point of sensation: as +to smell it is more sensitive than we are, since by +this sense it tracks beasts that it cannot see; and +with its eyes it sees them more quickly than we do; +and with its ears it is keen of perception.

+ +

+Next let us proceed to the reasoning faculty. Of +reason one kind is internal, implanted in the soul, the other +externally expressed.The Stoic theory of logos thus distinguished between its two senses— +internal reason, or conception, and the enunciation of thought in the uttered word. +Let us consider first the internal reason. Now according to those Dogmatists +who are, at present, our chief opponents—I mean the +Stoics—internal reason is supposed to be occupied +with the following matters: the choice of things congenial +and the avoidance of things alien; the knowledge of the +arts contributing thereto; the apprehension +of the virtues pertaining to one’s proper +nature and of those relating to the passions.

+ +

+Now the dog—the animal upon which, by way of example, +we have decided to base our argument—exercises +choice of the congenial and avoidance of the harmful, +in that it hunts after food and slinks away from a +raised whip. Moreover, it possesses an art which +supplies what is congenial, namely hunting.

+ +

+Nor is it devoid even of virtue; for certainly if justice +consists in rendering to each his due,Cf. [Plato], Deff. 411e. +the dog, that welcomes and guards its friends and benefactors but +drives off strangers and evil-doers, cannot be lacking +injustice.

+ +

+But if he possesses this virtue, then, since +the virtues are interdependent, he possesses also all +the other virtues; and these, say the philosophers,i.e. the Stoics. +the majority of men do not possess. That the dog is +also valiant we see by the way he repels attacks, and +intelligent as well, as Homer too testifiedSee Odyss. xvii. 300. when he +sang how Odysseus went unrecognized by all the +people of his own household and was recognized only +by the dog Argus, who neither was deceived by the +bodily alterations of the hero nor had lost his original +apprehensive impression, which indeed he evidently +retained better than the men.

+ +

+And according to Chrysippus, who shows special interest +in irrational animals, the dog even shares in the far-famed +‟Dialectic.”i.e. the Stoic logic, cf. ii. 94. This person, at any rate, declares that the dog +makes use of the fifth complex indemonstrable syllogismThe Stoics had five syllogisms which they termed anapodeictic, or ‟indemonstrable,” since they required no proof themselves but served to prove others. The ‟complex” syllogism was of the forms: ‟Either A or B or C exists; but neither A nor B exists; therefore C exists.” +when, on arriving at a spot where three ways meet, after smelling +at the two roads by which the quarry did not pass, he rushes +off at once by the third without stopping to smell. For, says the old +writer, the dog implicitly reasons thus: ‟The creature +went either by this road, or by that, or by the other: +but it did not go by this road or by that: therefore it +went by the other.”

+ +

+Moreover, the dog is capable of comprehending and +assuaging his own sufferings; for when a thorn has +got stuck in his foot he hastens to remove it by +rubbing his foot on the ground and by using his teeth. +And if he has a wound anywhere, because dirty wounds +are hard to cure whereas clean ones heal easily, the +dog gently licks off the pus that has gathered.

+ +

+Nay more, the dog admirably observes the prescription +of Hippocrates:The famous physician, of Cos (circa 460-400 B.C.). rest being what cures the foot, whenever +he gets his foot hurt he lifts it up and keeps it as far +as possible free from pressure. And when distressed by +unwholesome humours he eats grass, by the help of +which he vomits what is unwholesome and gets well again.

+ +

+If, then, it has been shown that the animal upon which, +as an example, we have based our argument not only chooses +the wholesome and avoids the noxious, but also possesses +an art capable of supplying what is wholesome, and +is capable of comprehending and assuaging its own +sufferings, and is not devoid of virtue, then—these +being the things in which the perfection of internal +reason consists—the dog will be thus far perfect. +And that, I suppose, is why certain of the professors +of philosophy have adorned themselves with the title +of this animal.A sarcastic allusion to the Cynics; cf. Diog. Laert. vi. 13, Introd. p. xvi.

+ +

+Concerning external reason, or speech, it is unnecessary +for the present to inquire; for it has been +rejected even by some of the Dogmatists as being +a hindrance to the acquisition of virtue, for which +reason they used to practise silenceFor the Pythagorean rule of silence (ἐχεμυθία) cf. Diog. Laert. viii. 10. during the period +of instruction; and besides, supposing that a man is +dumb, no one will therefore call him irrational. But +to pass over these cases, we certainly see animals— +the subject of our argument—uttering quite human +cries,—jays, for instance, and others.

+ +

+And, leaving this point also aside, even if we do not +understand the utterances of the so-called irrational +animals, still it is not improbable that they converse +although we fail to understand them; for in fact when we +listen to the talk of barbarians we do not understand it, +and it seems to us a kind of uniform chatter.

+ +

+Moreover, we hear dogs uttering one sound when they are +driving people off, another when they are howling, +and one sound when beaten, and a quite different +sound when fawning. And so in general, in the case +of all other animals as well as the dog, whoever +examines the matter carefully will find a great variety +of utterance according to the different circumstances, +so that, in consequence, the so-called irrational +animals may justly be said to participate in external +reason.

+ +

+But if they neither fall short of mankind in +the accuracy of their perceptions, nor in internal +reason, nor yet (to go still further) in external reason, +or speech, then they will deserve no less credence +than ourselves in respect of their sense-impressions.

+ +

+Probably, too, we may reach this conclusion by basing +our argument on each single class of irrational animals. +Thus, for example, who would deny that birds excel +in quickness of wit or that they employ external +reason? For they understand not only present +events but future events as well, and these they foreshow +to such as are able to comprehend them by +means of prophetic cries as well as by other signs.

+ +

+I have drawn this comparison (as I previously +indicated) by way of super-addition, having already +sufficiently proved, as I think, that we cannot prefer +our own sense-impressions to those of the irrational +animals. If, however, the irrational animals are not +less worthy of credence than we in regard to the +value of sense-impressions, and their impressions vary +according to the variety of animal,—then, although +I shall be able to say what the nature of each of the +underlying objects appears to me to be, I shall be +compelled, for the reasons stated above, to suspend +judgement as to its real nature.

+ +

+Such, then, is the First of the Modes which induce +suspense. The Second Mode is, as we said, that based +on the differences in men; for even if we grant for +the sake of argument that men are more worthy of +credence than irrational animals, we shall find that +even our own differences of themselves lead to suspense. +For man, you know, is said to be compounded +of two things, soul and body, and in both these we +differ one from another.

+

Thus, as regards the body, we differ in our figures +and ‟idiosyncrasies,” or constitutional peculiarities.Our word ‟idiosyncrasy” comes from ἰδιοσυγκρασία, a later form of ἰδιοσυγκρισία. σύγκρισις (or σύμμιξις) is Anaxagoras's term for the process of ‟composition” by which the world comes into being; cf. Intro. p. xi.

+ +

+The body of an Indian differs in shape from that of +a Scythian; and it is said that what causes the variation +is a difference in the predominant humours, +Owing to this difference in the predominant humours +the sense-impressions also come to differ, as we +indicated in our First Argument.See § 52. So too in respect of +choice and avoidance of external objects men exhibit +great differences: thus Indians enjoy some things, +our people other things, and the enjoyment of different +things is an indication that we receive varying +impressions from the underlying objects.

+ +

+In respect of our ‟idiosyncrasies,” our differences are +such that some of us digest the flesh of oxen more +easily than rock-fish, or get diarrhoea from the weak wine of +Lesbos. An old wife of Attica, they say, swallowed +with impunity thirty drams of hemlock, and Lysis +took four drams of poppy-juice without hurt.

+ +

+Demophon, Alexander’s butler, used to shiver when he was +in the sun or in a hot bath, but felt warm in the shade: +Athenagoras the Argive took no hurt from the stings +of scorpions and poisonous spiders; and the Psyllaeans,A tribe of N. Africa, cf. Hdt. iv. 173. +as they are called, are not harmed by bites +from snakes and asps,

+

+nor are the TentyritaeTentrya was a town in Upper Egypt; cf. Juvenal xv. of Egypt harmed by the crocodile. +Further, those Ethiopians who live beyond Lake MeroëIn S. Egypt. The ‟Astapous” is the Blue Nile. on +the banks of the river Astapous eat with impunity scorpions, +snakes, and the like. Rufinus of Chalcis when he drank hellebore +neither vomited nor suffered at all from purging, but swallowed +and digested it just like any ordinary drink.

+ +

+Chrysermus the Herophilean doctor was liable to +get a heart attack if ever he took pepper; +and Soterichus the surgeon was seized with diarrhoea +whenever he smelled fried sprats. Andron the Argive +was so immune from thirst that he actually traversed +the waterless country of Libya without needing a +drink. Tiberius Caesar could see in the dark; and +AristotleSee Aristot. Meterol. iii. 4. tells of a Thasian who fancied that the +image of a man was continually going in front of him.

+ +

+Seeing, then, that men vary so much in body—to +content ourselves with but a few instances of the +many collected by the Dogmatists,—men probably +also differ from one another in respect of the soul +itself; for the body is a kind of expression of the soul, +as in fact is proved by the science of Physiognomy. +But the greatest proof of the vast and endless differences +in men’s intelligence is the discrepancy in the +statements of the Dogmatists concerning the right +objects of choice and avoidance, as well as other +things.

+

+Regarding this the poets, too, have expressed +themselves fittingly. Thus Pindar says:Fragm. 242 (Boeckh), Sandys' Pindar, in Loeb Library, p.610, copied by Horace, Odes, i. 1. 3 ff. + +The crowns and trophies of his storm-foot steeds +Give joy to one ; yet others find it joy +To dwell in gorgeous chambers gold-bedeckt; +Some even take delight in voyaging +O’er ocean’s billows in a speeding barque. + +And the poetSee Homer, Odyss, xiv. 228. Cf. Virgil, Ecl. ii. 65 ‟tahit sua quemque voluntas;” and ‟quot homines, tot sententiae.” says: ‟One thing is pleasing to one +man, another thing to another.” Tragedy, too, is +full of such sayings; for example: + +Were fair and wise the same thing unto all, +There had been no contentious quarrelling.From Eurip. Phoen. 499 ff. + +And again: + +'Tis strange that the same thing abhorr’d by some +Should give delight to others.See Fragm. Trag. adesp. 462 (Nauck): perhaps from Eurip.

+ +

+Seeing, then, that choice and avoidance depend on +pleasure and displeasure, while pleasure and displeasure +depend on sensation and sense-impression, +whenever some men choose the very things which +are avoided by others, it is logical for us to conclude +that they are also differently affected by the same +things, since otherwise they would all alike have +chosen or avoided the same things. But if the same +objects affect men differently owing to the differences +in the men, then, on this ground also, we shall +reasonably be led to suspension of judgement. For while +we are, no doubt, able to state what each of the +underlying objects appears to be, relatively to each +difference, we are incapable of explaining what it is +in reality.

+ +

+For we shall have to believe either all +men or some. But if we believe all, we shall be +attempting the impossible and accepting contradictories; +and if some, let us be told whose opinions we +are to endorse. For the Platonist will say ‟Plato’s;” +the Epicurean, ‟Epicurus’s;” and so on with the +rest; and thus by their unsettled disputations they +will bring us round again to a state of suspense.

+ +

+Moreover, he who maintains that we ought to assent +to the majority is making a childish proposal, since +no one is able to visit the whole of mankind and +determine what pleases the majority of them; for +there may possibly be races of whom we know nothing +amongst whom conditions rare with us are common, +and conditions common with us rare,—possibly, for +instance, most of them feel no pain from the bites +of spiders, though a few on rare occasions feel such +pain; and so likewise with the rest of the ‟idiosyncrasies” +mentioned above. Necessarily, therefore, the +differences in men afford a further reason for bringing +in suspension of judgement.

+ +

+When the Dogmatists—a self-loving class of men— +assert that in judging things they ought to prefer +themselves to other people, we know that their claim +is absurd; for they themselves are a party to the +controversy; and if, when judging appearances, they +have already given the preference to themselves, then, +by thus entrusting themselves with the judgement, +they are begging the question before the judgement +is begun.

+ +

+Nevertheless, in order that we may arrive +at suspension of judgement by basing our argument +on one person—such as, for example, their visionary +‟Sage”The ideal ‟Wise Man” of the Stoics; See Introd. p. xxviii.—we adopt the Mode which comes Third +in order.

+

This Third Mode is, we say, based on differences +in the senses. That the senses differ from one +another is obvious.

+ +

+Thus, to the eye paintings seem to have recesses and +projections, but not so to the touch. Honey, too, seems +to someFor exceptions see § 101. pleasant to the tongue but unpleasant to the eyes; +so that it is impossible to say whether it is absolutely +pleasant or unpleasant. The same is true of sweet oil, for +it pleases the sense of smell but displeases the taste.

+ +

+So too with spurge:A species of plants with acrid, milky juice. since it pains the eyes but +causes no pain to any other part of the body, we cannot +say whether, in its real nature, it is absolutely painful +or painless to bodies. Rain-water, too, is beneficial +to the eyes but roughens the wind-pipe and the lungs; +as also does olive-oil, though it mollifies the epidermis. +The cramp-fish, also, when applied to the extremities produces +cramp, but it can be applied to the rest of the body without hurt. +Consequently we are unable to say what is the real nature of +each of these things, although it is possible to say what each +thing at the moment appears to be.

+ +

+A longer list of examples might be given, but to +avoid prolixity, in view of the plan of our treatise, +we will say just this. Each of the phenomena +perceived by the senses seems to be a complex: the +apple, for example, seems smooth, odorous, sweet and +yellow. But it is non-evident whether it really +possesses these qualities only; or whether it has but +one quality but appears varied owing to the varying +structure of the sense-organs; or whether, again, it +has more qualities than are apparent, some of which +elude our perception.

+ +

+That the apple has but one quality might be argued from what +we said aboveSee § 53 regarding the food absorbed by bodies, and the water +sucked up by trees, and the breath in flutes and pipes and similar +instruments; for the apple likewise may be all of one sort but appear +different owing to differences in the sense-organs in which perception +takes place.

+ +

+And that the apple may possibly possess more qualities +than those apparent to us we argue in this way. Let us +imagine a man who possesses from birth the senses of touch, +taste and smell, but can neither hear nor see. This man, then, +will assume that nothing visible or audible has any existence, +but only those three kinds of qualities which he is able to +apprehend.

+ +

+Possibly, then, we also, having only +our five senses, perceive only such of the apple's +qualities as we are capable of apprehending; and +possibly it may possess other underlying qualities +which affect other sense-organs, though we, not being +endowed with those organs, fail to apprehend the +sense-objects which come through them.

+ +

+‟But,” it may be objected, ‟Nature made the +senses commensurate with the objects of sense.” +What kind of ‟Nature?” we ask, seeing that there +exists so much unresolved controversy amongst the +Dogmatists concerning the reality which belongs to +Nature. For he who decides the question as to the +existence of Nature will be discredited by them if +he is an ordinary person, while if he is a philosopher +he will be a party to the controversy and therefore +himself subject to judgement and not a judge.

+ +

+If, however, it is possible that only those qualities +which we seem to perceive subsist in the apple, or that a +greater number subsist, or, again, that not even the +qualities which affect us subsist, then it will be non- +evident to us what the nature of the apple really is. +And the same argument applies to all the other +objects of sense. But if the senses do not apprehend +external objects, neither can the mind apprehend +them; hence, because of this argument also, we shall +be driven, it seems, to suspend judgement regarding +the external underlying objects.

+ +

+In order that we may finally reach suspension by +our argument on each sense singly, or even +by disregarding the senses, we further adopt the +Fourth Mode of suspension. This is the Mode based, +as we say, on the ‟circumstances,” meaning by +‟circumstances” conditions or dispositions.i.e. the mental or physical state of the subject at the moment of perception. And this +Mode, we say, deals with states that are natural or +unnatural, with waking or sleeping, with conditions +due to age, motion or rest, hatred or love, emptiness +or fulness, drunkenness or soberness, predispositions, +confidence or fear, grief or joy.

+ +

+Thus, according as the mental state is natural or unnatural, +objects produce dissimilar impressions, as when men in a frenzy +or in a state of ecstasy believe they hear daemons’ voices, while +we do not. Similarly they often say that they perceive an odour of +storax or frankincense, or some such scent, and many other things, +though we fail to perceive them. Also, the same water which feels +very hot when poured on inflamed spots seems lukewarm to us.And the +same coat which seems of a bright yellow colour to men with blood-shot +eyes does not appear so to me. And the same honey seems to +me sweet, but bitter to men with jaundice.

+ +

+Now should anyone say that it is an intermixture of +certain humours which produces in those who are in an +unnatural state improper impressions from the under- +lying objects, we have to reply that, since healthy +persons also have mixed humours, these humours too +are capable of causing the external objects—which +really are such as they appear to those who are said +to be in an unnatural state—to appear other than they +are to healthy persons.

+ +

+For to ascribe the power of altering the underlying objects +to those humours, and not to these, is purely fanciful; since +just as healthy men are in a state that is natural for the healthy +but unnatural for the sick, so also sick men are in a state that is +unnatural for the healthy but natural for the sick, so that to these +last also we must give credence as being, relatively speaking, in a +natural state.This is aimed against the Stoic view that only the healthy, or normal, is ‟natural.”

+ +

+Sleeping and waking, too, give rise to different +impressions, since we do not imagine when awake +what we imagine in sleep, nor when asleep what we +imagine when awake; so that the existence or non- +existence of our impressions is not absolute but +relative, being in relation to our sleeping or waking +condition. Probably, then, in dreams we see things +which to our waking state are unreal,ἀνύπαρκτα (from ὑπάρχω, ‟subsist”) is an Epicurean term for ‟non-existent.” although not +wholly unreal; for they exist in our dreams, just as +waking realities exist although non-existent in dreams.

+ +

+Age is another cause of difference.For age as affecting character cf. Aristot. Rhet. ii. 12 ff. For the same +air seems chilly to the old but mild to those in their +prime; and the same colour appears faint to older +men but vivid to those in their prime; and similarly +the same sound seems to the former faint, but to the +latter clearly audible.

+ +

+Moreover, those who differ in age are differently moved +in respect of choice and avoidance. For whereas children—to +take a case—are all eagerness for balls and hoops, men in +their prime choose other things, and old men yet others. +And from this we conclude that differences in age +also cause different impressions to be produced by +the same underlying objects.

+ +

+Another cause why the real objects appear different +lies in motion and rest. For those objects which, +when we are standing still, we see to be motionless, +we imagine to be in motion when we are sailing +past them.Cf. Lucret. iv. 388.

+ +

+Love and hatred are a cause, as when some have +an extreme aversion to pork while others greatly +enjoy eating it. Hence, too, Menander said:Fragm. 518 (Kock). It is supposed that these lines were spoken by a maiden of her lover who had fallen into evil ways. + +Mark now his visage, what a change is there +Since he has come to this! How bestial! +'Tis actions fair that make the fairest face. +Many lovers, too, who have ugly mistresses think +them most beautiful.Cf. Horace, Sat. i. 3. 38.

+ +

+Hunger and satiety are a cause; for the same food +seems agreeable to the hungry but disagreeable to +the sated.

+

Drunkenness and soberness are a cause; since +actions which we think shameful when sober do not +seem shameful to us when drunk.

+ +

+Predispositions are a cause; for the same wine +which seems sour to those who have previously eaten +dates or figs, seems sweet to those who have just +consumed nuts or chick-peas; and the vestibulei.e. the tepidarium, of moderate temperature. of +the bath-house, which warms those entering from +outside, chills those coming out of the bath-room if +they stop long in it.

+ +

+Fear and boldness are a cause; as what seems to +the coward fearful and formidable does not seem so +in the least to the bold man.

+

Grief and joy are a cause; since the same affairs +are burdensome to those in grief but delightful to +those who rejoice.

+ +

+Seeing then that the dispositions also are the cause +of so much disagreement, and that men are differently +disposed at different times, although, no doubt, it is +easy to say what nature each of the underlying objects +appears to each man to possess, we cannot go on to +say what its real nature is, since the disagreement +admits in itself of no settlement. For the person who +tries to settle it is either in one of the afore-mentioned +dispositions or in no disposition whatsoever. But to declare +that he is in no disposition at all—as, for instance, +neither in health nor sickness, neither in +motion nor at rest, of no definite age, and devoid of +all the other dispositions as well—is the height of +absurdity. And if he is to judge the sense-impressions +while he is in some one disposition, he will be a +party to the disagreement,Cf. § 90.

+ +

+and, moreover, he will not be an impartial judge of the +external underlying objects owing to his being confused +by the dispositions in which he is placed. The waking person, +for instance, cannot compare the impressions of sleepers with +those of men awake, nor the sound person those of the sick with +those of the sound; for we assent more readily to things present, +which affect us in the present, than to things not present.

+ +

+In another way, too, the disagreement of such +impressions is incapable of settlement. For he who +prefers one impression to another, or one ‟circumstance” +to another, does so either uncritically and +without proof or critically and with proof; but he +can do this neither without these means (for then he +would be discredited) nor with them. For if he is to +pass judgement on the impressions he must certainly +judge them by a criterion;

+ +

+this criterion, then, he will declare to be true, or else false. +But if false, he will be discredited; whereas, if he shall declare +it to be true, he will be stating that the criterion is true either +without proof or with proof. But if without proof, he will be discredited; +and if with proof, it will certainly be necessary for the proof also +to be true, to avoid being discredited. Shall he, then, affirm the +truth of the proof adopted to establish the criterion after having +judged it or without judging it?

+ +

+If without judging, he will be discredited; but if after +Judging, plainly he will say that he has judged it by +a criterion; and of that criterion we shall ask for a +proof, and of that proof again a criterion. For the +proof always requires a criterion to confirm it, and +the criterion also a proof to demonstrate its truth; +and neither can a proof be sound without the previous +existence of a true criterion nor can the criterion be +true without the previous confirmation of the proof.

+ +

+So in this way both the criterion and the proof are +involved in the circular process of reasoning,Cf. §§ 60, 122; ii. 34, 121, etc. and +thereby both are found to be untrustworthy; for +since each of them is dependent on the credibility of +the other, the one is lacking in credibility just as much +as the other. Consequently, if a man can prefer one +impression to another neither without a proof and a +criterion nor with them, then the different impressions +due to the differing conditions will admit of no settlement; +so that as a result of this Mode also we are +brought to suspend judgement regarding the nature +of external realities.

+ +

+The Fifth Argument (or Trope) is that based on +positions, distances, and locations; for owing to each +of these the same objects appear different; for +example, the same porchCf. Lucret. iv. 428 ff. when viewed from one of +its corners appears curtailed, but viewed from the +middle symmetrical on all sides; and the same ship +seems at a distance to be small and stationary, but +from close at hand large and in motion; and the same +tower from a distance appears round but from a near +point quadrangular.

+ +

+These effects are due to distances; among effects +due to locations are the following: the light of a lamp +appears dim in the sun but bright in the dark; and +the same oar bent when in the water but straight +when out of the water; and the egg soft when inside +the fowl but hard when in the air; and the jacinth‟Lyngurion,” so called from the belief that the stone was made of the urine of the lynx frozen or crystallized. +fluid when in the lynx but hard when in the air; +and the coral soft when in the sea but hard when in +the air’; and sound seems to differ in quality according +as it is produced in a pipe, or in a flute, or simply in +the air.

+ +

+Effects due to positions are such as these: the same +painting when laid flat appears smooth, but when +inclined forward at a certain angle it seems to have +recesses and prominences. The necks of doves, also, +appear different in hue according to the differences in +the angle of inclination.

+ +

+Since, then, all apparent objects are viewed in a +certain place, and from a certain distance, or in a +certain position, and each of these conditions produces +a great divergency in the sense-impressions, as we +mentioned above, we shall be compelled by this Mode +also to end up in suspension of judgement. For in +fact anyone who purposes to give the preference to +any of these impressions will be attempting the +impossible.

+ +

+For if he shall deliver his judgement simply and without +proof, he will be discredited; and should he, on the other +hand, desire to adduce proof, he will confute himself if +he says that the proof is false, while if he asserts that +the proof is true he will be asked for a proof of its truth, +and again for a proof of this latter proof, since it also must +be true, and so on ad infinitum.Cf. ii. 128. But to produce proofs to infinity is +impossible;

+ +

+so that neither by the use of proofs will +he be able to prefer one sense-impression to another. +If, then, one cannot hope to pass judgement on the +afore-mentioned impressions either with or without +proof, the conclusion we are driven to is suspension; +for while we can, no doubt, state the nature which +each object appears to possess as viewed in a certain +position or at a certain distance or in a certain place, +what its real nature is we are, for the foregoing +reasons, unable to declare.

+ +

+The Sixth Mode is that based on admixtures, by +which we conclude that, because none of the real +objects affects our senses by itself but always in +conjunction with something else, though we may +possibly be able to state the nature of the resultant +mixturei.e. the real (‟external”) object of perception (cf. p. 30 note a) plus the physical conditions which accompany the act of perception; these latter may be either external (e.g. atmospheric) or internal (e.g. peculiarities in the sense-organs of the percipient). formed by the external object and that +along with which it is perceived, we shall not be able +to say what is the exact nature of the external +reality in itself. That none of the external objects +affects our senses by itself but always in conjunction +with something else, and that, in consequence, it +assumes a different appearance, is, I imagine, quite +obvious.

+ +

+Thus, our own complexion is of one hue in warm air, +of another in cold, and we should not be able to say +what our complexion really is, but only what it looks +like in conjunction with each of these conditions. And +the same sound appears of one sort in conjunction with +rare air and of another sort with dense air; and odours are +more pungent in a hot bath-room or in the sun than in chilly +air; and a body is light when immersed in water but +heavy when surrounded by air.

+ +

+But to pass on from the subject of external +admixture,—our eyes contain within themselves both +membranes and liquids. Since, then, the objects of +vision are not perceived apart from these, they will +not be apprehended with exactness; for what we perceive +is the resultant mixture, and because of this the +sufferers from jaundice see everything yellow, and +those with blood-shot eyes reddish like blood.Cf. §§ 44, 101 supra. And +since the same sound seems of one quality in open +places, of another in narrow and winding places, and +different in clear air and in murky air, it is probable +that we do not apprehend the sound in its real +purity; for the ears have crooked and narrow passages, +which are also befogged by vaporous effluvia +which are said to be emitted by the regions of the +head.

+ +

+Moreover, since there reside substances in the +nostrils and in the organs of taste, we apprehend the +objects of taste and of smell in conjunction with +these and not in their real purity. So that, because +of these admixtures, the senses do not apprehend the +exact quality of the external real objects.

+ +

+Nor yet does the mind apprehend it, since, in the +first place, its guides, which are the senses, go wrong; +and probably, too, the mind itself adds a certain +admixture of its own to the messages conveyed by the +senses; for we observe that there are certain humours +present in each of the regions which the Dogmatists +regard as the seat of the ‟Ruling Principle”For the Stoic ἡγεμονικόν see Introd. p. xxv; for the dispute as to its location cf. Adv. Log. i. 313.— +whether it be the brain or the heart, or in whatever +part of the creature one chooses to locate it. Thus, +according to this Mode also we see that, owing to +our inability to make any statement about the real +nature of external objects, we are compelled to +suspend judgement.

+ +

+The Seventh Mode is that based, as we said, on the +quantity and constitution of the underlying objects, +meaning generally by ‟constitution” the manner of +composition. And it is evident that by this Mode +also we are compelled to suspend judgement concerning +the real nature of the objects. Thus, for example, +the filings of a goat’s horn appear white when viewed +simply by themselves and without combination, but +when combined in the substance of the horn they +look black. And silver filings appear black when they +are by themselves, but when united to the whole +mass they are sensed as white.

+ +

+And chips of the marble of TaenarumTaenarum was the most southerly promontory of Laconia; its marble was yellowish green in colour (like serpentine). seem white when planed, +but in combination with the whole block they appear yellow. +And pebbles when scattered apart appear rough, but when +combined in a heap they produce the sensation of softness. +And hellebore if applied in a fine and powdery state produces +suffocation, but not so when it is coarse.

+ +

+And wine strengthens us when drunk in moderate quantity, +but when too much is taken it paralyses the body. So +likewise food exhibits different effects according to the +quantity consumed; for instance, it frequently upsets the +body with indigestion and attacks of purging because +of the large quantity taken.

+ +

+Therefore in these cases, too, we shall be able to +describe the quality of the shaving of the horn and +of the compound made up of many shavings, and that +of the particle of silver and of the compound of many +particles, and that of the sliver of Taenarean marble +and of the compound of many such small pieces, and the +relative qualities of the pebbles, the hellebore, the +wine and the food,—but when it comes to the independent +and real nature of the objects, this we shall be unable +to describe because of the divergency in the sense-impressions +which is due to the combinations.

+ +

+As a general rule, it seems that wholesome things +become harmful when used in immoderate quantities, +and things that seem hurtful when taken to excess +cause no harm when in minute quantities. What we +observe in regard to the effects of medicines is the +best evidence in support of our statement; for there +the exact blending of the simple drugs makes the +compound wholesome, but when the slightest oversight +is made in the measuring, as sometimes happens, +the compound is not only unwholesome but frequently +even most harmful and deleterious.

+ +

+Thus the argument from quantities and compositions +causes confusion as to the real nature of the external +substances. Probably, therefore, this Mode also will +bring us round to suspension of judgement, as we are +unable to make any absolute statement concerning +the real nature of external objects.

+ +

+The Eighth Mode is that based on relativity; and +by it we conclude that, since all things are relative, +we shall suspend judgement as to what things are +absolutely and really existent. But this point we +must notice—that here as elsewhere we use the term +‟are” for the term ‟appear,” and what we virtually +mean is ‟all things appear relative.”The main point urged here is that no object can be apprehended in its purity. As perceived it is always conditioned by (1) the physcial or mental state of the percipient (‟the thing which judges”), and (2) by the ‟concomitant percepts” which accompany its emergence into the world of space and time. As thus conditioned, the object is no longer ‟absolute” but ‟relative.” And this statement +is twofold, implying, firstly, relation to the +thing which judges (for the external object which is +judged appears in relation to that thing), and, in a +second sense, relation to the accompanying percepts, +for instance the right side in relation to the left.

+ +

+Indeed, we have already arguedCf. § 39 supra. that all things are +relative—for example, with respect to the thing which +judges, it is in relation to some one particular animal +or man or sense that each object appears, and in +relation to such and such a circumstance; and with +respect to the concomitant percepts, each object +appears in relation to some one particular admixture +or mode or combination or quantity or position.

+ +

+There are also special arguments to prove the +relativity of all things, in this way: Do things which +exist ‟differentially”Or ‟have a distinct existence of their own,” as opposed to a merely relative existence. This is a technical term for the class of objects which are ‟self-existent,” ‟absolute,” or ‟independent.” differ from relative things or +not? If they do not differ, then they too are relative; +but if they differ, then, since everything which differs +is relative to something (for it has its name from its +relation to that from which it differs), things which +exist differentially are relative.

+ +

+Again,—of existing things some, according to the Dogmatists,Including the Peripatetics, as well as the Stoics. A summum genus (e.g. ‟Being”) may be divided into genera (e.g. ‟Animals” ‟Minerals”), and these sub-divided into species (e.g. ‟Men,” ‟Dogs,” etc.), down to the infimae species (e.g. ‟Golden Retriever”) which cannot be further subdivided. The intermediate species (e.g. ‟Men”) are both genera (in relation to their sub-species) and species (in relation to higher genera). +are summa genera, others infimae species, others both genera +and species; and all these are relative; therefore all things +are relative. Further, some existing things are ‟pre-evident,”i.e. superlatively, or wholly, manifest. Cf. Adv. Log. ii. 141. +as they say, others non-evident; and the apparent things are +significant, but the non-evident signified by the apparent; +for according to them ‟the things apparent are the vision of +the non-evident.” But the significant and the signified are +relative; therefore all things are relative.

+ +

+Moreover, some existent things are similar, +others dissimilar, and some equal, others unequal; +and these are relative; therefore all things are relative. +And even he who asserts that not all things +are relative confirms the relativity of all things, since +by his arguments against us he shows that the very +statement ‟not all things are relative” is relative to +ourselves, and not universal.

+ +

+When, however, we have thus established that all +things are relative, we are plainly left with the +conclusion that we shall not be able to state what is the +nature of each of the objects in its own real purity, +but only what nature it appears to possess in its +relative character. Hence it follows that we must +suspend judgement concerning the real nature of the +objects.

+ +

+The Mode which, as we said, comes Ninth in order +is based on constancy or rarity of occurrence, +and we shall explain it as follows. The sun is, of +course, much more amazing than a comet; yet +because we see the sun constantly but the comet +rarely we are so amazed by the comet that we even +regard it as a divine portent, while the sun causes +no amazement at all. If, however, we were to conceive +of the sun as appearing but rarely and setting +rarely, and illuminating everything all at once and +throwing everything into shadow suddenly, then we +should experience much amazement at the sight.

+ +

+An earthquake also does not cause the same alarm +in those who experience it for the first time and those +who have grown accustomed to such things. How +much amazement, also, does the sea excite in the +man who sees it for the first time! And indeed the +beauty of a human body thrills us more at the first +sudden view than when it becomes a customary +spectacle. Rare things too we count as precious, +but not what is familiar to us and easily got.

+ +

+Thus,if we should suppose water to be rare, how much more +precious it would appear to us than all the things +which are accounted precious!Cf. Plato, Euthyd. 304b. Or if we should +imagine gold to be simply scattered in quantities +over the earth like stones, to whom do we suppose +it would then be precious and worth hoarding?

+ +

+Since then, owing to the frequency or rarity of +their occurrence, the same things seem at one time +to be amazing or precious and at another time nothing +of the sort, we infer that though we shall be able +perhaps to say what nature appears to belong to each +of these things in virtue of its frequent or rare +occurrence, we are not able to state what nature +absolutely belongs to each of the external objects. +So because of this Mode also we suspend judgement +regarding them.

+ +

+There is a Tenth Mode, which is mainly concerned +with Ethics, being based on rules of conduct, habits, +laws, legendary beliefs, and dogmatic conceptions. +A rule of conduct is a choice of a way of life, +or of a particular action, adopted by one person +or many—by Diogenes,The Cynic philosopher. for instance, or the +Laconians.

+ +

+A law is a written contract amongst the members of a +State, the transgressor of which is punished. A habit or +custom (the terms are equivalent) is the joint adoption +of a certain kind of action by a number of men, the transgressor +of which is not actually punished; for example, the law +proscribes adultery, and custom with us forbids intercourse +with a woman in public.

+ +

+Legendary belief is the acceptance of unhistorical and +fictitious events, such as, amongst others, the legends +about Cronos; for these stories win credence with many. +Dogmatic conception is the acceptance of a fact which +seems to be established by analogy or some form of +demonstration, as, for example, that atoms are the +elements of existing things, or homoeomeries, or +minima,Democritus and Epicurus took the first view, Anaxagoras the second, Diodorus Cornos the third; cf. iii. 32. or something else.

+ +

+And each of these we oppose now to itself, and now +to each of the others. For example, we oppose habit +to habit in this way: some of the Ethiopians tattoo +their children, but we do not; and while the Persians +think it seemly to wear a brightly dyed dress reaching +to the feet, we think it unseemly; and whereas +the Indians have intercourse with their women in +public, most other races regard this as shameful.

+ +

+And law we oppose to law in this way: among the Romans +the man who renounces his father’s property does +not pay his father’s debts, but among the Rhodians +he always pays them; and among the Scythian +Taurii.e. inhabitants of the Crimea; cf. Hdt. iv. 103, and Eurip. Iphigenia in Tauris. it was a law that strangers should be sacrificed +to Artemis, but with us it is forbidden to slay a +human being at the altar.

+ +

+And we oppose rule of conduct to rule of conduct, as +when we oppose the rule of Diogenes to that of Aristippus +or that of the Laconians to that of the Italians. And we +oppose legendary belief to legendary belief when we say +that whereas in one story the father of men and gods +is alleged to be Zeus, in another he is Oceanos— +‟Ocean sire of the gods, and Tethys the mother +that bare them.”Homer, Il. xiv. 201.

+ +

+And we oppose dogmatic conceptions to one another +when we say that some declare that there is one +element only, others an infinite number; some that +the soul is mortal, others that it is immortal; and +some that human affairs are controlled by divine +Providence, others without Providence.

+ +

+And we oppose habit to the other things, as for +instance to law when we say that amongst the +Persians it is the habit to indulge in intercourse with +males, but amongst the Romans it is forbidden by +law to do so; and that, whereas with us adultery is +forbidden, amongst the Massagetae it is traditionally +regarded as an indifferent custom, as Eudoxus of +CnidosFlourished about 360 B.C., famed as astronomer, geometer, legislator and physician. relates in the first book of his Travels; and +that, whereas intercourse with a mother is forbidden +in our country, in Persia it is the general custom to +form such marriages; and also among the Egyptians +men marry their sisters, a thing forbidden by law +amongst us.

+ +

+And habit is opposed to rule of conduct +when, whereas most men have intercourse with their +own wives in retirement, CratesA Cynic philosopher, circa 320 B.C.; cf. iii. 24. did it in public +with Hipparchia; and Diogenes went about with one +shoulder bare, whereas we dress in the customary +manner.

+ +

+It is opposed also to legendary belief, as +when the legends say that Cronos devoured his own +children, though it is our habit to protect our children; +and whereas it is customary with us to revere the +gods as being good and immune from evil, they are +presented by the poets as suffering wounds and +envying one another.

+ +

+And habit is opposed to dogmatic conception when, whereas it +is our habit to pray to the gods for good things, EpicurusCf. iii. 219. +declares that the Divinity pays no heed to us; and when +AristippusCf. iii. 204. considers the wearing of feminine +attire a matter of indifference, though we consider +it a disgraceful thing.

+ +

+And we oppose rule of conduct to law when, +though there is a law which forbids the striking of +a free or well-born man, the pancratiasts strike one +another because of the rule of life they follow; and +when, though homicide is forbidden, gladiators destroy +one another for the same reason.

+ +

+And we oppose legendary belief to rule of conduct when we +say that the legends relate that Heracles in the house +of Omphale ‟toiled at the spinning of wool, enduring +slavery's burden,”Homer, Odyss. X. 423. and did things which no one would have +chosen to do even in a moderate degree, whereas the rule +of life of Heracles was a noble one.

+ +

+And we oppose rule of conduct to dogmatic conception +when, whereas athletes covet glory as something good +and for its sake undertake a toilsome rule of life, +many of the philosophers dogmatically assert that +glory is a worthless thing.

+ +

+And we oppose law to legendary belief when the poets +represent the gods as commiting adultery and practising +intercourse with males, whereas the law with us forbids +such actions;

+ +

+and we oppose it to dogmatic conception when ChrysippusSee Introd. pp. xxvii-xxviii; cf. iii. 205. +says that intercourse with mothers or sisters is a thing +indifferent, whereas the law forbids such things.

+ +

+And we oppose legendary belief to dogmatic conception +when the poets say that Zeus came down and had intercourse +with mortal women, but amongst the Dogmatists it is +held that such a thing is impossible;

+ +

+and again, when the poet relatesHomer, Il. xvi. 459. that because of his +grief for Sarpedon Zeus ‟let fall upon the earth great +gouts of blood,” whereas it is a dogma of the philosophers +that the Deity is impassive; and when these same philosophers +demolish the legend of the hippocentaurs, and offer us the +hippocentaur as a type of unreality.Cf. our use of ‟chimera” (Lion+goat+dragon) for what is fantatic.

+ +

+We might indeed have taken many other examples +in connexion with each of the antitheses above +mentioned; but in a concise account like ours, these +will be sufficient. Only, since by means of this Mode +also so much divergency is shown to exist in objects, +we shall not be able to state what character belongs +to the object in respect of its real essence, but only +what belongs to it in respect of this particular rule of +conduct, or law, or habit, and so on with each of the +rest. So because of this Mode also we are compelled +to suspend judgement regarding the real nature of +external objects. And thus by means of all the Ten +Modes we are finally led to suspension of judgement.

+
+ +
+Chapter XV.—Of The Five Modes +

+The later Scepticsi.e. those posterior to Aenesidemus; but the reference here is specially to Agrippa (See Introd. p. xl); cf. Diog. Laert. ix. 88. hand down Five Modes leading +to suspension, namely these: the first based on +discrepancy, the second on regress ad infinitum, +the third on relativity, the fourth on hypothesis, +the fifth on circular reasoning.

+ +

+That based on discrepancy leads us to find that +with regard to the object presented there has +arisen both amongst ordinary people and amongst +the philosophers an interminable conflict because +of which we are unable either to choose a thing or +reject it, and so fall back on suspension.

+ +

+The Mode based upon regress ad infinitum is that +whereby we assert that the thing adduced as a +proof of the matter proposed needs a further +proof, and this again another, and so on ad +infinitum, so that the consequence is suspension, +as we possess no starting-point for our argument.

+ +

+The Mode based upon relativity, as we have already +said,See §§ 135 ff. is that whereby the object has such or such +an appearance in relation to the subject judging +and to the concomitant percepts, but as to its +real nature we suspend judgement.

+ +

+We have the Mode based on hypothesis when the +Dogmatists, being forced to recede ad infinitum, +take as their starting-point something which they +do not establish by argument but claim to assume +as granted simply and without demonstration.

+ +

+The Mode of circular reasoning is the form used +when the proof itself which ought to establish the +matter of inquiry requires confirmation derived +from that matter; in this case, being unable to +assume either in order to establish the other, we +suspend judgement about both.

+

That every matter of inquiry admits of being +brought under these Modes we shall show briefly in +this way.

+ +

+The matter proposed is either a sense-object or a +thought-object, but whichever it is, it is an object +of controversy; for some say that only sensibles are +true, others only intelligibles, others that some +sensible and some intelligible objects are true.Of these views the first was maintained, e.g. by Protagoras and Epicurus, the second by Plato and Democritus, the third by the Peripatetics and Stoics. +Will they then assert that the controversy can or +cannot be decided? If they say it cannot, we have +it granted that we must suspend judgement; for concerning +matters of dispute which admit of no decision it is +impossible to make an assertion. But if they say that +it can be decided, we ask by what is it to be decided.

+ +

+For example, in the case of the sense- object +(for we shall base our argument on it first), +is it to be decided by a sense-object or a thought-object? +For if they say by a sense-object, since we are inquiring +about sensibles that object itself also will require +another to confirm it; and if that too is to be a sense-object, +it likewise will require another for its confirmation, and +so on ad infinitum.

+ +

+And if the sense-object shall have to be decided by a +thought-object, then, since thought-objects also are +controverted, this being an object of thought will +need examination and confirmation. Whence then +will it gain confirmation? If from an intelligible +object, it will suffer a similar regress ad infinitum; +and if from a sensible object, since an intelligible +was adduced to establish the sensible and a sensible +to establish the intelligible, the Mode of circular +reasoningLit. ‟the through-one-another mode” (of reasoning). This is the fallacy known as circulus in probando, by which each of two propositions is used in turn to prove the truth of the other. is brought in.

+ +

+If, however, our disputant, by way of escape from +this conclusion, should claim to assume as granted +and without demonstration some postulate for the +demonstration of the next steps of his argument, +then the Mode of hypothesis will be brought in, +which allows no escape.Lit. ‟without exit (or way of escape);” i.e. it hopelessly entangles the opponent. For if the author of the +hypothesis is worthy of credence, we shall be no +less worthy of credence every time that we make +the opposite hypothesis. Moreover, if the author +of the hypothesis assumes what is true he causes +it to be suspected by assuming it by hypothesis +rather than after proof; while if it is false, the +foundation of his argument will be rotten.

+ +

+Further, if hypothesis conduces at all to proof, let the +subject of inquiry itself be assumed and not some other +thing which is merely a means to establish the actual +subject of the argument ; but if it is absurd to assume +the subject of inquiry, it will also be absurd to assume +that upon which it depends.i.e. the super-ordinate, or more universal, proposition.

+ +

+It is also plain that all sensibles are relative; for +they are relative to those who have the sensations. +Therefore it is apparent that whatever sensible object +is presented can easily be referred to one of the Five +Modes. And concerning the intelligible object we +argue similarly. For if it should be said that it is a +matter of unsettled controversy, the necessity of our +suspending judgement will be granted.

+ +

+And if, on the other hand, the controversy admits of decision, +then if the decision rests on an intelligible object we shall +be driven to the regress ad infinitum, and to circular reasoning +if it rests on a sensible; for since the sensible again is +controverted and cannot be decided by means of itself +because of the regress ad infinitum, it will require the +intelligible object, just as also the intelligible will +require the sensible.

+ +

+For these reasons, again, he who assumes anything by +hypothesis will be acting illogically. Moreover, +objects of thought, or intelligibles, are relative; for +they are so named on account of their relation to +the person thinking, and if they had really possessed +the nature they are said to possess, there would +have been no controversy about them. Thus the +intelligible also is referred to the Five Modes, so +that in all cases we are compelled to suspend judgement +concerning the object presented.

+

Such then are the Five Modes handed down amongst +the later Sceptics; but they propound these not by +way of superseding the Ten Modes but in order to +expose the rashness of the Dogmatists with more +variety and completeness by means of the Five in +conjunction with the Ten.

+
+ + +
+Chapter XVI.—Of The Two Modes +

+They hand down also Two other Modes leading +to suspension of judgement.For this final reduction of the ‟Tropes” to two—arguing against the possibility of either (1) immediate or (2) mediate certitude—see Introd. p. xli. Since every object of +apprehension seems to be apprehended either through +itself or through another object, by showing that +nothing is apprehended either through itself or +through another thing, they introduce doubt, as they +suppose, about everything. That nothing is apprehended +through itself is plain, they say, from the +controversy which exists amongst the physicists‟Physics,” as a branch of philosophy, was treated of by all the Schools alluded to in § 170 supra, which are specifically here in mind. +regarding, I imagine, all things, both sensibles and +intelligibles; which controversy admits of no settlement +because we can neither employ a sensible +nor an intelligible criterion, since every criterion +we may adopt is controverted and therefore discredited.

+

+And the reason why they do not allow that +anything is apprehended through something +else is this: If that through which an object is +apprehended must always itself be apprehended +through some other thing, one is involved in a process +of circular reasoning or in regress ad infinitum. +And if, on the other hand, one should choose to +assume that the thing through which another object +is apprehended is itself apprehended through itself, +this is refuted by the fact that, for the reasons already +stated, nothing is apprehended through itself. But +as to how what conflicts with itself can possibly be +apprehended either through itself or through some +other thing we remain in doubt, so long as the criterion +of truth or of apprehension is not apparent, and signs, +even apart from demonstration, are rejected, as we +shall discover in our next Book.See ii. 96 ff.

+

For the present, however, it will suffice to have said +thus much concerning the Modes leading to suspension +of judgement.

+
+ +
+Chapter XVII.—Of The Modes By Which The Aetiologists Are Confuted +

+Just as we teach the traditional Modes leading to +suspense of judgement, so likewise some Sceptics +propound Modes by which we express doubt about +the particular ‟aetiologies,” or theories of causation, +and thus pull up the Dogmatists because of the special +pride they take in these theories. Thus Aenesidemus +furnishes us with Eight Modes by which, as he thinks, +he tests and exposes the unsoundness of every dogmatic +theory of causation.

+

+Of these the First, he says, is that which shows that, +since aetiology as a whole deals with the non-apparent, +it is unconfirmed by any agreed evidence derived from +appearances. The Second Mode shows how often, when there +is ample scope for ascribing the object of investigation +to a variety of causes, some of them account for it +in one way only.

+

+The Third shows how to orderly events they assign +causes which exhibit no order. The Fourth shows how, +when they have grasped the way in which appearances +occur, they assume that they have also apprehended +how non-apparent things occur, whereas, though +the non-apparent may possibly be realized in a +similar way to the appearances, possibly they +may not be realized in a similar way but +in a peculiar way of their own.

+

+In the Fifth Mode it is shown how practically all +these theorists assign causes according to their +own particular hypotheses about the elements, and +not according to any commonly agreed methods. In +the Sixth it is shown how they frequently admit +only such facts as can be explained by their own +theories, and dismiss facts which conflict therewith +though possessing equal probability.

+

+The Seventh shows how they often assign causes which +conflict not only with appearances but also with their +own hypotheses. The Eighth shows that often, when there +is equal doubt about things seemingly apparent and things +under investigation, they base their doctrine about +things equally doubtful upon things equally doubtful.

+

+Nor is it impossible, he adds, that the overthrow of +some of their theories of causation should be referred +to certain mixed Modes which are dependent on the +foregoing.

+

Possibly, too, the Five Modes of suspensionSee §§ 164 ff. supra. may +suffice as against the aetiologies. For if a person +propounds a cause, it will either be or not be in accord +with all the philosophical systems and with Scepticism +and with appearances. Probably, however, it is +impracticable to propound a cause in accord with all +these, since all things, whether apparent or non- +evident, are matters of controversy.

+

+But if, on the other hand, the cause propounded be not +in accord therewith, the theorist will be asked in turn +for the cause of this cause, and if he assumes an apparent +cause for an apparent, or a non-evident for a non- +evident, he will be involved in the regress ad infinitum, +or reduced to arguing in a circle if he grounds each +cause in turn on another. And if at any point he +makes a stand, either he will state that the cause is +well-grounded so far as relates to the previous +admissions, thus introducing relativity and destroying +its claim to absolute reality, or he will make some +assumption ex hypothesi and will be stopped by us. +So by these Modes also it is, no doubt, possible to +expose the rashness of the Dogmatists in their +aetiologies.

+
+ +
+Chapter XVIII.—Of The Sceptic Expressions or Formulae +

+And because when we make use of these Modes +and those which lead to suspension of judgement we +give utterance to certain expressionsCf. §§ 14, 15 supra. indicative of +our sceptical attitude and tone of mind—such as +‟Not more,” ‟Nothing must be determined,” and +others of the kind—it will be our next task to discuss +these in order. So let us begin with the expression +‟Not more.”

+
+ +
+Chapter XIX.—Of The Expression ‟Not More” +

+This expression, then, we sometimes enunciate +in the form I have stated but sometimes in the form +‟Nowise more.” For we do not, as some suppose, +adopt the form ‟Not more” in specific inquiries +and ‟Nowise more” in generic inquiries, but we +enunciate both ‟Not more” and ‟Nowise more” +indifferently, and we shall discuss them now as identical +expressions. This expression, then, is elliptical. For +just as when we say ‟a double” we are implicitly +saying ‟a double hearth,”i.e. (perhaps) a two-storied house (taking ἐστία as meaning οἰκία). Fabric, proposed ἐσθής, διπλῆ then being=διπλοΐς,‟a double cloak.” πλατεῖα, ‟square.” lit. ‟broad, open, place.” and when we say ‟a +square” we are implicitly saying ‟a square road- +way,” so when we say ‟Not more” we are implicitly +saying ‟Not this more than that, up than down.”

+ +

+Some of the Sceptics, however, in place of the ‟Not” +adopt the form ”(For) what this more than that,” +taking the ‟what” to denote, in this case, cause, +so that the meaning is ‟For what reason this more +than that?”The τί, here substituted for οὐ, is capable of meaning either ‟what” (or ‟in what respect”) or ‟why,” ‟for what cause or reason” (=διὰ τί). Thus τί gives an interrogative form (πύσμα) to the formula, as distinct from the affirmative form (ἀξίωμα) with οὐ. And it is a common practice to use +questions instead of assertions, as for example—‟The +bride of Zeus, what mortal knows her not?”Eurip. Herc. Fur. 1. And +also assertions in the place of questions; for instance +—‟I am inquiring where Dion lives,” and ‟I ask +you what reason there is for showing surprise at a +poet.” And further, the use of ‟What” instead of +‟For what reason” is found in Menander,Fragm. 900 (Kock). ‟(For) +what was I left behind?”

+ +

+And the expression ‟Not more this than that” indicates +also our feeling, whereby we come to end in equipoise +because of the equipollence of the opposed objects; +and by ‟equipollence” we mean equality in respect of +what seems probable to us, and by ‟opposed” we mean in +general conflicting, and by ‟equipoise”This is the typical Sceptic's attitude of complete mental neutrality, or ‟state of even balance” (ἀρρεψία, Diog. Laert. ix. 74). refusal of +assent to either alternative.

+ +

+Then as to the formula ‟Nowise more,” even +though it exhibits the character of a form of assent +or of denial, we do not employ it in this way, but we +take it in a loose and inexact sense, either in place +of a question or in place of the phrase ‟I know not +to which of these things I ought to assent, and to +which I ought not.” For our aim is to indicate what +appears to us; while as to the expression by which +we indicate this we are indifferent. This point, too, +should be noticed—that we utter the expression +‟Nowise more” not as positively affirming that it +really is true and certain, but as stating in regard to +it also what appears to us.

+
+ +
+Chapter XX.—Of ‟Aphasia” or Non-Assertion +

+Concerning non-assertion what we say is this. The +term ‟assertion” has two senses, general and special; +used in the general sense it indicates affirmation or +negation, as for example ‟It is day,” ‟It is not +day;” in its special sense it indicates affirmation +only, and in this sense negations are not termed +assertions. Non-assertion, then, is avoidance of +assertion in the general sense in which it is +said to include both affirmation and negation, +so that non-assertion is a mental condition of ours +because of which we refuse either to affirm or to +deny anything.

+

+Hence it is plain that we adopt non-assertion also not as +though things are in reality of such a kind as wholly +to induce non-assertion, but as indicating that we +now, at the time of uttering it, are in this condition +regarding the problems now before us. It must +also be borne in mind that what, as we say, we +neither posit nor deny, is some one of the dogmatic +statements made about what is non-apparent; for +we yield to those things which move us emotionally +and drive us compulsorily to assent.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXI.—Of The Expressions ‟Perhaps,‟Possible,” And ‟Maybe” +

+The formulae ‟perhaps” and ‟perhaps not,” and +‟possibly” and ‟possibly not,” and ‟maybe” and +‟maybe not,” we adopt in place of ‟perhaps it is +and perhaps it is not,” and ‟possibly it is and +possibly it is not,” and ‟maybe it is and maybe +it is not,” so that for the sake of conciseness +we adopt the phrase ‟possibly not” instead of +‟possibly it is not,” and ‟maybe not” instead of +‟maybe it is not,” and ‟perhaps not” instead of +‟perhaps it is not.”

+

+But here again we do not fight about phrases nor do we +inquire whether the phrases indicate realities, but we +adopt them, as I said,Cf. §§ 13, 191 supra. in a loose sense. Still it is evident, +as I think, that these expressions are indicative of +non-assertion. Certainly the person who says ‟perhaps +it is” is implicitly affirming also the seemingly contradictory +phrase ‟perhaps it is not” by his refusal to make the positive +assertion that ‟it is.” And the same applies to all the +other cases.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXII.—Of The Expression ‟I Suspend Judgement” +

+The phrase ‟I suspend judgement”Cf. §§ 7, 10 supra. we adopt in +place of ‟I am unable to say which of the objects +presented I ought to believe and which I ought to +disbelieve,” indicating that the objects appear to us +equal as regards credibility and incredibility. As to +whether they are equal we make no positive assertion; +but what we state is what appears to us in +regard to them at the time of observation. And the +term ‟suspension” is derived from the fact of the +mind being held up or ‟suspended” so that it neither +affirms nor denies anything owing to the equipollence +of the matters in question.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXIII.—Of The Expression ‟I Determine Nothing” +

+Regarding the phrase ‟I determine nothing” this +is what we say. We hold that ‟to determine” is +not simply to state a thing but to put forward +something non-evident combined with assent. For +in this sense, no doubt, it will be found that +the Sceptic determines nothing, not even the very +proposition ‟I determine nothing;” for this is not a +dogmatic assumption, that is to say assent to something +non-evident, but an expression indicative of our +own mental condition. So whenever the Sceptic says +‟I determine nothing,” what he means is ‟I am +now in such a state of mind as neither to affirm +dogmatically nor deny any of the matters now in +question.” And this he says simply by way of announcing +undogmatically what appears to himself regarding +the matters presented, not making any confident +declaration, but just explaining his own state of mind.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXIV.—Of The Expression ‟All Things Are Undetermined” +

+Indetermination is a state of mind in which we +neither deny nor affirm any of the matters which are +subjects of dogmatic inquiry, that is to say, non- +evident. So whenever the Sceptic says ‟All things +are undetermined,” he takes the word ‟are” in the +sense of ‟appear to him,” and by ‟all things” he +means not existing things but such of the non-evident +matters investigated by the Dogmatists as he has +examined, and by ‟undetermined” he means not +superior in point of credibility or incredibility to +things opposed, or in any way conflicting.For ‟opposed” ‟conflicting” see § 10 above.

+

+And just as the man who says ”(I) walk about”i.e. the personal pronoun ‟I” is potentially, or implicitly, expressed in the ending of the Greek verb (first person singular). is +potentially saying ‟I walk about,” so he who says +‟All are undetermined” conveys also, as we hold, the meaning +‟so far as relates to me,” or ‟as appears to me,” +so that the statement amounts to this—‟All the +matters of dogmatic inquiry which I have examined +appear to me to be such that no one of them is +preferable to the one in conflict with it in respect +of credibility or incredibility.”

+
+ +
+Chapter XXV.—Of The Expression ‟All Things Are Non—Apprehensible” +

+We adopt a similar attitude when we say ‟All +things are non-apprehensible.”Cf. § 1. For we give a +similar explanation of the word ‟all,” and we +similarly supply the words ‟to me,” so that the +meaning conveyed is this—‟All the non-apparent +matters of dogmatic inquiry which I have investigated +appear to me non-apprehensible.” And +this is the utterance not of one who is positively +asserting that the matters investigated by the +Dogmatists are really of such a nature as to be non- +apprehensible, but of one who is announcing his own +state of mind, ‟wherein,” he says, ‟I conceive that up +till now I myself have apprehended nothing owing to +the equipollence of the opposites; and therefore also +nothing that is brought forward to overthrow our +position seems to me to have any bearing on what we +announce.”

+
+ +
+Chapter XXVI.—Of The Expressions ‟I am Non-Apprehensive” And ‟I Apprehend Not” +

+Both the expressions ‟I am non-apprehensive” +and ‟I apprehend not” are indicative of a personal +state of mind, in which the Sceptic, for the time being, +avoids affirming or denying any non-evident matter +of inquiry, as is obvious from what we have said above +concerning the other expressions.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXVII.—Of The Phrase ‟To Every Argument An Equal Argument Is Opposed” +

+When we say ‟To every argument an equal argument +is opposed,” we mean ‟to every argument” +that has been investigated by us, and the word +‟argument” we use not in its simple sense, but of +that which establishes a point dogmatically (that is to +say with reference to what is non-evident) and +establishes it by any method, and not necessarily by means +of premisses and a conclusion.i.e. by the use of syllogisms. We say ‟equal” +with reference to credibility or incredibility, and we +employ the word ‟opposed” in the general sense of +‟conflicting;” and we supply therewith in thought +the phrase ‟as appears to me.”

+

+So whenever I say ‟To every argument an equal argument is +opposed,” what I am virtually saying is ‟To every argument +investigated by me which establishes a point dogmatically, +it seems to me there is opposed another argument, establishing +a point dogmatically, which is equal to the first in respect +of credibility and incredibility;” so that the utterance of +the phrase is not a piece of dogmatism,As with Protagoras, who seems to have originated it. but the announcement of +a human state of mind which is apparent to the person +experiencing it.

+

+But some also utter the expression in the form +‟To every argument an equal argument is to be +opposed,”The infinite is here used in a jussive sense. intending to give the injunction ‟To +every argument which establishes a point dogmatically +let us oppose an argument which investigates dogmatically, +equal to the former in respect of credibility and incredibility, +and conflicting therewith;” for they mean their words +to be addressed to the Sceptic, although they use the +infinitive form ‟to be opposed” instead of the imperative +‟let us oppose.”

+

+And they address this injunction to the Sceptic lest +haply, through being misled by the Dogmatist, he may give +up the Sceptic search, and through precipitancy +miss the ‟quietude”Cf. §§ 10, 25 ff. approved by the Sceptics, +which they—as we said aboveCf.§ 29.—believe to be dependent +on universal suspension of judgement.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXVIII.—Supplementary Notes On The Sceptic Expressions +

+In a preliminary outline it will be sufficient to have +explained the expressions now set forth, especially +since it is possible to explain the rest by deductions +from the foregoing. For, in regard to all the Sceptic +expressions, we must grasp first the fact that we make +no positive assertion respecting their absolute truth, +since we say that they may possibly be confuted by +themselves, seeing that they themselves are included +in the things to which their doubt applies, just as +aperient drugs do not merely eliminate the humours +from the body, but also expel themselves along with +the humours.

+

+And we also say that we employ them not by way of +authoritatively explaining the things with reference +to which we adopt them, but without precision and, if +you like, loosely; for it does not become the Sceptic +to wrangle over expressions,Cf. § 195 supra. and besides it is to our +advantage that even to these expressions no absolute +significance should be ascribed, but one that is relative +and relative to the Sceptics.

+

+Besides this we must also remember that we do not employ +them universally about all things, but about those which +are non-evident and are objects of dogmatic inquiry; and +that we state what appears to us and do not make any +positive declarations as to the real nature of external +objects; for I think that, as a result of this, every +sophismSuggesting that such attacks must involve the fallacy of ignoratio elenchi. directed against a Sceptic expression can be +refuted.

+

+And now that we have reviewed the idea or purpose +of Scepticism and its divisions, and the criterion and +the end, and the modes, too, of suspension, and have +discussed the Sceptic expressions, and have thus made +clear the character of Scepticism, our next task is, +we suppose, to explain briefly the distinction which +exists between it and the philosophic systems which +lie next to it, in order that we may more clearly +understand the ‟suspensive” Way of thought. Let +us begin with the Heracleitean philosophy.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXIX.—That The Sceptic Way Of Thought Differs From The Heracleitean Philosophy +

+Now that this latter differs from our Way of thought +is plain at once; for HeracleitusFor Heracleitus see Introd. p. viii; cf. ii. 59, 63. For Aenesidemus see Introd. pp. xxxvii ff. makes dogmatic +statements about many non-evident things, whereas +we, as has been said, do not. It is true that Aenesidemus +and his followers used to say that the Sceptic +Way is a road leading up to the Heracleitean philosophy, +since to hold that the same thing is the subject +of opposite appearances is a preliminary to holding +that it is the subject of opposite realities, and while +the Sceptics say that the same thing is the subject +of opposite appearances, the Heracleiteans go on from +this to assert their reality.The Sceptic view that the same thing apparently possesses opposite attributes or qualities is regarded as a step on the road to the Hercleitean view that it really possesses such qualities. But as Sextus proceeds to argue, the ascription of apparently contradictory attributes to a thing is not peculiar to the Sceptics but common to all men, so that all other might equally well be regarded as Heracleiteans in the making. For the opposition of ‟appearances” cf. §§ 32, 91 ff., 101 ff. But in reply to them we +declare that the view about the same thing having +opposite appearances is not a dogma of the Sceptics +but a fact which is experienced not by the Sceptics +alone but also by the rest of philosophers and by +all mankind;

+

+for certainly no one would venture to say that honeyCf. § 101 supra. does +not taste sweet to people in sound health or that it does +not taste bitter to those suffering from jaundice; so that +the Heracleiteans start from the general preconception of +mankind, just as we also do and probably all the other +philosophies. Consequently, if they had derived their +theory that the same thing is the subject of opposite +realities from one of the Sceptic formulae, such as ‟All +things are non-apprehensible,” or ‟I determine nothing,” +or some similar expression, probably they would have +reached the conclusion they assert; but since their +starting-points are impressions experienced not by us +only but by all the other philosophers and by +ordinary people, why should anyone declare that our +Way of thought is a road to the Heracleitean philosophy +any more than any of the other philosophies or even +than the ordinary view, since we all make use of the +same common material?i.e. general human experience and observation, dervied from sense-impressions.

+

+Rather it is the case that the Sceptic Way so far +from being an aid to the knowledge of the Heracleitean +philosophy is actually an obstacle thereto, seeing that +the Sceptic decries all the dogmatic statements of +Heracleitus as rash utterances, contradicting his +‟Ecpyrosis,”i.e. ‟world-conflagration,” by which all things are resolved into the Primal Fire. and contradicting his view that the +same thing is the subject of opposite realities, and in +respect of every dogma of Heracleitus scoffing at his +dogmatic precipitancy, and constantly repeating, as +I said before, his own ‟I apprehend not” and ‟I +determine nothing,” which are in conflict with the +Heracleiteans. Now it is absurd to say that a +conflicting Way is a road to the system with which +it is in conflict; therefore it is absurd to say that +the Sceptic Way is a road leading to the Heracleitean +philosophy.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXX.—Wherein The Sceptic Way Differs From The Democritean Philosophy +

+But it is also said that the DemocriteanSee Introd. pp. xi ff. philosophy +has something in common with Scepticism, +since it seems to use the same material as we; for +from the fact that honey appears sweet to some and +bitter to others, Democritus, as they say, infers that +it really is neither sweet nor bitter, and pronounces +in consequence the formula ‟Not more,” which is +a Sceptic formula. The Sceptics, however, and the +School of Democritus employ the expression ‟Not +more” in different ways; for while they use it to +express the unreality of either alternative, we express +by it our ignorance as to whether both or neither of +the appearances is real.

+

+So that in this respect also we differ, and our difference +becomes specially evident when Democritus says ‟But in +verity atoms and void” (for he says ‟In verity” in place +of ‟In truth”); and that he differs from us when he says +that the atoms and the void are in truth subsistent, +although he starts out from the incongruity of appearances, +it is superfluous, I think, to state.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXXI.—Wherein Scepticism Differs From Cyrenaicism +

+Some assert that the CyrenaicSee Introd. p. xvii; cf. Adv. Log. i. 191 ff. doctrine is identical +with Scepticism since it too affirms that only mental +states are apprehended. But it differs from Scepticism +inasmuch as it says that the End is pleasure and the +smooth motion of the flesh, whereas we say it is +‟quietude,” which is the opposite of their End; for +whether pleasure be present or not present the man +who positively affirms pleasure to be the End undergoes +perturbations, as I have argued in my chapter +‟Of the End.”§§ 25 ff. supra. Further, whereas we suspend +judgement, so far as regards the essence of external +objects, the Cyrenaics declare that those objects +possess a real nature which is inapprehensible.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXXII.—Wherein Scepticism Differs From The Protagorean Doctrine +

+ProtagorasSee Introd. p. xiv. In his physical theory Protagoras follows Heracleitus. also holds that ‟Man is the measure of all +things, of existing things that they exist, and of +non-existing things that they exist not;” and by +‟measure” he means the criterion, and by ‟things” +the objects, so that he is virtually asserting that +‟Man is the criterion of all objects, of those which +exist that they exist, and of those which exist not +that they exist not.” And consequently he posits only +what appears to each individual, and thus he introduces +relativity.

+

+And for this reason he seems also to have something in +common with the Pyrrhoneans. Yet he differs from them, +and we shall perceive the difference when we have +adequately explained the views of Protagoras.

+

What he states then is this—that matter is in flux, +and as it flows additions are made continuously in the +place of the effluxions, and the senses are transformed +and altered according to the times of life and to all +the other conditions of the bodies.

+

+He says also that the ‟reasons” of all the appearances +subsist in matter, so that matter, so far as depends +on itself, is capable of being all those things which +appear to all.i.e. in brief, all ‟appearances” (sensations, opinions, etc.) are due to inter-action between the matter of the percipient subject and the matter of the objective world, both of which are in constant flux. Thus ‟matter” is potentially the ‟phenomenon.” And men, he says, apprehend different +things at different times owing to their differing +dispositions; for he who is in a natural state apprehends +those things subsisting in matter which are able to appear +to those in a natural state, and those who are in a non- +natural state the things which can appear to those in +a non-natural state.

+

+Moreover, precisely the same account applies to the +variations due to age, and to the sleeping or waking +state, and to each several kind of condition. Thus, +according to him, Man becomes the criterion of real +existences; for all things that appear to men also exist, +and things that appear to no man have no existence either.

+

We see, then, that he dogmatizes about the fluidity +of matter and also about the subsistence therein of +the ‟reasons” of all appearances, these being non- +evident matters about which we suspend judgement.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXXIII.—Wherein Scepticism Differs From The Academic Philosophy +

+Some indeed say that the Academic philosophySee Introd. pp. xxxii f. is +identical with Scepticism; consequently it shall be +our next task to discuss this statement.

+

According to most people there have been three +Academies—the first and most ancient that of Plato +and his School, the second or middle Academy that +of Arcesilaus, the pupil of Polemo, and his School, the +third or New Academy that of the School of Carneades +and Cleitomachus. Some, however, add as a fourth +that of the School of Philo and Charmidas; and some +even count the School of Antiochus as a fifth.

+

+Beginning, then, with the Old Academy let us consider +how the philosophies mentioned differ from ours.

+

Plato has been described by some as ‟dogmatic,” by +others as ‟dubitative,” and by others again as partly +dogmatic and partly dubitative. For in his exercitatory +discourses,i.e. those which aim at training the mind—subdivided (in Diog. Laert. iii. 49 ff.) into ‟maeeutic” (‟akin to the midwife's art” or ‟mental obstetrics”) and ‟peirastic” (or ‟tentative,” e.g. Lysis, Laches, Euthyphro, Meno). where Socrates is introduced either +as talking playfully with his auditors or as arguing +against sophists, he shows, they say, an exercitatory +and dubitative character; but a dogmatic character +when he is speaking seriously by the mouth either +of Socrates or of Timaeus or of some similar personage.

+

+Now as regards those who describe him as a dogmatist, +or as partly dogmatic and partly dubitative, it would +be superfluous to say anything now; for they themselves +acknowledge his difference from us. But the +question whether Plato is a genuine Sceptic is one +which we discuss more fully in our ‟Commentaries;”i.e. the five books Against the Dogmatists; see Introd. p. xli. +but now, in opposition to MenodotusSee Introd. p. xl. and Aenesidemus +(these being the chief champions of this view), +we declare in brief that when Plato makes statements +about Ideas or about the reality of Providence or +about the virtuous life being preferable to the vicious, +he is dogmatizing if he is assenting to these as actual +truths, while if he is accepting them as more probable +than not, since thereby he gives a preference to one +thing over another in point of probability or improbability, +he throws off the character of a Sceptic; for that such an +attitude is foreign to us is quite plain from what +has been said above.

+

+And if Plato does really utter some statements in a +sceptical way when he is, as they say, ‟exercising,” +that will not make him a Sceptic; for the man that +dogmatizes about a single thing, or ever prefers one +impression to another in point of credibility or +incredibility, or makes any assertion about any +non-evident object, assumes the dogmatic character, +as TimonSee Introd. p. xxxi; and for Xenophanes, ibid. p. viii. also shows by his remarks about Xenophanes.

+

+For after praising him repeatedly, so that he even +dedicated to him his Satires, he represented him as +uttering this lamentation— + +Would that I too had attained a mind compacted of wisdom, +Both ways casting my eyes; but the treacherous pathway +deceived me, +Old that I was, and as yet unversed in the doubts of the +Sceptic. +For in whatever direction I turned my mind in its questing +All was resolved into One and the Same; All ever-existing +Into one self-same nature returning shaped itself all ways. +So on this account he also calls him ‟semi-vain,” and +not perfectly free from vanity, where he says— + +Xenophanes semi-vain, derider of Homer’s deceptions, +Framed him a God far other than Man, self-equal in all ways, +Safe from shaking or scathe, surpassing thought in his +thinking. +He called him ‟semi-vain” as being in some degree +free from vanity, and ‟derider of Homer’s deceptions” +because he censured the deceit mentioned in +Homer.e.g. Homer, Il. ii. 114 where Agamemnon says of Zeus νῦν δὲ κακὴν ἀπάτην βουλεύσατ᾽. Cf. Plato, Rep. 380d ff.

+

+Xenophanes, contrary to the preconceptions +of all other men, asserted dogmatically that the All +is one, and that God is consubstantial with all things, +and is of spherical form and passionless and unchangeable +and rational; and from this it is easy to show +how Xenophanes differs from us. However, it is plain +from what has been said that even if Plato evinces +doubt about some matters, yet he cannot be a Sceptic +inasmuch as he shows himself at times either making +assertions about the reality of non-evident objects +or preferring one non-evident thing to another in +point of credibility.

+

+The adherents of the New Academy, although they +affirm that all things are non-apprehensible, yet +differ from the Sceptics even, as seems probable, in +respect of this very statement that all things are +non-apprehensible (for they affirm this positively, +whereas the Sceptic regards it as possible that some +things may be apprehended); but they differ from +us quite plainly in their judgement of things good +and evil. For the Academicians do not describe a +thing as good or evil in the way we do; for they do +so with the conviction that it is more probableCarneades was the chief exponent of this ‟probabilism;” see Introd. pp. xxxiii-xxxiv. that +what they call good is really good rather than the +opposite, and so too in the case of evil, whereas +when we describe a thing as good or evil we do not +add it as our opinion that what we assert is probable, +but simply conform to life undogmatically that we +may not be precluded from activity.Cf. §§ 15, 23f.; ii. 13.

+

+And as regards sense-impressions, we sayCf. § 117. that they are +equal in respect of probability and improbability, so +far as their essence is concerned, whereas they assert +that some impressions are probable, others improbable.

+

And respecting the probable impressions they +make distinctions: some they regard as just simply +probable, others as probable and tested, others as +probable, tested, and ‟irreversible.”διεξωδευμένας and περιωδευμένας mean literally ‟gone all through” (or ‟all over”), hence ‟thoroughly inspected,” ‟scrutinized:” ἀπερισπάστους, ‟not able to be drawn round” (or ‟stripped off”), hence ‟indubitable.” For example, +when a rope is lying coiled up in a dark room, to one +who enters hurriedly it presents the simply ‟probable” +appearance of being a serpent;

+

+but to the man who has looked carefully round and +has investigated the conditions—such as its immobility +and its colour, and each of its other peculiarities—it +appears as a rope, in accordance with an impression +that is probable and tested. And the impression that +is also ‟irreversible” or incontrovertible is of this +kind. When Alcestis had died, Heracles, it is said, +brought her up again from Hades and showed her to +Admetus, who received an impression of Alcestis that +was probable and tested; since, however, he knew +that she was dead his mind recoiled from its assent +and reverted to unbelief.This is a curious example of an ‟irreversible” impression. If the text is right, it looks as if Sextus was nodding.

+

+So then the philosophers of the New Academy prefer +the probable and tested impression to the simply +probable, and to both of these the impression that +is probable and tested and irreversible.

+

And although both the Academics and the Sceptics +say that they believe some things, yet here too the +difference between the two philosophies is quite plain. +For the word ‟believe” has different meanings:

+

+it means not to resist but simply to follow without +any strong impulse or inclination, as the boy is said +to believe his tutor; but sometimes it means to +assent to a thing of deliberate choice and with a +kind of sympathy due to strong desire, as when +the incontinent man believes him who approves of +an extravagant mode of life. Since, therefore, +Carneades and Cleitomachus declare that a strong +inclination accompanies their credence and the +credibility of the object, while weCf. §§ 22, 27 ff. supra. say that our +belief is a matter of simple yielding without any +consent, here too there must be a difference between +us and them.

+

+Furthermore, as regards the End (or aim of life)See §§ 25 supra. +we differ from the New Academy; for whereas the +men who profess to conform to its doctrineCf. § 226. use +probability as the guide of life, weCf. §§ 23, 24. live in an undogmatic +way by following the laws, customs, and natural affections. +And we might say still more about this distinction +had it not been that we are aiming at conciseness.

+

+Arcesilaus, however, who was, as we said,Cf. § 220 supra. the +president and founder of the Middle Academy, +certainly seems to me to have shared the doctrines of +Pyrrho, so that his Way of thought is almost identical +with ours. For we do not find him making any assertion +about the reality or unreality of anything, nor +does he prefer any one thing to another in point of +probability or improbability, but suspends judgement +about all. He also says that the End is suspension— +which is accompanied, as we have said, by ‟quietude.”

+

+He declares, too, that suspension regarding particular +objects is good, but assent regarding particulars bad. +Only one might say that whereas we make these +statements not positively but in accordance with what +appears to us, he makes them as statements of real +facts, so that he asserts that suspension in itself +really is good and assent bad.

+

+And if one ought to credit also what is said about him, +he appeared at the first glance, they say, to be a +'Pyrrhonean, but in reality he was a dogmatist; and +because he used to test his companions by means of +dubitation to see if they were fitted by nature for +the reception of the Platonic dogmas, he was thought +to be a dubitative philosopher, but he actually passed +on to such of his companions as were naturally gifted +the dogmas of Plato. And this was why AristonAriston of Chios, a pupil of Zeno the Stoic. described +him as ‟Plato the head of him, Pyrrho the tail, in +the midst Diodorus;”The verse is a parody of Homer, Il. vi. 181 (cf. Hesiod, Theog. 323), who thus described the Chimaera: πρόσθε λέων, ὄπιθεν δὲ δράκων, μέσση δὲ χίμαιρα (‟Lion the head of her, Dragon the taol of her, trunk of a She-goat”). Diodorus Cronos was a Megaric philosopher (circa 300 B.C.). because he employed the +dialectic of Diodorus, although he was actually a +Platonist.

+

+PhiloSee Introd. pp. xxxvi f. asserts that objects are inapprehensible +so far as concerns the Stoic criterion, that is to say +‟apprehensive impression,” but are apprehensible so +far as concerns the real nature of the objects themselves. +Moreover, Antiochus actually transferred the Stoa to +the Academy, so that it was even said of him +that ‟In the Academy he teaches the Stoic +philosophy;” for he tried to show that the dogmas +of the Stoics are already present in Plato. So that +it is quite plain how the Sceptic ‟Way” differs from +what is called the Fourth Academy and the Fifth.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXXIV.—Whether Medical Empiricism Is The Same As Scepticism +

+Since some allege that the Sceptic philosophy +is identical with the Empiricism of the Medical +sect,The later schools of medicine were three: (1) the Dogmatic or Logical, which theorized about the ‟non-evident” causes of health and disease; (2) the Empiric, which regarded such causes as indiscoverable and confined itself to observation of evident facts; (3) the Methodic, which adopted an intermediate position, refusing either to affirm or deny ‟non-evident” causes; cf. Introd. p. xl. it must be recognized that inasmuch as that +Empiricism positively affirms the inapprehensibility of +what is non-evident it is not identical with Scepticism +nor would it be consistent in a Sceptic to embrace that +doctrine. He could more easily, in my opinion, adopt +the so-called ‟Method;”

+

+for it alone of the Medical systems appears to avoid rash +treatment of things non-evident by arbitrary assertions as +to their apprehensibility or non-apprehensibility, and +following appearances derives from them what seems beneficial, +in accordance with the practice of the Sceptics. For we stated +above§23. that the common life, in which the Sceptic also shares, +is four-fold, one part depending on the directing force of Nature, +another on the compulsion of the affections, another on the +tradition of laws and customs, and another on the training +of the arts.

+

+So then, just as the Sceptic, in virtue of the compulsion +of the affections, is guided by thirst to drink and by hunger +to food, and in like manner to other such objects, in the +same way the Methodical physician is guided by the pathological +affections to the corresponding remedies—by contraction to +dilatation, as when one seeks refuge in heat from the contraction +due to the application of cold, or by fluxion to the stoppage +of it, as when persons in a hot bath, dripping with perspiration +and in a relaxed condition, seek to put a stop to it and for this +reason rush off into the cool air. It is plain, too, that +conditions which are naturally alien compel us to take measures +for their removal, seeing that even the dog when it is pricked +by a thorn proceeds to remove it.

+

+And in short—to avoid exceeding the limits proper to an +outline of this kind by a detailed enumeration—I suppose +that all the facts described by the Methodic School can be +classed as instances of the compulsion of the affections, +whether natural or against nature.

+

Besides, the use of terms in an undogmatic and +indeterminate sense is common to both systems.

+

+For just as the Sceptic uses the expressions ‟I determine +nothing” and ‟I apprehend nothing,” as we have +said, in an undogmatic sense, even so the Methodic +speaks of ‟generality”Or ‟generic character.” All diseases being referred to one or other of the two ‟general” morbid states, over-contraction or over-dilation of the pores or passages of the body, each of these ‟general” states was said to ‟pervade” all the cases which exhibited the symptoms of that state. The ‟genus” ‟pervades” (its characteristics run through) its ‟species” and ‟particulars.” and ‟pervade” and the like +in a non-committal way. So also he employs the +term ‟indication” in an undogmatic sense to denote +the guidance derived from the apparent affections, or +symptoms, both natural and contra-natural, for the +discovery of the seemingly appropriate remedies— +as, in fact, I mentioned in regard to hunger and thirst +and the other affections.

+

+Consequently, judging from these and similar indications, +we should say that the Methodic School of Medicine has +some affinity with Scepticism; and, when viewed not +simply by itself, but in comparison with the other +Medical Schools, it has more affinity than they.

+

And now that we have said thus much concerning +the Schools which seem to stand nearest to that of +the Sceptics, we here bring to a conclusion both our +general account of Scepticism and the First Book of +our ‟Outlines.”

+
+
+ +
+ +
+Chapter I.—Can The Sceptic Investigate The Statements Of The Dogmatists? +

+Since we have undertaken this inquiry in criticism +of the Dogmatists,i.e. the ‟special” section of this Sceptical treatise, as distinguished from the ‟general” exposition contained in Bk. I.; cf. i. 5, 6, 21. let us review briefly and in outline +the several divisions of so-called philosophy, when we +have first made reply to those who keep constantly +repeating that the Sceptic is incapable of either +investigating or in any way cognizing the objects +about which they dogmatize.

+

+For theyi.e. Stoics and Epicureans. maintain that the Sceptic either apprehends or does not +apprehend the statements made by the Dogmatists; +if, then, he apprehends, how can he be perplexed +about things which he has, as he says, apprehended? +Whereas if he apprehends not, then neither does he +know how to discuss matters which he has not apprehended.

+

+For just as he who is ignorant, for instance, +of the arguments known as ‟How far reduced”This argument is not elsewhere mentioned; possibly it refers to some form of the ‟Sorites”; cf. § 253. But T has ‟qui non novit . . . quid est omnis triangulus habet tres angulos equales duobus rectis.” or +‟By two hypotheses,”The hypothetical syllogism ‟by two hypotheses” has its major premiss in double form; e.g. ‟If A is, B is, and if A is not, B is; but A either is or is not; therefore B is.” Cf. §§ 131, 186 infra. is unable also to say anything +about them, so the man who does not know each of +the statements made by the Dogmatists is unable to +criticize them concerning matters of which he has no +knowledge. Thus the Sceptic is wholly incapable of +investigating the statements made by the Dogmatists.

+

+Now let those who speak thus make answer and +tell us in what sense they are now using the term +‟apprehend,” whether simply of mental conception +without the further affirmation of the reality of the +objects under discussion, or with the further assumption +of the reality of the objects discussed. For +if they say that ‟to apprehend” means, in their +argument, to assent to an ‟apprehensive impression,”For this term in the Stoic epistemology see Introd. p. xxv. The argument is, in brief, that the Stoic cannot consistently criticize the Epicurean unless he allows that his ‟apprehensive impression” of their dogmas is an impression of things which have no basis in reality, and this contradicts the Stoic definition of ‟apprehensive impression.” +the apprehensive impression being derived +from a real object and being an imprint or stamp upon +the mind corresponding to the actual object, such as +would not result from what is unreal, then probably +not even they themselves will wish to allow their +inability to investigate things which, in this sense, they +have not apprehended.

+

+Thus, for example, when the +Stoic criticizes the statement of the Epicurean that +‟Being is divided,”It is uncertain to what ‟division” this refers—whether that of God from the world (Fabricius), of Body from Void (Zimmermann), of the ‟numberless worlds” from one another (Pappenheim), or (as seems simplest) of Body into numberless atomic fractions. For the dicta about ‟God” and ‟Pleasure” cf. iii. 219. or that ‟God does not foreknow +events in the Universe,” or that ‟Pleasure is the +Good,” has he apprehended or has he not apprehended? +If he has apprehended these dogmas, by +asserting their real truth he entirely overthrows the +Porch; while if he has not apprehended them, he is +unable to say anything against them.

+

+And we must use a like argument against those +who issue from any of the other Sects, whenever they +desire to make any critical investigation of the tenets +of those who differ from them in doctrine. +consequently they are debarred from indulging in any +criticism of one another. Or rather—to avoid talking +nonsense—practically the whole of Dogmatism will +be confounded and the Sceptic philosophy will be +firmly established once it is granted that it is +impossible to inquire regarding an object which is not, +in this sense, apprehended.

+

+For he who makes a +dogmatic statement about a non-evident object will +declare that he is making it either after having +apprehended or after having not apprehended it. +But if he has not apprehended it he will not gain +credence; while if he has apprehended it, he will +say that he has apprehended the object directly and +through itself and owing to the clear impression it +has made on him, or else by means of some kind of +search and inquiry.For this distinction cf. i. 178 ff.

+

+But if he shall say that the +non-evident object has impressed him and has been +apprehended through itself, immediately and clearly, +in this case the object would not be non-evident but +apparent to all men equally, an acknowledged and +uncontroverted fact. But about every single object +that is non-evident there exists amongst them +endless controversy; so that the Dogmatist who makes +positive assertions about the reality of a non-evident +object cannot have apprehended it because of its +having made on him a direct and clear impression.

+

+If, on the other hand, his apprehension is a result of +search, how was he in a position to make inquiry +before he had accurately apprehended the object, +without violating our present assumption? For since +the inquiry necessitates as a preliminary the existence +of an accurate apprehension of that which is to be +the subject of inquiry, while the apprehension of the +subject of inquiry demands, in its turn, the previous +existence of a complete inquiry into that subject, +owing to this circular process of reasoningCf. i. 61. it +becomes impossible for them either to inquire concerning +things non-evident or to dogmatize; for if some +of them wish to make apprehension their starting- +point we force them to grant that the object must +be investigated before it is apprehended, while if +they start from inquiry we make them admit that +before inquiring they must apprehend the object of +the inquiry, so that for these reasons they can neither +apprehend any non-evident object nor make positive +statements about them. From this there will follow +automatically, as I think, the demolition of the +Dogmatic sophistryCf. i. 63, ii. 84. and the establishment of the +Suspensive philosophy.

+

+If, however, they say that it is not this kind of +apprehension that ought, in their view, to precede +inquiry, but simply mental conception, then it is no +longer impossible for those who suspend judgement +to inquire about the reality of things non-evident. +For the Sceptic is not, I suppose, prohibited from +mental conception which arises through the reason +itself as a result of passive impressions and clear +appearances and does not at all involve the reality +of the objects conceived; for we conceive, as +they say, not only of real things but also of unreal. +Hence both while inquiring and while conceiving +the Suspensive person continues in the Sceptical +state of mind. For, as has been shown, he assents +to what he experiences by way of subjective +impression, according as that impression appears to +him.

+

+But consider whether, even in this case, the +Dogmatists are not precluded from inquiry. For +to continue the investigation of problems is not +inconsistent in those who confess their ignorance +of their real nature, but only in those who believe +they have an exact knowledge of them; since for +the latter the inquiry has already, as they suppose, +reached its goal, whereas for the former the ground +on which all inquiry is based—namely, the belief +that they have not found the truth—still subsists.

+

+Thus we have to inquire briefly, on the present +occasion, concerning each several division of philosophy +so called. And since there exists much dispute +amongst the Dogmatists regarding the divisions of +philosophyCf. Adv. Log. i. ad init.—some saying there is one division, some +two, some three—and it would not now be +convenient to discuss the question at length, we will +explain fairly and impartially the view of those who +seem to have treated it most fully, and take their +view as the subject of our discourse.

+
+ +
+Chapter II.—The Starting-Point For Criticism Of The Dogmatists +

+The Stoics, then, and several others,The others mentioned in Adv. Log. i. 16 are Plato, Xenocrates, and the Peripatetics; so too the Epicureans. say that there +are three divisions of philosophy, namely, Logic, +Physics, and Ethics; and they begin their teaching +with Logic,So Chrysippus. Sextus treats of Logic in this Bk. ii., Physics in iii. 1-167, Ethics in iii. 167-278. although the question of the right +starting-point is also a matter of much controversy. So +we shall follow them in an undogmatic way; and +since the subject matter of all three divisions requires +testing and a criterion, and the doctrine of the +criterion seems to be included in the division of +Logic, we shall begin with the doctrine of the criterion +and the division of Logic.

+
+ +
+Chapter III.—Of The Criterion +

+But first we must notice that the word ‟criterion” +is used both of that by which, as they say, we judge +of reality and non-reality, and of that which we use +as the guide of life; and our present task is to discuss +the so-called criterion of truth, since we have already +dealt with the criterion in its other sense in our +discourse ‟On Scepticism.”See i. chap. xi.

+

+The criterion, then, with which our argument is +concerned, has three several meanings—the general, +the special, and the most special. In the ‟general” +sense it is used of every standard of apprehension, +and in this sense we speak even of physical organs, +such as sight, as criteria. In the ‟special” sense +it includes every technical standard of apprehension, +such as the rule and compass. In the ‟most +special” sense it includes every technical standard +of apprehension of a non-evident object; but in this +application ordinary standardsi.e. standards of weight and measure (e. g. pound, pint, yard). are not regarded as +criteria but only logical standards and those which +the Dogmatists employ for the judging of truth.

+

+We propose, therefore, in the first place to discuss the +logical criterion. But the logical criterion also may +be used in three sensesCf. Adv. Log. i. 261.—of the agent, or the +instrument, or the ‟according to what;” the agent, +for instance, may be a man, the instrument either +sense-perception or intelligence, and the ‟according +to what” the application of the impression ‟according +to” which the man proceeds to judge by means +of one of the aforesaid instruments.Examples of these three criteria are—the carpenter, his rule, the ‟applying” of his rule; cf. Adv. Log. i. 35 f.

+

+It was appropriate, I consider, to make these +prefatory observations so that we may realize what is +the exact subject of our discourse; and it remains +for us to proceed to our counter-statement aimed +against those who rashly assert that they have apprehended +the criterion of truth, and we will begin with +the dispute which exists about this question.

+
+ +
+Chapter IV.—Does A Criterion Of Truth Really Exist? +

+Of those, then, who have treated of the criterion +some have declared that a criterion exists—the Stoics, +for example, and certain others—while by some its +existence is denied, as by the Corinthian Xeniades,Earlier than Democritus: cf. Adv. Log. i. 53, 388. +amongst others, and by XenophanesCf. i. 224; Adv. Log. i. 48, 110. of Colophon, +who says—‟Over all things opinion bears sway;” +while we have adopted suspension of judgement as +to whether it does or does not exist.

+

+This dispute,Cf. i. 164 ff., 115 ff. +then, they will declare to be either capable or +incapable of decision; and if they shall say it is +incapable of decision they will be granting on the spot +the propriety of suspension of judgement, while if +they say it admits of decision, let them tell us whereby +it is to be decided, since we have no accepted criterion, +and do not even know, but are still inquiring, whether +any criterion exists.

+

+Besides, in order to decide the +dispute which has arisen about the criterion, we must +possess an accepted criterion by which we shall be +able to judge the dispute; and in order to possess +an accepted criterion, the dispute about the criterion +must first be decided. And when the argument thus +reduces itself to a form of circular reasoning the +discovery of the criterion becomes impracticable, since +we do not allow them to adopt a criterion by assumption, +while if they offer to judge the criterion by a +criterion we force them to a regress ad infinitum. +And furthermore, since demonstration requires a +demonstrated criterion, while the criterion requires +an approved demonstration, they are forced into +circular reasoning.

+

+We suppose, then, that this is sufficient to expose +the rashness of the Dogmatists in respect of their +doctrine of the Criterion; but in order to enable us +to confute them in detail, it will not be out of place +to dwell at length upon this topic. We do not, +however, desire to oppose their opinions about the +criterion severally, one by one—for their controversy +is endless, and to do so would necessarily involve +us as well in a confused discussion,—but inasmuch as +the criterion in question is three-fold (the agent, the +instrument, and the ‟according to what”), we shall +discuss each of these in turn and establish the non- +apprehensibility of each, since in this way our exposition +will be at once both methodical and complete. +Let us begin with the agent; for the perplexity +which attaches to this seems somehow to involve the +rest as well.

+
+ +
+Chapter V.—Of The Criterion ‟By Whom,” Or Agent +

+Now ‟Man” (if he is ‟the agent”) seems to me, +so far as regards the statements made by the +Dogmatists, to be not only non-apprehensible but also +inconceivable. At least we hear the Platonic SocratesCf. Plato, Phaedr. 229e f., Theaet. 174b. +expressly confessing that he does not know whether +he is a man or something else. And when they wish +to establish the concept of ‟Man” they disagree in +the first place, and in the second place they speak +unintelligibly.

+

+Thus DemocritusCf. i. 213 ff.; Adv. Log. i. 265. declares that ‟Man is that +which we all know.” Then, so far as his opinion goes, +we shall not know Man, since we also know a dog, and +consequently Dog too will be Man. And some men +we do not know, therefore they will not be men. Or +rather, if we are to judge by this concept, no one will +be a man; for since Democritus says that Man must +be known by all, and all men know no one man, +no one, according to him, will be a man.

+

+And it is evident from the relevance of this criticism that we +are not now arguing sophistically. For this thinker +proceeds to say that ‟Only the atoms and the void +truly exist,” and these he says ‟form the substrate +not only of animals but of all compound substances,” +so that, so far as depends on these, we shall not form +a concept of the particular essence of ‟Man,” seeing +that they are common to all things. But besides +these there is no existing substrate; so that we shall +possess no means whereby we shall be able to +distinguish Man from the other animals and form a +precise conception of him.

+

+Again, Epicurus says that Man is ‟This sort +of a shape combined with vitality.”Cf. Adv. Log. i. 267. Epicurus taught that truth is given by sense-perception: the percept is the real ‟thing in itself”; hence we have no general concepts which can be logically ‟denned” but only particular phenomena which are ‟indicated” or pointed out as ‟such and such, look you” (τοιουτοί) cf. Introd. p. xxiii. According +to him, then, since Man is shown by pointing out, +he that is not pointed out is not a man, and if anyone +points out a female, the male will not be Man, while +if he points out a male the female will not be Man. +And we shall also draw the same inferences from the +difference in the circumstances which we learn from +the Fourth Mode of Suspension.Cf. i. 100.

+

+OthersStoics and Peripatetics, cf. § 211 infra. used to assert that ‟Man is a rational +mortal animal, receptive of intelligence and science.” +Now since it is shown by the First Mode of +SuspensionSee i. 40 ff. that no animal is irrational but all +are receptive of intelligence and science, so far +as their statements go, we shall be unable to +perceive what they mean.

+

+And the attributes contained in this definition are used either in an ‟actual,” or +full, or in a potential sense;The familiar Aristotelian distinction between ‟actuality” and ‟potentiality” is here used by Sextus to confute the Peripatetics, cf. Introd. p. xx. if in a full sense, +he that has not already acquired complete science +and is not rationally perfect and in the very act of +dying—for this is to be mortal in the full sense of +the word—is not a man. And if the sense is to be +potential, then he will not be a man who possesses +reason in perfection or who has acquired intelligence +and science; but this conclusion is even more absurd +than the former.

+

In this way, then, the concept of Man is shown to be +one which it is impossible to frame.

+

+For when PlatoCf. Adv. Log. i. 281; Diog. Laert. vi. 40; [Plato], Deff. 415 a. +declares that ‟Man is a featherless two-footed animal +with broad nails, receptive of political science,” not +even he himself claims to affirm this positively; for +if Man is one of the class of things which, as he puts +it,Cf. Theaet. 152 d, Tim. 27 d. come into being but never possess absolute +being, and if it is impossible, in his view, to make a +positive declaration about things which never really +exist, then even Plato will not claim to be taken as +putting forward this definition positively, but rather +as making, in his usual way, a probable statement.

+

+But even if we should grant, by way of concession, +that Man can be conceived, yet he will be found +to be non-apprehensible. For he is compounded of +soul and body, and neither body nor soul perchance‟Perchance,” one of the Sceptic formulae, cf. i. 194. +is apprehended; so that Man is not apprehended.

+

+Now that body is not apprehended is easily shown +thus: the attributes of an objecti.e. a ‟substance” in the Aristotelian sense, as distinguished from its ‟attributes,” ‟properties,” or ‟accidents;” cf. Adv. Log. i. 283 ff. are different from +the object whereof they are attributes. So when +colour or any similar quality is perceived by us, what +we perceive is probably the attributes of the body +but not the body itself. Certainly the body, they say, +exists in three dimensions; we ought therefore to +apprehend its length and breadth and depth in order +to apprehend the body. For if we perceived depthLit. ‟this” (τοῦτο: Mutsch. suggests ταῦτα). The argument would be clearer if we inserted the words ‟But we do not apprehend depth” after ‟body”; the text as it stands is too obscure to be sound. +we should also discern silver pieces under their +coating of gold. Therefore we do not apprehend +the body either.

+

+But, not to dwell on the controversy about the +body, Man is also found to be non-apprehensible +owing to the fact that his soul is non-apprehensible. +That it is non-apprehensible is plain from this: of +those who have treated of the soul—so that we may +avoid dwelling on the long and endless controversy +—some have asserted, as did DicaearchusA pupil of Aristotle, cf. Adv. Log. i. 349; Cicero, Tusc. i. 10. 22. the +Messenian, that the soul has no existence, others +that it has existence, and others have suspended +judgement.

+

+If, then, the Dogmatists shall maintain +that this dispute is incapable of decision, they will +be admitting thereby the non-apprehensibility of the +soul, while if they say it is capable of decision, let +them tell us by what means they will decide it. For +they cannot say ‟by sense-perception,” since the +soul is said by them to be an object of intelligence; +and if they shall say ‟by the intellect,” we will say +that inasmuch as the intellect is the least evident part +of the soul—as is shown by those who agree about the +real existence of the soul, though differing about the +intellect,

+

+—if they propose to apprehend the soul and +to decide the dispute about it by means of the +intellect, they will be proposing to decide and establish +the less questionable matter by the more questionable, +which is absurd. Thus, neither by the intellect will +the dispute about the soul be decided; therefore there +is no means to decide it. And this being so, it is +non-apprehensible; and, in consequence, Man too +will not be apprehended.

+

+But even supposing we grant that Man is +apprehended, it would not, probably, be possible to show +that objects ought to be judged by him. For he who +asserts that objects ought to be judged by Man will +be asserting this either without proof or with proof.Cf. i. 115, 164 ff. Note that, in the context, the words ‟test,” ‟judge,” ‟decide,” are various renderings of κρίνω (whence κριτήριον). +Not with proof; for the proof must be true and +tested, and therefore tested by some standard. +Since, then, we are unable to make an agreed statement +as to the standard by which the proof itself can +be tested (for we are still inquiring about the criterion +‟By whom”), we shall be unable to pronounce judgement +on the proof, and therefore also to prove the +criterion, which is the subject of discussion.

+

+And if it shall be asserted without proof that objects +ought to be judged by Man, the assertion will be +disbelieved, so that we shall be unable to affirm +positively that the criterion ‟By whom” (or Agent) +is Man. Moreover, who is to be the judge that the +criterion of the Agent is Man? For if they assert this +without a judgement (or criterion) they will surely not +be believed.

+

+Yet if they say that a man is to be the +judge, that will be assuming the point at issue;The fallacy of petitio principii, cf. §§ 57, 60, 67 infra. +while if they make another animal the judge, in what +way do they come to adopt that animal for the +purpose of judging whether Man is the criterion? If +they do so without a judgement, it will not be believed, +and if with a judgement, it in turn needs to be judged +by something. If, then, it is judged by itself, the +same absurdity remains (for the object of inquiry will +be judged by the object of inquiry); and if by Man, +circular reasoning is introduced; and if by some +judge other than these two, we shall once again in his +case demand the criterion ‟By whom,” and so on ad +infinitum. Consequently we shall not be in a position +to declare that objects ought to be judged by Man.

+

+But let it be granted and established that objects +ought to be judged by Man. Then, since there exists +great difference amongst men, let the Dogmatists +first agree together that this is the particular man to +whom we must attend, and then, and only then, let +them bid us also to yield him our assent. But if they +are going to dispute about this ‟long as the waters +flow on and the tall trees cease not to burgeon” (to +quote the familiar saying),From the inscription on the tomb of Midas quoted in Plato, Phaedr. 264 d; cf. Tibullus i. 4. 60. how can they urge us to +assent rashly to anyone?

+

+For if they declare that +we must believe the Sage, we shall ask them ‟What +Sage?” Is it the Sage of Epicurus or of the Stoics, +the Cyrenaic Sage or the Cynic? For they will be +unable to return a unanimous answer.

+

+And if anyone shall demand that we should desist +from our inquiry about the Sage and simply believe +the man who is more sagacious than all others, then, +in the first place, they will dispute as to who is more +sagacious than the rest, and in the next place, even +if it be granted that it can be unanimously agreed +who the man is who is more sagacious than those of +the present and the past, even so this man will not +deserve credence.

+

+For inasmuch as sagacity is liable +to a great, indeed almost incalculable, advance or +decline in intensity, we assert that it is possible for +another man to arise who is more sagacious than this +man who, we say, is more sagacious than those of the +past and present. So, then, just as we are requested +to believe the man who is now said to be wiser than +those of the present and the past because of his +sagacity, so it is still more proper to believe his +successor in the future who will be more sagacious +than he. And when that successor has arisen, then +it is right to expect that yet another will arise more +sagacious than he, and so on ad infinitum.

+

+Nor is it evident whether all these men will agree with one +another or contradict one another. And consequently, +even when one of them is acknowledged to be more +sagacious than those of the past and present, seeing +that we are unable to affirm positively that no man +will be more clever than he (this being non-evident), +we shall always have to wait for the judgement of the +more sagacious man of the future, and never give our +assent to this superior person.

+

+And even should we grant, by way of concession, +that no one either is, was, or will be more sagacious +than our hypothetical Sage, not even so is it proper +to believe him. For since it is the sagacious above +all who, in the construction of their doctrines, love +to champion unsound doctrines and to make them +appear sound and true, whenever this sharp-witted +person makes a statement we shall not know whether +he is stating the matter as it really is, or whether he +is defending as true what is really false and persuading +us to think of it as something true, on the ground that +he is more sagacious than all other men and therefore +incapable of being refuted by us. So not even to +this man will we assent, as one who judges matters +truly, since, though we suppose it possible that he +speaks the truth, we also suppose that owing to his +excessive cleverness he makes his statements with +the object of defending false propositions as true. +Consequently, in the judgement of propositions we +ought not to believe even the man who is thought to +be the most clever of all.

+

+And if anyone shall say that we ought to attend to +the consensus of the majority, we shall reply that this +is idle.Cf. Adv. Log. i. 327 ff. For, in the first place, truth is a rare thing, +and on this account it is possible for one man to be +wiser than the majority. And, next, the opponents +of any criterion are more numerous than those who +agree about it; for those who admit any kind of +criterion different from that which seems to some to +be generally agreed upon oppose this latter, and they +are much more numerous than those who agree about +it.

+

+And besides all this, those who agree are either +in diverse dispositionsCf. i. 100; Adv. Log. i. 333. or in one and the same. Now +they certainly are not in diverse dispositions so far as +regards the matter under discussion; else how could +they have made identical statements about it? And +if they are in one disposition, inasmuch as both the +one man who makes a different statement is in one +disposition and all these who agree together are also in +one, so far as regards the dispositions in which we find +ourselves, no difference is found even on the ground of +numbers. Consequently we ought not to pay heed +to the many more than to the one;

+

+besides the further fact that—as we pointed out in ‟The Fourth +Mode of Scepticism”Cf. i. 100 ff. for the fourth trope; but the reference ought rather to be to the second, in i. 89.—the difference in judgements +that is based on numbers is non-apprehensible, +since individual men are innumerable and we are +incapable of investigating and expounding the +judgements of all of them—what it is the majority of +all mankind affirm and what the minority. Thus, +on this showing also, the preference given to +men’s judgements on the ground of their numbers +is absurd.

+

+But if we are not even to give heed to numbers, +we shall not find anyone by whom objects are to be +judged, in spite of our having granted so much by +way of concession. Therefore, on all these grounds, +the criterion ‟By whom” objects are to be judged +is found to be non-apprehensible.

+

+And seeing that the other criteria are included in +this one, since each of them is either a part or an +affection or an activity of Man, our next task might +perhaps have been to proceed in our discussion to one +of the subjects which follows next in order, supposing +that those criteria also have been sufficiently dealt +with in what we have now said; yet in order that we +may not seem to be shirking the specific counter- +statement proper to each case, we will exceed our +briefἐξ ἐπιμέτρου, lit. ‟as extra-measure” or ‟overplus”; ‟into the bargain.” and deal with them also shortly. And we shall +discuss first the criterion ‟By means of which” (or +Instrument) as it is called.

+
+ +
+Chapter VI.—Of The Criterion ‟By Means Of Which” (or INSTRUMENT) +

+Concerning this criterionCf. Adv. Log. i. 343. the controversy which +exists amongst the Dogmatists is fierce and, one may +say, unending. We, however,—with a view here also +to a systematic treatment,—maintain that inasmuch +as Man is, according to them, the criterion ‟By +whom” matters are judged, and Man (as they also +themselves agree) can have no other instrument +by means of which he will be able to judge except +sense and intellect, then if we shall show that he is +unable to judge by means of either sense alone or +intellect alone or both conjoined, we shall have given +a concise answer to all the individual opinions; for +they can all, as it seems, be referred to these three +rival theories.

+

Let us begin with the senses.

+

+Since, then, somee.g. Heracleitus, Parmenides, Democritus; cf. Adv. Log. i. 126 ff. assert that the senses have +‟empty” impressions (none of the objects they seem +to apprehend having any real existence), and othersEpicurus and Protagoras; cf. Adv. Log. i. 204, 369. +say that all the objects by which they suppose them +to be moved are really existent, and others againPeripatetics, Stoics, and Academics; cf. Adv. Log. i. 369, 388. +say that some of the objects are real, some unreal, +we shall not know whom we should assent to. For +we shall not decide the controversy by sense-perception, +since it is regarding this that we are making +our inquiry whether it is illusory or apprehends truly, +nor yet by anything else, seeing that there does not +even exist any other criterion ‟by means of which” +one ought to judge, according to the present +hypothesis.

+

+So then the question whether the senses have +illusory affections or apprehend some real object will +be incapable of either decision or apprehension; and +there follows the corollary, that we must not attend +to sensation alone in our judgement of matters, since +regarding it we cannot so much as affirm that it +apprehends anything at all.

+

+But let it be granted, by way of concession, that +the senses are apprehensive; yet, even so they will +not be found any the less unreliable for judging the +external real objects. For certainly the senses are +affected in diverse ways by external objects—taste, +for instance, perceives the same honey now as bitter +and now as sweet; and vision pronounces the same +colour now blood-red and now white.Cf. i. 100 ff.

+

+Nay, even smell is not consistent with itself; for certainly the +sufferer from headache declares myrrh to be unpleasant, +while one who does not so suffer calls it +pleasant. And those who are possessed or in a frenzy +fancy they hear persons conversing with them whom we +do not hear. And the same water seems to those in a +fever to be unpleasant because of its excessive heat, +but to all others tepid.

+

+Whether, then, one is to call +all the appearances true, or some true and some false, +or all false, it is impossible to say since we possess +no agreed criterion whereby we shall judge the question +we are proposing to decide, nor are we even +provided with a proof that is true and approved, +because we are still in search of the criterion of truth +‟By means of which” the true proof itself ought to +be tested.

+

+For these reasons he also who asks us to +believe those who are in a natural state, but not +those whose disposition is non-natural, will be acting +absurdly; for he will not gain credence if he says +this without proof, and, for the reasons given above, +he will not possess a true and approved proof.

+

+And even were one to concede that the sense- +impressions of those in a natural state are reliable, +and those of men in a non-natural condition unreliable, +even so the judgement of external real objects +by means of the senses alone will be found to be +impossible. For certainly the sense of sight, even +when it is in a natural state, pronounces the same +towerCf. i. 118. to be at one time round, at another square; +and the sense of taste declares the same food to be +unpleasant in the case of those full-fed, but pleasant +in the case of those who are hungry;

+

+and the sense of hearing likewise perceives the same sound as loud +by night but as faint by day; and the sense of smell +regards the same objects as malodorous in the case +of most people, but not so in the case of tanners; +and the same sense of touch feels warmth in the outer +hall,Cf. i. 110. when we enter the bath-rooms, but cold when we +leave them. Therefore, since even when in a natural +state the senses contradict themselves, and their dispute +is incapable of decision, seeing that we possess +no accepted criterion by means of which it can be +judged, the same perplexities must necessarily follow. +Moreover, for the establishment of this conclusion we +may derive still further arguments from our previous +discussion of the Modes of Suspension.See i. 36 ff. Hence it +would probably be untrue to say that sense-perception +alone is able to judge real external objects.

+

+Let us, then, proceed in our exposition to the +intellect. Now those who claimCf. Adv. Log. i. 89 ff. that we should attend +to the intellect only in our judgement of things will, +in the first place, be unable to show that the existence +of intellect is apprehensible. For when Gorgias,See Introd. p. xv; cf. Adv. Log. i. 65. in +denying that anything exists, denies also the existence +of intellect, while some declare that it has real +existence, how will they decide this contradiction? +Not by the intellect, for so they will be assuming the +matter in question; nor yet by anything else, since, +as they assert, according to our present assumption +there exists nothing else by means of which objects +are judged. So then the problem as to whether +intellect does or does not exist will not admit of +decision or apprehension; and from this it follows, +as a corollary, that in the judgement of objects we +ought not to attend to the intellect alone, which has +not as yet been apprehended.

+

+But let it be granted that the intellect has been +apprehended, and let us agree, by way of assumption, +that it really exists; I still affirm that it cannot judge +objects. For if it does not even discern itself accurately +but contradicts itself about its own existence +and the mode of its origin and the position in which +it is placed,i.e. whether in the head or breast or elsewhere; cf. Adv. Log. i. 313, 348. how can it be able to apprehend +anything else accurately?

+

+And even if it be granted +that the intellect is capable of judging objects, we +shall not discover how to judge according to it. For +since there exists great divergence in respect of the +intellect—for the intellect of Gorgias, according to +which he states that nothing exists, is one kind, and +another kind is that of Heracleitus, according to which +he declares that all things exist, and another that of +those who say that some things do and others do not +exist—we shall have no means of deciding between +these divergent intellects, nor shall we be able to +assert that it is right to take this man’s intellect as +our guide but not that man’s.

+

+For if we venture +to judge by any one intellect, by thus agreeing to +assent to one side in the dispute we shall be assuming +the matter in question; while if we judge by anything +else, we shall be falsifying the assertion that +one ought to judge objects by the intellect alone.

+

+Further, we shall be able to show, from the statements +made concerning the criterion ‟By whom” +(as it is called), that we are unable to discover the +intellect that is cleverer than all others; and also +that if we should discover the intellect that is cleverer +than past and present intellects

+

+we ought not to attend to it, since it is not evident whether yet +another intellect may not arise which is cleverer than +it; and further, that even if we assume an intellect +which none could possibly surpass, we shall not +assent to the man who judges by means of it, dreading +lest he may put forward some false statement +and succeed in persuading us of its truth because +he possesses the keenest intellect. Neither, then, by +the intellect alone ought we to judge objects.

+

+The only remaining alternative is judgement by +means of both senses and intellect.Cf. Adv. Log. i. 354 ff. But this again is +impossible; for not only do the senses not guide the +intellect to apprehension, but they even oppose it. For +it is certain, at any rate, that from the fact that honey +appears bitter to some and sweet to others, Democritus +declared that it is neither sweet nor bitter, +while Heracleitus said that it is both. And the same +account may be given of all the other senses and +sensibles. Thus, when it starts out from the senses, +the intellect is compelled to make diverse and +conflicting statements; and this is alien to a criterion of +apprehension.

+

+Then there is this also to be said: they will judge +objects either by all the senses and by all men’s +intellects or by some. But if a man shall say ‟by all,” +he will be claiming what is impossible in view of the +immense discrepancy which obviously exists amongst +the senses and the intellects; and moreover, by +reason of the assertion of Gorgias’s intellect that ‟we +must not give heed either to sense or to intellect,” +the man’s statement will be demolished. And if they +shall say ‟by some,” how will they decide that we +ought to give heed to these senses and this intellect +and not to those, seeing that they possess no accepted +criterion by which to judge the differing senses and +intellects?

+

+And if they shall say that we will judge +the senses and the intellects by the intellect and the +senses, they are assuming the matter in question; +for what we are questioning is the possibility of +judging by means of these.

+

+Another point we must make is this: either one +will judge both the senses and the intellects by the +senses, or both the senses and the intellects by the +intellects, or the senses by the senses and the intellect +by the intellects, or the intellects by the senses and +the senses by the intellect. If then they shall propose +to judge both objects by the senses or by the intellect, +they will no longer be judging by sense and intellect +but by one of these two, whichever one they may +choose, and thus they will be entangled in the +perplexities previously mentioned.

+

+And if they shall judge the senses by the senses and the intellects by +the intellect, then, since both senses conflict with +senses and intellects with intellects, whichever of the +conflicting senses they shall adopt for judging the +rest of the senses, they will be assuming the matter +in question; for they will be adopting one section of +the series in dispute, as being already reliable, to +decide about the others which, equally with it, are in +question.

+

+And the same argument applies to the +intellects. And if they shall judge the intellects +by the senses, and the senses by the intellect, this +involves circular reasoning inasmuch as it is required +that the intellects should be judged first in order that +the senses may be judged, and the senses be first +scrutinized in order that the intellects may be tested.

+

+Since, therefore, criteria of the one species cannot be +judged by those of a like species, nor those of both +the species by those of one species, nor conversely +by those of an unlike species, we shall not be able to +prefer intellect to intellect or sense to sense. And +because of this we shall have nothing by which to +judge; for if we shall be unable to judge by all the +senses and intellects, and shall not know either by +which of them we ought and by which we ought not +to judge, then we shall possess no means by which to +judge objects.

+ +

Consequently, for these reasons also the criterion +‟By means of which” will have no real existence.

+
+ +
+Chapter VII.—Of The Criterion ‟According To Which” +

+Let us consider next the Criterion ‟According to +which,” as theyi.e. the Stoics, cf. § 16; Adv. Log. i. 35, 370. For the Stoic doctrine of ‟presentation” and the ‟Criterion” see Introd. p. xxv. say, objects are judged. In the first +place, then, we may say this of it, that ‟presentation” +is inconceivable. They declare that ‟presentation” +is an impression on ‟the regent part.”Or ‟ruling principle,” cf. i. 128, Adv. Log. i. 380; Introd. p. xxv. Since, then, +the soul, and the regent part, is breath or something +more subtile than breath,Cf. § 81 infra, iii. 188: Introd. p. xxv. as they affirm, no one will +be able to conceive of an impression upon it either +by way of depression and eminence, as we see in +the case of seals, or by way of the magical ‟alteration” +they talk about;The first of these views is ascribed to Cleanthes, the second to Chrysippus, cf. Adv. Log. i. 228, 372: Introd. p. xxv. for the soul will not be able +to conserve the remembrance of all the concepts +that compose an art, since the pre-existing concepts +are obliterated by the subsequent ‟alterations.”

+

+Yet even if ‟presentation” could be conceived, it would +still be non-apprehensible; for since it is an affection +of the regent part, and the regent part, as we have +shown,See §§ 57 ff. supra. is not apprehended, neither shall we +apprehend its affection.

+

+Further, even were we to grant that the ‟presentation” +is apprehended, objects cannot be judged +according to it; for the intellect, as they assert, does +not make contact with external objects and receive +presentations by means of itself but by means of +the senses, and the senses do not apprehend external +real objects but only, if at all, their own affections.i.e. sensations or feelings. +So then the presentation will be that of the affection +of the sense, which is different from the external +reality; for honey is not the same as my feeling of +sweetness nor gall the same as my feeling of bitterness, +but a different thing.

+

+And if this affection differs +from the external real object, the presentation will +not be that of the external reality but of something +else which is different therefrom. If, therefore, the +intellect judges according to this, it judges badly and +not according to reality. Consequently, it is absurd +to say that external objects are judged according to +the presentation.

+

+Nor, again, is it possible to assert that the soul +apprehends external realities by means of the affections +of sense owing to the similarity of the affections +of the senses to the external real objects. For how +is the intellect to know whether the affections of the +senses are similar to the objects of sense when it has +not itself encountered the external objects, and the +senses do not inform it about their real nature but +only about their own affections, as I have argued +from the Modes of Suspension?See i. 100 ff.

+

+For just as the man who does not know Socrates but has seen a picture of +him does not know whether the picture is like Socrates, +so also the intellect when it gazes on the affections of +the senses but does not behold the external objects +will not so much as know whether the affections of +the senses are similar to the external realities. So +that not even on the ground of resemblance will he +be able to judge these objects according to the +presentation.

+

+But let us grant by way of concession that in +addition to being conceived and apprehended the +presentation is also such that it admits of objects +being judged according to it, although the argument +points to an entirely opposite conclusion. In this +case we shall either believe every presentation, or +impression, and judge according thereto, or some one +impression. But if we are to believe every impression, +clearly we shall believe also that of XeniadesCf. § 18 supra. according +to which he asserted that all impressions are un +untrustworthy, and our statement will be reversed and +made to say that all impressions are not of such a sort +that objects can be judged according to them.

+

+And if we are to believe some, how shall we decide that +it is proper to believe these and disbelieve those? +For if they say we are to do so without presentation, +they will be granting that presentation is superfluous +for judging, inasmuch as they will be stating that +objects can be judged without it; while if they say +‟by the aid of presentation,” how will they select +the presentation which they are adopting for the +purpose of judging all the other presentations?

+

+Once again they will need a second presentation to judge +the first, and a third to judge the second, and so on +ad infinitum. But it is impossible to judge an infinite +series; and therefore it is impossible to discover what +sort of presentations we ought to employ as criteria, +and what we ought not. Seeing, then, that, even +should we grant that one ought to judge objects +according to presentations, whether we adopt the +alternative of trusting all as criteria or that of trusting +some and distrusting others, in either case the argument +is overthrown, and we are forced to conclude +that we ought not to adopt presentations as criteria +for the judging of objects.

+

+This is enough to say now, in our outline sketch, +with reference to the criterion ‟According to which,” +as it was said, objects are judged. But one should +notice that we do not propose to assert that the +criterion of truth is unrealCf. § 103 infra, Adv. Log. i. 443. (for that would be dogmatism); +but since the Dogmatists appear to have +established plausibly that there really is a criterion of +truth, we have set up counter-arguments which appear +to be plausible; and though we do not positively +affirm either that they are true or that they are more +plausible than their opposites, yet because of the +apparently equal plausibility of these arguments and +of those propounded by the Dogmatists we deduce +suspension of judgement.

+
+ +
+Chapter VIII.—Of The True And Truth +

+Even were we to grant, by way of hypothesis, that +a criterion of truth exists, it is found to be useless and +vain if we recall that, so far as the statements of the +Dogmatists go, truth is unreal and the true non- +substantial.Cf. Adv. Log. i. 38 ff. S. argues that, to go by the Stoics’ own statement, neither ‟truth” (which is ‟corporeal”) nor ‟the true” (particular ‟judgement,” which is ‟incorporeal”) has any real existence: he terms the former ‟unreal,” or ‟non-existent” (ἀνύπαρκτος), the latter ‟non-substantial” (ἀνυπόστατον).

+

+The passage we recall is this: ‟The +true is said to differ from truth in three ways—in +essence, composition, potency. In essence, since the +true is incorporeal (for it is judgement and ‟expression”Literally ‟the utterable” (lekton), or thought in its relation to speech; i.e. the meaning or significance of a word or name (the idea or mental picture evoked by it) as distinguished from (1) the name itself, as uttered (φωνή), and (2) the real object, existing outside the mind (ἐκτός) denoted by the name: these two last were said (by the Stoics) to be ‟corporeal.”), +while truth is a body (for it is knowledge +declaratory of all true things, and knowledge is a +particular state of the regent part, just as the fist is a +particular state of the hand, and the regent part is a +body; for according to them it is breath).

+

+In composition, because the true is a simple thing, as for +example ‘I converse,’ whereas truth is a compound +of many true cognitions.Cf. Adv. Log. i. 41 ff.

+

+In potency, since truth depends on knowledge but the +true does not altogether so depend. Consequently, +as they say, truth exists only in the good man, but +the true in the bad man as well; for it is possible +for the bad man to utter something true.”

+

Such are the statements of the Dogmatists.

+

+But awe,—having regard here again to the plan of our +treatise,—shall confine our present discussion to the +true, since its refutation entails that of truth as well, +it being defined as the ‟system of the knowledge of +things true.” Again, since some of our arguments, +whereby we dispute the very existence of the true, +are more general, others of a specific kind, whereby +we prove that the true does not exist in utterance or +in expression or in the movement of the intellect, we +deem it sufficient for the present to set forth only +those of the more general kind. For just as, when +the foundation of a wall collapses, all the super- +structure collapses along with it, so also, when, the +substantial existence of the true is refuted, all the +particular inventions of the logic of the Dogmatists +are included in the refutation.

+
+ +
+Chapter IX.—Does Anything True Really Exist? +

+Seeing, then, that there is a controversy amongst +the Dogmatists regarding ‟the true,” since some +assert that something true exists, others that nothing +true exists, it is impossible to decide the controversy, +because the man who says that something true exists +will not be believed without proof, on account of the +controversy; and if he wishes to offer proof, he will +be disbelieved if he acknowledges that his proof is +false, whereas if he declares that his proof is true he +becomes involved in circular reasoning and will be +required to show proof of the real truth of his proof, +and another proof of that proof, and so on ad infinitum. +But it is impossible to prove an infinite series; and so +it is impossible also to get to know that something +true exists.

+

+Moreover, the ‟something,” which is, they declare, +the highest genus of all,Cf. Adv. Log. ii. 32 ff.; Introd. p. xxvi. is either true or false +or neither false nor true or both false and true. +If, then, they shall assert that it is false they will +be confessing that all things are false. For just as it +follows because ‟animal” is animate that all particular +animals also are animate, so too if the highest +genus of all (‟something”) is false all the particulars +also will be false and nothing true. And this involves +also the conclusion that nothing is false; for the very +statements ‟all things are false,” and ‟something +false exists,” being themselves included in the ‟all,” +will be false.

+

+And if the ‟something” is true, all +things will be true; and from this again it follows +that nothing is true, since this statement itself (I +mean that ‟nothing is true”) being ‟something” is +true. And if the ‟something” is both false and +true, each of its particulars will be both false and true. +From which we conclude that nothing is really true; +for that which has its real nature such that it is true +will certainly not be false. And if the ‟something” +is neither false nor true, it is acknowledged that all +the particulars also, being declared to be neither +false nor true, will not be true. So for these reasons +it will be non-evident to us whether the true exists.

+

+Furthermore, the true things are either apparent +only, or non-evident only, or in part non-evident and +in part apparent;Cf, Adv. Log. ii. 17 ff. By ‟true things” are meant judgements or propositions which conform to fact. but none of these alternatives is +true, as we shall show; therefore nothing is true. If, +however, the true things are apparent only, they will +assert either that all or that some of the apparent are +true. And if they say ‟all,” the argument is +overthrown; for it is apparent to some that nothing is +true. If, again, they say ‟some,” no one can assert +without testing that these phenomena are true, those +false, while if he employs a test or criterion he will +say either that this criterion is apparent or that it is +non-evident. But it is certainly not non-evident; +for it is now being assumedThis is incorrect; on the hypothesis, non-evidents may also be true. that the apparent objects +only are true.

+

+And if it is apparent, since the matter +in question is what apparent things are true and what +false, that apparent thing which is adopted for the +purpose of judging the apparent objects will itself in +turn require an apparent criterion, and this again +another, and so on ad infinitum. But it is impossible +to judge an infinite series; and hence it is impossible +to apprehend whether the true things are apparent +only.

+

+Similarly also he who declares that the non-evident +only are true will not imply that they are all true (for +he will not say that it is true that the starsA favourite example of the ‟non-evident,” cf. § 97 infra, Adv. Log. ii. 147, etc. are even +in number and that they are also odd); while if +some are true, whereby shall we decide that these +non-evident things are true and those false? Certainly +not by an apparent criterion; and if by a non-evident +one, then since our problem is which of the non- +evident things are true and which false, this non- +evident criterion will itself also need another to judge +it, and this again a third, and so on ad infinitum. +Neither, then, are the true things non-evident only.

+

+The remaining alternative is to say that of the true +some are apparent, some non-evident; but this too +is absurd. For either all the apparent and all the +non-evident are true, or some of the apparent and +some of the non-evident. If, then, we say ‟all,” the +argument will again be overthrown, since the truth is +granted of the statement ‟nothing is true,” and the +truth will be asserted of both the statements ‟the +stars are even in number” and ‟they are odd.”

+

+But if some of the apparent are true and some of the +non-evident, how shall we judge that of the apparent +these are true but those false? For if we do so +by means of an apparent thing, the argument is +thrown back ad infinitum; and if by means of a thing +non-evident, then, since the non-evidents also require +to be judged, by what means is this non-evident thing +to be judged? If by an apparent thing, we fall into +circular reasoning; and if by a thing non-evident, +into the regress ad infinitum.

+

+And about the non-evident we must make a similar statement; for he +who attempts to judge them by something non- +evident is thrown back ad infinitum, while he who +judges by a thing apparent or with the constant +assistance of a thing apparent falls back ad infinitum, +or, if he passes over to the apparent, is guilty of +circular reasoning. It is false, therefore, to say that +of the true some are apparent, some non-evident.

+

+If, then, neither the apparent nor the non-evident +alone are true, nor yet some apparent and some non- +evident things, nothing is true. But if nothing is +true, and the criterion seems to require the true for +the purpose of judging, the criterion is useless and +vain, even if we grant, by way of concession, that it +possesses some substantial reality. And if we have +to suspend judgement as to whether anything true +exists, it follows that those who declare that ‟dialectic +is the science of things true and false and neither”For this Stoic definition cf. §§ 229, 247; Adv. Eth. 187; it is ascribed to Poseidonius by Diog. Laert. vii. 62. +speak rashly.

+

+And since the criterion of truth has appeared to be +unattainable, it is no longer possible to make positive +assertions either about those things which (if we may +depend on the statements of the Dogmatists) seem +to be evident or about those which are non-evident; +for since the Dogmatists suppose they apprehend +the latter from the things evident, if we are forced +to suspend judgement about the evident, how shall +we dare to make pronouncements about the non- +evident?

+

+Yet, by way of super-addition,Cf. i. 62–63. we shall +also raise separate objections against the non-evident +class of objects. And since they seem to be apprehended +and confirmed by means of sign and proof, +we shall show briefly that it is proper to suspend +judgement also about sign and proof. We will +begin with sign; for indeed proof seems to be a +kind of sign.

+
+ +
+Chapter X.—Concerning Sign +

+Of objects, then, some, according to the Dogmatists,i.e. the Stoics. ‟Pre-evident” = evident of themselves, self-manifesting; cf. i. 138. +are pre-evident, some non-evident; and of the +non-evident, some are altogether non-evident, some +occasionally non-evident, some naturally non-evident. +Pre-evident are, as they assert, those which come to +our knowledge of themselves,Cf. Adv. Log. ii. 141, 144, 316. as for example the +fact that it is day-time; altogether non-evident are +those which are not of a nature to fall within our +apprehension, as that the starsCf. § 90 supra are even in number; +occasionally non-evident are those which,

+

+though patent in their nature, are occasionally rendered non- +evident to us owing to certain external circumstances,i.e. distance in space. From this we infer that Sextus was not then residing at Athens. +as the city of Athens is now to me; naturally non- +evident are those which are not of such a natureCf. §§ 146, 318. For the ‟pores” (or excretory ‟ducts,” or ‟passages”) as ‟intelligible” (νοητοί), or objects of thought as opposed to sense, cf. § 140, Adv. Log. ii. 306. as +to fall within our clear perception, like the intelligible +pores; for these never appear of themselves but may +be thought to be apprehended, if at all, owing to +other things, such as perspirations or something of +the sort.

+

+Now the pre-evident objects, they say, do +not require a sign, for they are apprehended of themselves. +And neither do the altogether non-evident, +since of course they are not even apprehended at all. +But such objects as are occasionally or naturally +non-evident are apprehended by means of signs— +not of course by the same signs, but by ‟suggestive” +signs in the case of the occasionally non-evident +and by ‟indicative” signs in the case of the +naturally non-evident.

+

+Of the signs, then, according to them, some are +suggestive, some indicative.The Stoic doctrine. Cf. Adv. Log. ii. 151 ff., 156. They term a sign +‟suggestive” when, being mentally associated with +the thing signified, it by its clearness at the time +of its perception, though the thing signified remains +non-evident, suggests to us the thing associated with +it, which is not clearly perceived at the moment— +as for instance in the case of smoke and fire.

+

+An ‟indicative” sign, they say, is that which is not +clearly associated with the thing signified, but signifies +that whereof it is a sign by its own particular nature +and constitution, just as, for instance, the bodily +motions are signs of the soul. Hence, too, they define +this sign as follows: ‟An indicative sign is an antecedent +judgement, in a sound hypothetical syllogism,Cf. § 104 infra. As smoke ‟indicates” fire, so in the hypothetical syllogism—‟If there is smoke, there is fire; but in fact there is smoke; therefore there is fire”—the ‟antecedent” (or ‟if”-clause) ‟reveals” (or is a ‟sign” of) the ‟consequent” judgement ‟there is fire.” +which serves to reveal the consequent.”

+

+Seeing, then, that there are, as we have said, two different +kinds of sign, we do not argue against every sign +but only against the indicative kind as it seems to +be invented by the Dogmatists. For the suggestive +sign is relied on by living experience, since when a +man sees smoke fire is signified, and when he beholds +a scar he says that there has been a wound. Hence, +not only do we not fight against living experience, +but we even lend it our support by assenting undogmatically +to what it relies on, while opposing the +private inventions of the Dogmatists.

+

+These prefatory remarks it was, perhaps, fitting to +make for the sake of elucidating the object of our +inquiry. It remains for us to proceed to our refutation, +not in any anxiety to show that the indicative +sign is wholly unreal, but reminding ourselves of the +apparent equivalence of the arguments adduced for +its reality and for its unreality.

+
+ +
+Chapter XI.—Does an Indicative Sign Exist? +

+Now the sign, judging by the statements of the +Dogmatists about it, is inconceivable. Thus, for +instance, the Stoics, who seem to have defined it +exactly, in attempting to establish the conception of +the sign, state that ‟A sign is an antecedent judgement +in a valid hypothetical syllogism, which serves +to reveal the consequent;” and ‟judgement” they +define as ‟A self-complete expressionAn ‟expression,” lekton (see p. 203 note b), may be either ‟deficient” (e.g. ‟writes”) or ‟complete” (e.g. ‟he writes”); cf. § 81, Adv. Log. ii. 71. which is of +itself declaratory;” and ‟valid hypothetical syllogism” +as one ‟which does not begin with truthi.e. with a true antecedent, or ‟if” clause. Cf. generally Adv. Log. ii. 112, 245 ff., 449. +and end with a false consequent.”

+

+For either the syllogism begins with the true and ends with the true +(e.g. ‟If there is day, there is light”), or it begins with +what is false and ends in falsehood (like ‟If the earth +flies, the earth is winged”), or it begins with truth and +ends in falsehood (like ‟If the earth exists, the earth +flies”), or it begins with falsehood and ends in truth +(like ‟If the earth flies, the earth exists”). And +they say that of these only that which begins with +truth and ends in falsehood is invalid, and the rest +valid.

+

+‟Antecedent,” they say, is ‟the precedent +clause in a hypothetical syllogism which begins in +truth and ends in truth.” And it ‟serves to reveal the +consequent,” since in the syllogism ‟If this woman +has milk, she has conceived,” the clause ‟If this +woman has milk” seems to be evidential of the clause +‟she has conceived.”For this stock example cf. Aristot. Anal. pr. ii. 27, Rhet. i. 2. 18; Plato, Menex. 237 e.

+

+Such is the Stoic doctrine. But we assert, firstly, +that it is non-evident whether any ‟expression” +exists. For since some of the Dogmatists, the +Epicureans, declare that expression does not exist, +others, the Stoics, that it does exist, when the Stoics +assert its existence they are employing either mere +assertion or demonstration as well. If assertion, then +the Epicureans will confute them with the assertion +which states that no expression exists. But if they +shall adduce demonstration, then since demonstration +is composed of expressed judgements, and +because it is composed of expressions will be unable +to be adduced to confirm the existence of expression +(for how will he who refuses to allow the existence of +expression grant the reality of a system compounded +of expressions?),

+

+—it follows that the man who +attempts to establish the existence of expression +from the reality of the system of expressions is proposing +to confirm the problematic by the problematic. +If, then, it is impossible to establish either simply or +by means of demonstration that any expression exists, +it is non-evident that any expression exists.

+

So, too, with the question whether judgement +exists; for the judgement is a form of expression.

+

+And very possibly, even should it be granted by +way of assumption that expression exists, judgement +will be found to be non-existent, it being compounded +of expressions not mutually co-existent.Cf. Adv. Log. ii. 80 ff. Thus, for +example, in the case of ‟If day exists, light exists,” +when I say ‟day exists” the clause ‟light exists” is +not yet in existence, and when I say ‟light exists” +the clause ‟day exists” is no longer in existence. +If then it is impossible for things compounded of +certain parts to be really existent if those parts do +not mutually co-exist, and if the parts whereof the +judgement is composed do not mutually co-exist, +then the judgement will have no real existence.

+

+But passing over this objection, it will be found that +the valid hypothetical syllogism is non-apprehensible. +For PhiloA Megaric philosopher (circa 300 b.c.), not the Academic mentioned in i. 235, and Introd. pp. xxxvi f.; cf. Adv. Log. ii. 113 ff. says that a valid hypothetical syllogism is +‟that which does not begin with a truth and end +with a falsehood,” as for instance the syllogism ‟If +it is day, I converse,” when in fact it is day and I am +conversing; but DiodorusCf. i. 234, Adv. Log. ii. 115. defines it as ‟that which +neither was nor is capable of beginning with a truth +and ending with a falsehood;” so that according to +him the syllogism now mentioned seems to be false, +since if it is in fact day but I have remained silent +it will begin with a truth but end with a falsehood, +whereas the syllogism

+

+‟If atomic elements of things +do not exist, atomic elements exist,” seems true, +since it begins with the false clause ‟atomic elements +do not exist” and will end, according to him, with +the true clause ‟atomic elements exist.” And +those who introduce ‟connexion,” or ‟coherence,”The opposite is ‟diartesis,” incoherence or incompatibility, §§ 146, 152, 238 infra, Adv. Log. ii. 430. +assert that it is a valid hypothetical syllogism whenever +the opposite of its consequent contradicts its +antecedent clause; so that, according to them, the +above-mentioned syllogisms are invalid, whereas the +syllogism ‟If day exists, day exists” is true.

+

+And those who judge by ‟implication”‟Implication” (emphasis) is power of signifying more than is explicitly expressed. An example of this ‟potential inclusion” is ‟If a man exists, a beast exists.” declare +that a hypothetical syllogism is true when its consequent +is potentially included in its antecedent; +and according to them the syllogism ‟If day exists, +day exists,” and every such duplicated syllogism, +will probably be false; for it is not feasible that any +object should itself be included in itself.

+

+Probably, then, it will not seem feasible to get this +controversy resolved. For whether we prefer any one +of the above-mentioned rival views without proof or +by the aid of proof, in neither case shall we gain +credence. For proof itself is held to be valid whenever +its conclusion follows the combination of its +premisses as the consequent follows the antecedent; +thus, for example—‟If it is day it is light; but in +fact it is day; therefore it is light:” ‟If it is day it +is light,” ‟it is day and also it is light.”The words bracketed give an unintelligible form of syllogism, and the Greek text is evidently corrupt. Possibly we should read—‟It is day; and if it is day it is light; therefore it is light”—thus merely transposing the premisses of the preceding syllogism (cf. § 137).

+

+But when we inquire how we are to judge the logical sequence +of the consequent in its relation to the antecedent, +we are met with the argument in a circle. For in +order to prove the judgement upon the hypothetical +syllogism, the conclusion of the proof must follow +logically from its premisses, as we said above; and, +in turn, in order to establish this, the hypothetical +syllogism and its logical sequence must be tested; +and this is absurd.

+

+So then the valid hypothetical syllogism is non-apprehensible.

+

But the ‟antecedent” also is unintelligible. For +the antecedent, as they assert, is ‟the leading clause +in a hypothetical syllogism of the kind which begins +with a truth and ends in a truth.”Cf. §§ 105 f. supra.

+

+But if the sign serves to reveal the consequent, the consequent is +either pre-evident or non-evident. If, then, it is +pre-evident, it will not so much as need the thing +which is to reveal it but will be apprehended along +with it and will not be the object signified thereby, +and hence also the thing mentioned will not be a +‟sion” of the object. But if the consequent is non- +evident, seeing that there exists an unsettled controversy +about things non-evident, as to which of them +are true, which false, and in general whether any of +them is true, it will be non-evident whether the +hypothetical syllogism ends in a true consequent. +And this involves the further fact that it is non- +evident whether the leading clause in the syllogism +is the logical antecedent.

+

+But to pass over this +objection also, the sign cannot serve to reveal the +consequent, if the thing signified is relative to the +sign and is, therefore, apprehended along with it. For +relatives are apprehended along with each other; +and just as ‟right” cannot be apprehended as ‟right +of left” before ‟left,” nor vice versa—and the same +holds good of all other relative terms,—so neither will +it be possible for the sign, as ‟sign of signified,” to be +apprehended before the thing signified.Cf. Adv. Log. ii. 163 ff.

+

+And if the sign is not apprehended before the thing signified, +neither can it really serve to reveal the actual thing +which is apprehended along with itself and not after +itself.

+

Thus also, so far as we may judge by the usual +statements of the dissenting philosophers (the +Stoics), the sign is inconceivable. For they assert +that it is both relative and serving to reveal the +thing signified, in relation to which they say it was.

+

+Accordingly, if it is relative and in relation to the +thing signified it certainly ought to be apprehended +along with the thing signified, as is ‟left” with +‟right,” ‟up” with ‟down,” and the rest of the +relative terms. Whereas, if it serves to reveal the +thing signified, it certainly ought to be apprehended +before it, in order that by being foreknown it may +lead us to a conception of the object which comes to +be known by means of it.

+

+But it is impossible to form a conception of an object which cannot be known +before the thing before which it must necessarily be +apprehended; and so it is impossible to conceive of +an object which is both relative and also really serves +to reveal the thing in relation to which it is thought. +But the sign is, as they affirm, both relative and +serving to reveal the thing signified; wherefore it is +impossible to conceive of the sign.

+

+Furthermore, there is this also to be said. Amongst +our predecessors there existed a controversy, some +declaring that an indicative sign exists, others +maintaining that no indicative sign exists.Cf. §§ 99: the ‟others” include some of the Academics and medical Empirics (cf. i. 236). He, then, +who asserts the existence of an indicative sign will +assert it either simply and without proof, making a +bald assertion, or by the aid of proof. But if he shall +employ mere assertion he will not gain credence; +while if he shall propose to prove it he will be assuming +the matter in question.

+

+For since proof is stated +to come under the genus sign,Cf. § 96; Adv. Log. ii. 178 ff. seeing that it is +disputed whether or not a sign exists, there will also be a +dispute as to whether proof does or does not at all +exist—just as, when we make, let us suppose, the +inquiry ‟Does animal exist?” we are inquiring also +‟Does man exist?” But it is absurd to try to prove +the matter in question either by means of what is +equally in question or by means of itself. So that +neither will one be able by means of proof to affirm +positively that sign exists.

+

+And if it is not possible +either simply or with the aid of proof to make a +positive declaration about the sign, it is impossible +to make an apprehensive affirmationA curious expression, only used here by Sextus; it seems to mean ‟an affirmation which treats the thing as though it were apprehended.” concerning it; +and if the sign is not apprehended with exactness, +neither will it be said to be significant of anything, +inasmuch as there is no agreement even about +itself; and because of this it will not even be a sign. +Hence, according to this line of reasoning also, the +sign will be unreal and inconceivable.

+

+But there is this further to be said. Either the signs +are apparent only or non-evident only, or some are +apparent and some non-evident.Cf. § 88; Adv. Log. ii. 171 ff. But none of these +alternatives is valid; therefore sign does not exist.

+

Now that all the signs are not non-evident is shown +by the following argument. The non-evident does +not become apparent of itself, as the Dogmatists +assert, but is perceived by means of something else. +The sign, therefore, if it were non-evident, would +require another non-evident sign—since, according +to the hypothesis assumed, there is no apparent sign +—and this again a third, and so on ad infinitum. +But it is impossible to grasp an infinite series of +signs; and so it is impossible for the sign to be +apprehended when it is non-evident. And for this +reason it will also be unreal, as it is unable to signify +anything and to be a sign owing to its not being +apprehended.

+

+And if all the signs are apparent, then, because +the sign is a relative thing and in relation to the +thing signified, and relatives are apprehended conjointly,Cf. §§ 119, 169. +the things said to be signified, being apprehended +along with what is apparent, will be apparent. +For just as when the right and left are perceived +together, the right is not said to appear more than +the left nor the left than the right, so when the sign +and the thing signified are apprehended together the +sign should not be said to appear any more than the +thing signified.

+

+And if the thing signified is apparent, +it will not even be signified, as it requires nothing to +signify and reveal it. Hence, just as when ‟right” +is abolished there exists no ‟left,” so when the thing +signified is abolished there can exist no sign, so that +the sign is found to be unreal, if one should declare +that the signs are apparent only.

+

+It remains to declare that of the signs some are +apparent, others non-evident; but even so the +difficulties remain. For the things said to be signified +by the apparent signs will, as we said before, be +apparent and require nothing to signify them, and +will not even be things signified at all, so that neither +will the signs be signs, as not signifying anything.

+

+And as to the non-evident signs which need things +to reveal them, if we say that they are signified by +things non-evident, the argument will be involved in +a regress ad infinitum, rendering them non-apprehensible +and therefore unreal, as we said before;Cf. § 124 supra. +whereas, if they are to be signified by things apparent, +they will be apparent, because apprehended along +with their apparent signs, and therefore also unreal. +For it is impossible for any object really to exist +which is by nature both non-evident and apparent; +but the signs which we are discussing though assumed +to be non-evident have been found to be apparent +owing to the reversal of the argument.Cf. §§ 185, 187.

+

+If, therefore, the signs are neither all apparent nor +all non-evident, nor yet some of the signs apparent +and some non-evident, and besides these there is no +other alternative, as they themselves affirm, then the +so-called signs will be unreal.

+

+So then these few arguments out of many will be +enough for the present to suggest to us the +non-existence of an indicative sign. Next, we shall set +forth those which go to suggest the existence of a +sign, in order that we may exhibit the equipollence +of the counter-balancing arguments.

+

Either, then, the phrases used in criticism of the +sign signify something or they signify nothing.Cf. Adv. Log. ii. 279. The meaning of these sections, 130–133, is briefly this: The Dogmatists argue (§§ 130–131) (1) that the Sceptics’ objections to ‟sign” must signify either something or nothing; if nothing, they have no force against it, while if they signify something they are signs themselves and so prove sign’s existence; (2) the arguments (λόγοι) against ‟sign” prove either something or nothing; if nothing, they fail to prove the non-existence of ‟sign,” while if they prove something, they are ‟proofs,” i.e. a species of ‟sign,” and thus prove sign’s existence. Hence, whichever view we take—the Dogmatists’ that ‟sign exists,” or the Sceptics’ that ‟sign exists not”—we arrive at the same conclusion that ‟sign exists.” In § 132 we have the counter-argument of the Sceptics, ‟reversing” that of the Dogmatists. But +if they are non-significant how could they affect the +reality of the sign? While if they signify something, +there exists a sign.

+

+Further, the arguments against +the sign are either probative or non-probative; but +if they are non-probative they do not prove the non- +existence of a sign; while if they are probative, +since proof, as serving to reveal the conclusion, belongs +to the genus sign, sign will exist. Whence this argument +also is propounded: ‟If sign exists, sign exists; +and if sign exists not, sign exists; for the non- +existence of sign is shown by proof, which is a form +of sign. But sign either exists or exists not; +therefore sign exists.”

+

+And this argument is counter- +balanced by the following argument: ‟If any sign +does not exist, sign does not exist; and if sign is +that which the Dogmatists declare sign to be, sign +does not exist (for the sign under discussion, accord- +ing to the conception of it and as stated to be both +relative and serving to reveal the thing signified, is +found to be unreal, as we have shown).

+

+But sign either exists or exists not; therefore sign does not +exist.”

+

Regarding also the phrases used in support of the +sign,In this § 133 the Sceptics are replying to the first argument of the Dogmatists (in § 130); the conclusion that ‟the existence of sign” proves its ‟non-existence” is based on the arguments in § 132, which ‟reverses” that of the Dogmatists. let the Dogmatists themselves say in reply to our +argument whether they signify something or signify +nothing. For if they signify nothing, the existence +of sign is not confirmed; whereas if they signify +something, the thing signified will follow them; and +it was ‟the existence of a sign.” And from this +follows, as we have shown, the non-existence of +sign, because of the reversal of the argument.

+

In short, then, since such plausible arguments are +adduced both for the existence and for the non- +existence of sign, we must declare that sign is ‟no +more”For this Sceptic formula cf. i. 188. existent than non-existent.

+
+ +
+Chapter XII.—Of Proof +

+Now it is plain from this that neither is proof a +matter upon which there is agreement; for if we +suspend judgement about the sign, and proof also is +a sign,Cf. §§ 96, 122, 131 supra; and for the next ten sections cf. Adv. Log. ii. 299 ff. we must necessarily suspend judgement about +proof likewise. And in fact we shall find that the +arguments propounded concerning the sign can be +adapted to apply to proof as well, since it seems to +be both relative and serving to reveal the conclusion, +and from these properties followed nearly all the +results we mentioned in the case of the sign.

+

+If,however, one ought to devote a separate discussion +to proof, I shall proceed to treat of it concisely after +endeavouring first to explain shortly the definition +they give of proof.

+

Proof is, as they assert, ‟an argument which, by +means of agreed premisses, reveals by way of deduction +a non-evident inference.” What their statement +means will be made clearer by what follows. ‟An +argument is a system composed of premisses and an +inference.

+

+The premisses of it are (it is said) the +judgements adopted by consent for the establishment +of the inference, and the inference is the judgement +established by the premisses.” For example, in the +argument ‟If it is day, it is light; but it is in truth +day; therefore it is light,” the clause ‟therefore it +is light” is a conclusion, and the rest are premisses.

+

+And of arguments some are conclusive, some inconclusive— +conclusive when the hypothetical syllogismτὸ συνημμένον, lit. ‟the combination”; cf. p. 246 note a. +which begins with the combination made by the +premisses of the argument and ends with its +inference is valid; thus, for example, the argument +just stated is conclusive since the combination of its +premisses—‟it is day” and ‟if it is day, it is light” +—is followed by ‟it is light” in the syllogism ‟it is +day, and if it is day it is light; therefore it is light.” +But arguments that are not like this are inconclusive.

+

+And of the conclusive arguments some are true, +some not true—true when not only the syllogism +formed by the combination of the premisses and the +inference is valid,‟Valid” refers only to logical form; ‟true” to content; cf. § 139; Adv. Log. ii. 413. as we said above, but the conclusion +also and the combination of the premisses, +which is the antecedent in the syllogism, is really +true. And a combination is true when it has all its +parts true, as in the case of ‟It is day, and if it is +day, it is light;” but those of a different kind are +not true.

+

+For an argument such as this—‟If it is +night, it is dark; but in fact it is night; therefore +it is dark”—is indeed conclusive, since the syllogism +‟it is night, and if it is night it is dark, therefore +it is dark” is a valid one, but, when it is day-time, it +is not true. For the antecedent combination—‟it is +night, and if it is night it is dark”—is false since it +contains the falsehood ‟it is night;” for the +combination which contains a falsehood is false. Hence +they also say that a true argument is that which +deduces a true conclusion from true premisses.

+

+Of true arguments, again, some are ‟probative,” +some ‟non-probative;” and the probative are those +which deduce something non-evident by means of +pre-evident premisses, the non-probative those not of +this sort.For this and the following sections cf. Adv. Log. ii. 305 ff. For example, an argument such as this— +‟If it is day it is light; but in fact it is day; therefore +it is light” is not probative; for its conclusion, +that ‟it is light,” is pre-evident. But an argument +like this—‟If sweat pours through the surface, there +are insensible pores;Cf. § 98 supra. but in fact sweat does pour +through the surface; therefore there are insensible +pores”—is a probative one, as its conclusion (‟there +are therefore insensible pores”) is non-evident.

+

+And of arguments which deduce something non- +evident, some conduct us through the premisses to +the conclusion by way of progression only, others +both by way of progression and by way of discovery +as well. By progression, for instance, are those +which seem to depend on belief and memory, such +as the argument ‟If a god has said to you that +this man will be rich, this man will be rich; but this +god (assume that I point to Zeus) has said to you that +this man will be rich; therefore he will be rich;” +for we assent to the conclusion not so much on account +of the logical force of the premisses as because of our +belief in the statement of the god.

+

+But some arguments conduct us to the conclusion by way of discovery +as well as of progression, like the following: +‟If sweat pours through the surface, there are +insensible pores; but the first is true, therefore also +the second;” for the pouring of the sweat makes +discovery of the fact of the existence of pores, +because of the prior assumption that moisture cannot +pass through a solid body.

+

+So, then, proof ought to be an argument which +is deductive and true and has a non-evident +conclusion which is discovered by the potency of the +premisses; and because of this, proof is defined as +‟an argument which by means of agreed premisses +discovers by way of deduction a non-evident +inference.” It is in these terms, then, that they are +in the habit of explaining the conception of proof.

+
+ +
+Chapter XIII.—Does Proof Exist? +

+That proof has no real existence may be inferred +from their own statements, by refuting each of the +assumptions implied in its conception.See the definition of ‟proof” in §§ 135–136. It is with ‟hypothetical syllogisms” that Sextus is here concerned. The ‟component elements” of the syllogism (or ‟argument”) are the ‟judgements” (or propositions) which go to form its ‟premisses.” Thus, for +instance, the argument is compounded of judgements, +but compound things cannot exist unless its component +elements mutually co-exist, as is pre-evident from +the case of a bed and similar objects; but the parts +of an argument do not mutually co-exist. For when +we are stating the first premiss, neither the second +premiss nor the inference is as yet in existence; and +when we are stating the second premiss, the first +is no longer existent and the inference is not yet +existent; and when we announce the inference, its +premisses are no longer in being. Therefore the parts +of the argument do not mutually co-exist; and hence +the argument too will seem to be non-existent.

+

+But apart from this, the conclusive argument is +non-apprehensible; for if it is judged by the coherence +of the hypothetical premiss, and the coherence in +that premiss is a matter of unsettled dispute and is +probably non-apprehensible, as we suggested in our +chapter (xi.) ‟On the Sign,” then the conclusive +argument also will be non-apprehensible.

+

+Now the Dialecticiansi.e. the Stoics, cf. §§ 166, 235. assert that an argument is inconclusive +owing to inconsistency or to deficiency or to its being +propounded in a bad form or to redundancy. An +example of inconsistency is when the premisses are +not logically coherent with each other and with the +inference, as in the argument ‟If it is day, it is light; +but in fact wheat is being sold in the market; therefore +Dion is walking.”

+

+And it is a case of redundancy +when we find a premiss that is superfluous for the logic +of the argument, as for instance ‟If it is day, it is +light; but in fact it is day and Dion also is walking; +therefore it is light.” And it is due to the bad form +in which it is propounded when the form of the argument +is not conclusive; for whereas the really syllogistic +arguments are, they say, such as these: ‟If it +is day, it is light; but in fact it is day; therefore it +is light;” and ‟If it is day, it is light; but it is not +light; therefore it is not day,”—the inconclusive +argument runs thus: ‟If it is day, it is light; but +in fact it is light; therefore it is day.”

+

+For since the major premiss announces that if its antecedent exists +its consequent also exists, naturally when the antecedent +is admitted the consequent also is inferred, +and when the consequent is denied the antecedent +also is denied; for if the antecedent had existed, +the consequent also would have existed. But when +the consequent is admitted, the antecedent is not +necessarily admitted as well; for the major premiss +did not promise that the antecedent should follow +the consequent, but only the consequent the +antecedent.

+

+Hence, the argument which deduces the consequent +from the major premiss and the antecedent is +said to be syllogistic,i.e.(in Stoic terminology) definitely valid and conclusive; cf. § 163 infra. Note that the term συνημμένον (‟combination”) mostly means the ‟hypothetical, or major, premiss of a hypothetical syllogism,” but sometimes the whole syllogism. and also that which deduces +the opposite of the antecedent from the major premiss +and the opposite of the consequent; but the argument +which, like that stated above, deduces the antecedent +from the major premiss and the consequent +is inconclusive, so that it makes a false deduction, +even though its premisses are true, whenever it is +uttered by lamplight at night. For though the +major premiss ‟If it is day, it is light” is true, and +also the minor premiss, ‟but in fact it is light,” the +inference ‟therefore it is day” is false.

+

+And the argument is faulty by deficiency, when it suffers from +the omission of some factor needed for the deducing +of the conclusion: thus, for instance, while we have, +as they think, a valid argument in ‟Wealth is either +good or bad or indifferent; but it is neither bad nor +indifferent; therefore it is good,”Cf. iii. 177 ff. the following +is faulty by way of deficiency: ‟Wealth is either +good or bad; but it is not bad; therefore it is good.”

+

+If, then, I shall show that, according to them, it is +impossible to distinguish any difference between the +inconclusive and the conclusive arguments, I shall have +shown that the conclusive argument is non-apprehensible, +so that their endless disquisitions on ‟dialectic”Over 300 volumes, dealing with grammar and logic (‟dialectic”), are ascribed to Chrysippus. +are superfluous. And I show it in this wise.

+

+It was said that the argument which is inconclusive +owing to inconsistency is recognized by the want of +coherence which marks its premisses in their relation +both to each other and to the inference.With §§ 152–156 cf. Adv. Log. ii. 435 ff. Since, then, +the recognition of this coherence ought to be preceded +by the judgement on the hypothetical syllogism,i.e. the syllogism as a whole, which is a ‟combination” and +that syllogism, as I have argued, does not admit of +judgement, the argument that is inconclusive through +inconsistency will likewise be incapable of being +distinguished.

+

+For he who declares that any particular +argument is inconclusive through inconsistency will, +if he is merely uttering a statement, find himself +opposed by a statement which contradicts his own; +while if he tries to prove it by argument, he will be +told that this argument of his must itself be conclusive +before he can prove that the premisses of the argument +said to be inconsistent are devoid of consistency. +But we shall not know whether it is probative, since +we have no agreed test of the syllogism whereby +to judge whether the conclusion follows the logical +connexion formed by the premisses. And thus, also, +we shall be unable to distinguish the argument that +is faulty through inconsistency from those that are +conclusive.

+

+And we will make the same reply to the man who +says that an argument is unsound owing to its being +propounded in a faulty form; for he who maintains +that a form is unsound will have no argument agreed +to be conclusive whereby he will be able to draw the +conclusion he states.

+

+And hereby we have also +potentially refuted those who try to show that there +are arguments which are inconclusive through +deficiency. For if the complete and finished argument +is indistinguishable from others, the deficient also +will be non-evident. And, further, he who proposes +to prove by argument that a certain argument is +deficient, seeing that he has no agreed test of a +hypothetical syllogism whereby he can judge the +coherence of the argument he is talking about, will +be unable to make a tested and true pronouncement +that it is deficient.

+

+Moreover, the argument that is said to be faulty +through redundancy is indistinguishable from those +that are probative. For, so far as concerns redundancy, +even the ‟non-demonstrable” argumentsi.e. those which need no proof as being self-evident; cf. Aristotle’s ‟perfect syllogisms,” and i. 69; Adv. Log. ii. 223 ff. so +much talked of by the Stoics will be found to be +inconclusive, and if they are demolished the whole of +dialectic is overturned; for they are the arguments +which, they say, need no proof to establish them, +and themselves serve as proofs of the conclusiveness +of the other arguments. And that they are +redundant will be clear when we have set forth these +non-probative arguments and thus confirm our statement +by reasoning.

+

+Now there are, in their imaginings, many non- +demonstrable arguments, but the five which they +chiefly propound, and to which all the rest can, it +seems, be referred, are these. The first is that which +deduces the consequent from the major premissLiterally, the ‟combination,” which here (as in § 104) means the hypothetical major premiss, of which the ‟if,” clause is the ‟antecedent,” the other clause the ‟consequent.” and +the antecedent, as for example ‟If it is day, it is +light; but in fact it is day; therefore it is light.” The +second is that which deduces the opposite of the +antecedent from the major premiss and the opposite of +the consequent, as for example ‟If it is day, it is +light; but it is not light; therefore it is not day.”

+

+The third deduces from the negation of a coupled +premissi.e. a premiss consisting of two clauses ‟coupled” by ‟and” (or ‟both . . . and”); a ‟conjunctive” premiss (as opposed to a ‟disjunctive,” coupled by ‟either . . . or”). +and the affirmation of one of its clauses the +opposite of the other clause, as for example ‟It is not +both night and day; but it is day; therefore it is +not night.” The fourth deduces from a disjunctive +premiss and one of its alternative clauses the opposite +of the other, as for example ‟Either it is day or it is +night; but it is day; therefore it is not night.” The +fifthCf. i. 69. deduces from a disjunctive premiss and the +opposite of one of its clauses the other clause, as for +example ‟Either it is day or it is night; but it is not +night; therefore it is day.”

+

+These, then, are the much talked of non-demonstrable +arguments, but they all seem to me to be +inconclusive through redundancy. Thus for instance, +to begin with the first, either it is agreed, or else it +is non-evident, that in the major premiss ‟If it is +day, it is light,” the clause ‟it is light” follows from +its antecedent ‟it is day.” But if this is non-evident, +we shall not grant the major premiss as agreed; +if, however, it is pre-evident that if the clause ‟it is +day” be true, the clause ‟it is light” will necessarily +be true also, then, once we have asserted that ‟it is +day,” the statement ‟it is light” is also inferred, so +that an argument in the form ‟It is day, therefore +it is light” is sufficient,An example of the syllogismus decurtatus, which has but one premiss; cf. § 167. and the major premiss ‟If +it is day, it is light” is redundant.

+

+And in the case of the second non-demonstrable +argument we make a similar objection. For it is +either possible or impossible for the antecedent to be +true when the consequent is not true. But if this +is possible, the major premiss will not be valid; +while if it is impossible, at the moment of positing +‟Not the consequent” we posit also ‟Not the +antecedent,” and the major premiss is redundant once +again, the argument propounded being ‟It is not +light, therefore it is not day.”

+

+The same reasoning applies also to the third non- +demonstrable argument. For either it is pre-evident +that it is impossible for the clauses in the coupled +premiss mutually to co-exist, or else it is non-evident. +And if it is non-evident we shall not grant the negative +of the coupled premiss; but if it is pre-evident, +at the moment of positing the one clause the other +is annulled, and the negative of the coupled premiss +is redundant when we propound the argument in the +form ‟It is day, therefore it is not night.”

+

+And we deal in like manner with the fourth non- +demonstrable argument and the fifth. For either it is +pre-evident or it is non-evident that in the disjunctive +premiss one clause is true, the other false, in complete +contradiction, as the disjunctive proclaims. And if +this is non-evident, we shall not grant the disjunctive; +but if it is pre-evident, if one of its clauses be affirmed +it is apparent that the other is not true, and if one +is negated it is pre-evident that the other is true, so +that it is sufficient to frame the argument thus—‟It +is day, therefore it is not night,” or ‟It is not day, +therefore it is night;” and the disjunctive premiss +is redundant.

+

+One may also make similar observations on the so- +called ‟categorical” syllogisms, which are chiefly +used by the Peripatetics.Aristotle dealt only with this form of proof; later Peripatetics with the hypothetical and disjunctive forms as well. Thus, for example, in the +argument—‟The just is fair, but the fair is good, +therefore the just is good,”Cf. Plato, Alcib. I. 116. either it is agreed and +pre-evident that ‟the fair is good,” or it is disputed +and is non-evident. But if it is non-evident, it will +not be granted in the process of deduction, and +consequently the syllogism will not be conclusive; +while if it is pre-evident that whatsoever is fair is also +without exception good, at the moment of stating +that this particular thing is fair the fact that it is +good is likewise implied, so that it is enough to put +the argument in the form ‟The just is fair, therefore +the just is good,” and the other premiss, in which it +was stated that ‟the fair is good,” is redundant.

+

+So too in an argument such as this—‟Socrates is a man; +every man is an animal; therefore Socrates is an +animal,”—if it is not at once pre-evident that whatsoever +is man is always also animal, the universal +premiss is not agreed, and neither will we admit it in +the process of deduction.

+

+But if the fact that he is a +man is logically followed by the fact that he is also an +animal, and in consequence the premiss ‟Every man +is an animal” is by agreement true, at the moment of +stating that ‟Socrates is a man” we admit therewith +that he is also an animal, so that an argument in the +form ‟Socrates is a man, therefore Socrates is an +animal” is sufficient, and the premiss ‟Every man is +an animal” is redundant.

+

+And (not to dwell on the +matter now) in the case of the other primaryi.e. of the First Figure: the previous examples are cases of Barbara and Darii, so ‟the others” would belong to Celarent and Ferio. But Heintz’s suggestion, τρόπων τῶν (for πρώτων), ‟the other figures,” may well be right. categorical +arguments also it is possible to employ similar +methods of reasoning.

+

Since, however, these arguments which the +Dialecticiansi.e. Stoics and Peripatetics, cf. § 146 supra. lay down as the foundations of their +syllogisms are redundant, by reason of this redundancy +the whole of Dialectic is thus far overthrown, seeing +that we cannot distinguish the redundant, and +consequently inconclusive, arguments from what are called +the conclusive syllogisms.

+

+But if some persons disapprove of arguments being of +a ‟one-premiss form,” they deserve no more credence +than does AntipaterA. of Tarsus was head of the Stoic School circa 150-30 b.c.; cf. Adv. Log. ii. 443 for Chrysippus on the ‟curtailed syllogism.” +who does not reject such arguments.

+

For these reasons, then, the argument named by +the Dialecticians ‟conclusive” is not judged acceptable. +But further, the ‟true”Cf. § 143. argument is indiscoverable +both for the foregoing reasonsSee §§ 85-94 supra, and § 138. and because +it ought in all cases to end in truth. For the +conlusion which is said to be true is either apparent +or non-evident.

+

+And it is certainly not apparent; +for it would not need to be disclosed by means of the +premisses if it were perceptible of itself and no less +apparent than its premisses. But if it is non-evident, +then, since there is an unsettled dispute concerning +things non-evident, as we mentioned above,Cf. § 116. and they +are in consequence non-apprehensible, the conclusion +also of the argument said to be true will be non- +apprehensible. And if this is non-apprehensible, +we shall not know whether the deduction is true or +false. Thus we shall be in ignorance as to whether the +argument is true or false, and the ‟true” argument +will be indiscoverable.

+

+But, to pass over these objections also, the +argument which deduces what is non-evident by means +of pre-evident premisses is indiscoverable. For if the +inference follows from the combination of its premisses, +and what follows and forms the consequent is relative +and relative to the antecedent, and relatives are +apprehended, as we have shown,Cf. §§ 117 ff., 125. simultaneously,— +then, if the conclusion is non-evident, the premisses +also will be non-evident, while if the premisses are +pre-evident the conclusion also will be pre-evident, +as being apprehended along with the pre-evident +premisses, so that no longer is there a deduction of +what is non-evident from pre-evident premisses.

+

+And for these reasons, neither is the inference revealed by +the premisses, as it is either non-evident and not +apprehended, or pre-evident and not in need of +anything to reveal it. So that if proof is definedCf. §§ 135, 143 ff. as ‟an +argument which by deduction, that is conclusively, +reveals a non-evident inference by means of certain +premisses agreed to be true,” while we have shown +that there exists no argument either conclusive or +true or which deduces a non-evident conclusion by +means of evident premisses or serves to reveal its +conclusion,—then it is apparent that proof is without +real existence.

+

+That proof is unreal, or even inconceivable, we shall +discover also from the following line of attack.Cf. Adv. Log. ii. 382 ff. He +who asserts the existence of proof posits either a +general or a particular proof; but, as we shall suggest, +it is not possible to posit either the general or the +particular proof; and besides these no other can be +conceived; no one, therefore, can posit proof as really +existing.

+

+Now the general proof is unreal for the +following reasons. It either has or has not certain +premisses and a certain inference. And if it has them +not, it is not even proof; while if it has premisses and +an inference, then, since everything which proves or is +proved in this way belongs to the class of ‟particulars,”Cf. τὰ ἐπὶ μέρους, § 87 supra; ‟things of a partial character” as opposed to ‟wholes” or genera. +proof will be particular; therefore no general +proof exists. Nor yet any particular proof.

+

+For they will describe as proof either the system made up of +the premisses and the inferenceCf. § 135 supra. or only the system +of the premisses; but neither of these is proof, as I +shall show; therefore particular proof does not exist.

+

+Now the system composed of the premisses and the +inference is not proof because, firstly, it contains a +non-evident part—that is to say, the inference—and +so will be non-evident, which is absurd; for if the +proof is non-evident, instead of serving to prove other +things it will itself be in need of something to prove it.

+

+Moreover, since they assert that proof is a relative +thing and relative to the inference, and relatives, as +they themselves affirm, are conceived in relation to +other things, the thing proved must be other than +the proof ; if, then, the thing proved is the conclusion, +the proof will not be conceived along with the conclusion. +For the conclusion either contributes something +to its own proof or does not do so; but if it +contributes, it will serve to reveal itself, while if it +does not contribute but is redundant it will not be +even a part of the proof, since we shall declare the +proof to be faulty by reason of redundance.

+

+Nor yet will the system composed of the premisses by itself +be proof; for who would maintain that a statement +in the form ‟If it is day, it is light; but in fact it is +day,” either is an argument or completely expresses +a piece of reasoning? So then, neither does the +system of the premisses alone constitute proof. Therefore +the particular proof has no real existence either. +But if neither the particular nor the general proof has +real existence, and besides these one can conceive +no other proof, then proof is without real existence.

+

+And it is possible to show the unreality of proof +from these further considerations. If proof exists, +either as apparent it serves to reveal what is apparent, +or as non-evident what is non-evident, or as non- +evident what is apparent, or as apparent what is +non-evident; but it cannot be conceived as serving +to reveal any of these; therefore it is inconceivable.

+

+For if it as apparent serves to reveal the apparent, +the thing revealed will be at once both apparent and +non-evident—apparent because it was assumed to be +such, and non-evident because it needs a revealer +and is not clearly perceived by us of itself. And if +as non-evident it reveals the non-evident, it will itself +need something to reveal it and will not serve to +reveal other things, which is foreign to the conception +of proof.

+

+And for these reasons neither can there +be a non-evident proof of the pre-evident; nor yet +a pre-evident proof of the non-evident; for since +they are relatives, and relatives are apprehended +together, that which is said to be proved, being +apprehended together with its pre-evident proof, will +be pre-evident, so that the argument is reversed and +the proof probative of the non-evident is not found +to be pre-evident. If, therefore, proof is neither +apparent of the apparent, nor non-evident of the +non-evident, nor non-evident of the pre-evident, nor +pre-evident of the non-evident, and besides these, as +they say, there is no other alternative, then we +must declare that proof is nothing.

+

+Furthermore, there is this also to be said. Proof +is a matter of controversy; for some declare that it +does not even exist, as do those who assert that +nothing at all exists,i.e. is real, as opposed to phenomenal; so Xenophanes, Xeniades, Gorgias, cf. § 18. but others, including the +majority of the Dogmatists, that it does exist; and +we affirm that it is ‟no more”For this Sceptic formula cf. i. 188. existent than non- +existent.

+

+And besides, proof always contains a +dogma, and they are in dispute about every dogma, +so that there must necessarily be dispute about every +proof. For if (for the sake of argument) when the +proof for the existence of void is accepted the existence +of void is likewise accepted,The Epicurean proof of Void ran thus: ‟If motion exists, Void exists; but motion does exist; therefore Void exists.” Cf. § 245, Adv. Log. ii. 329 ff. it is plain that +those who dispute the existence of void dispute its +proof also; and the same argument applies to all the +other dogmas with which the proofs are concerned. +Therefore every proof is questioned and is in dispute.

+

+Since, then, proof is non-evident, owing to the +controversy which exists concerning it (for things +controverted, in so far as controverted, are non- +evident), its existence is not self-evident but needs +to be established for us by proof. The proof, then, +by which proof is established will not be evident and +agreed (for we are now inquiring whether proof in +general exists), and being thus in dispute and non- +evident it will need another proof, and this again a +third, and so on ad infinitum. But it is impossible to +prove an infinite series; therefore it is impossible to +show that proof exists.

+

+But neither can it be revealed by means of a sign. +For since it is a matter of inquiry whether sign +exists,Cf. §§ 104 ff., 121. and since the sign needs proof to ensure its +reality, we find ourselves involved in circular reasoning— +the proof requiring a sign, and the sign in turn +a proof; which is absurd. And for these reasons +neither is it possible to decide the controversy +regarding proof, seeing that the decision requires a +criterion, but—because it is a matter of inquiry, as +we have shown,Cf. §§ 48 ff. supra. whether a criterion exists, and +consequently the criterion needs a proof showing the +existence of a criterion—we are again involved in +the perplexity of circular reasoning.

+

+If, then, neither by proof nor by sign nor by criterion it is possible to +show that proof exists, and it is not evident of itself +either, as we have shown,Cf. §§ 144 supra. then it will be non-apprehensible +whether proof exists. Consequently, proof +will also be unreal; for it is conceived together with +the act of proving, and were it not apprehended it +would be unable to prove.i.e. if ‟proof” is non-apprehensible it must also be unreal or non-existent, because non-apprehensible ‟proof” is incapable of ‟proving” anything, and ‟proof” apart from ‟proving” is inconceivable—the ‟conception” of the one necessarily implying the other. Wherefore proof will not +exist.

+

+Thus much it will be enough to say by way of +outline and in criticism of proof. The Dogmatists, +however, maintaining the opposite view assert that +the arguments propounded against proof are either +probative or not probative; and if they are not +probative, they are incapable of showing that proof +does not exist; while if they are probative, they +themselves involve the reality of proof by self- +refutation.Lit. ‟reversal” of the argument; cf. § 128, Adv. Log. ii. 463.

+

+Hence also they propound an argument +in this form:Cf. § 131 for this hypothetical syllogism with double major premiss. Here, as there, the Dogmatists argue that the Sceptics’ proof that ‟proof exists not” refutes itself, the very proof they employ being itself an ‟existent” proof. ‟If proof exists, proof exists; if +proof exists not, proof exists; but proof either exists +or exists not; therefore proof exists.” With the +same intention they propound also this argument: +‟That which follows logically from contradictories is +not only true but necessary; 'proof exists' and +'proof exists not' are contradictories, and the +existence of proof follows from each of them; therefore proof exists.”

+

+Now to this we may reply, for instance, that, because +we do not believe that any argument is probative, +we do not assert either that the arguments against +proof are absolutely probative but that they appear +to us plausible; but those that are plausible are +not necessarily probative. Yet if they actually are +probative (which we do not positively affirm) they +certainly are also true. And true arguments are +those which deduce what is true by means of true +premisses; wherefore their inference is true. Now +the inference was this—‟therefore proof does not +exist;” therefore the statement ‟proof does not +exist” is true by reversing the argument.

+

+And just as purgative medicines expel themselves together +with the substances already present in the body, so +these arguments are capable of cancelling themselves +along with the other arguments which are said to be +probative.Cf. i. 206, Adv. Log. ii. 480. Nor is this preposterous, since in fact +the saying ‟nothing is true” not only refutes every +other saying but also nullifies itself as well.

+

And as regards this argument—‟If proof exists, +proof exists; if proof does not exist, proof exists; +but it either exists or exists not; therefore it exists” +—there are a number of ways by which it can be +shown to be inconclusive, but for the moment the +following method may suffice.

+

+If the hypothetical +premiss ‟If proof exists, proof exists” is valid, the +contradictory of its consequent, namely ‟proof does +not exist,” must conflict with ‟proof exists,” for this +is the antecedent of the hypothetical premiss. But, +according to them, it is impossible for a hypothetical +premiss to be valid when composed of conflicting +clauses. For the hypothetical premiss promises +that when its antecedent is true its consequent is +also true, whereas conflicting clauses contrariwise +promise that if either one of them is true the other +cannot possibly be true. If therefore the premiss +‟If proof exists, proof exists” is valid, the premiss +‟If proof exists not, proof exists” cannot be valid.

+

+And again. conversely, if we grant by way of +assumption that the premiss ‟If proof exists not, +proof exists” is valid, then the clause ‟If proof +exists” can co-exist with ‟proof exists not.” But if +it can co-exist with it, it is not in conflict with it. +Therefore, in the premiss ‟If proof exists, proof +exists,” the contrary of its consequent is not in +conflict with its antecedent, so that, conversely, +this premiss will not be valid, as the former was +posited, by agreement, as valid.

+

+And as the clause ‟proof exists not” is not in conflict with ‟proof +exists,” the disjunctive ‟Either proof exists or +proof exists not” will not be valid; for the valid +disjunctive promises that one of its clauses is valid, +but the other or others false and contradictory. +Or else, if the disjunctive be valid, the hypothetical +premiss ‟If proof exists not, proof exists” is, in +turn, found to be fallacious, as composed of conflicting +clauses. So then the premisses in the foregoing +argument are discordant and mutually destructive; +wherefore the argument is not valid.

+

+And further, they are unable even to show that anything follows +logically from the contradictories, since, as we have +argued,See §§ 145 ff. they possess no criterion of logical +consequence or deduction.

+

But this discussion is, in fact, superfluous. For if, +on the one hand, the arguments in defence of proof +are (let it be granted) plausible, while, on the other +hand, the criticisms directed against proof are also +plausible, then we must necessarily suspend judgement +concerning proof also, and declare that proof is +‟no more” existent than non-existent.

+
+ +
+Chapter XIV.—Concerning Syllogisms +

+So then it is also superfluous, perhaps, to discuss +in detail the much vaunted ‟syllogisms,” since, for +one thing, they are included in the refutation of the +existence of ‟proof” (for it is plain that if this is +non-existent there is no place either for probative +argument), and for another, we have implicitly +contradicted them in our previous statements, when +in discussing redundancyCf. §§ 159–162 against the Stoics, and 163–166 against the Peripatetics. we mentioned a certain +method by which it is possible to show that all the +probative arguments of the Stoics and the Peripatetics +are really inconclusive.

+

+Yet perhaps it will not +be amiss to go furtherFor the phrase ἐξ ἐπιμέτρου, ‟into the bargain,” cf. § 47 supra. and deal with them separately, +especially since these thinkers pride themselves upon +them. Now there is much that one can say by way +of suggesting their unreality, but in an outline sketch +it is sufficient to treat of them by the method which +follows. And I will deal at present with the axiomaticOr ‟non-demonstrable,” including here categorical syllogisms as well as those mentioned in § 157 supra. +arguments; for if these are destroyed all the +rest of the arguments are overthrown as well, since +it is from these that they derive the proof of their +deductions.

+

+Well then, the premiss ‟Every man is an animal” +is established by induction from the particular +instances; for from the fact that Socrates, who is a +man, is also an animal, and Plato likewise, and Dion +and each one of the particular instances,Cf. Aristot. Anal. pr. ii. 23 on logical ‟induction.” they think +it possible to assert that every man is an animal; +so that if even a single one of the particulars should +apparently conflict with the rest the universal premiss +is not valid; thus, for example, when most animals +move the lower jaw, and only the crocodile the upper, +the premissCf. Hdt. ii. 68; Aristot. Hist. An. iii. 7. ‟Every animal moves the lower jaw” is +not true.

+

+So whenever they argue ‟Every man is an +animal, and Socrates is a man, therefore Socrates is +an animal,” proposing to deduce from the universal +proposition ‟Every man is an animal” the particular +proposition ‟Socrates therefore is an animal,” which +in fact goes (as we have mentioned) to establish by way +of induction the universal proposition, they fall into the +error of circular reasoning, since they are establishing +the universal proposition inductively by means of each +of the particulars and deducing the particular proposition +from the universal syllogistically.

+

+So likewise in the case of such an argument as ‟Socrates is a man, but +no man is four-footed, therefore Socrates is not four- +footed,” by proposing to establish the premiss ‟No +man is four-footed” by induction from the particular +instances while wishing to deduce each several particular +from the premiss ‟No man is four-footed,” they +become involved in the perplexity of the circular +fallacy.

+

+And a similar criticism may be passed upon the +rest of the ‟axiomatic” arguments, as they are +called by the Peripatetics; and also upon arguments +in the form ‟If it is day, it is light.” For the +proposition ‟If it is day, it is light ” is capable, they say, +of proving that ‟it is light,” and the clause ‟it is +light” in conjunction with ‟it is day” serves to +establish the proposition ‟If it is day, it is light.” +For the hypothetical premiss stated above would not +have been considered valid unless the constant co- +existence of ‟it is light” with ‟it is day” had already +been observed.

+

+If, then, one has to apprehend +beforehand that when there is day there certainly +is light also, in order to construct the hypothetical +premiss ‟If it is day, it is light,” while by means +of this premiss we deduce that when it is day it +is light, the co-existence of the being of day and of +night being proved (so far as depends on the axiomatic +argument before us) by the premiss ‟If it +is day, it is light,” and that premiss in turn being +established by the co-existence of the facts aforesaid, +—in this case also the fallacy of circular reasoning +overthrows the substance of the argument.

+

+So likewise with an argument in the form ‟If it is +day, it is light; but it is not light; therefore it is not +day.” For from the fact that we do not observe day +without light the hypothetical premiss ‟If it is +day, it is light” might be considered to be valid; +just as if, should day, let us suppose, at some +time appear, without the appearance of light, the +premiss would be said to be false; but, so far as +concerns the axiomatic argument aforesaid, the non- +existence of day when light is non-existent is proved +by the premiss ‟If it is day, it is light,” so that +each of these statements needs for its confirmation +the secure grasp of the other in order thereby to +become credible by means of circular reasoning.

+

+Moreover, from the fact that some things are +unable to co-exist—take, for instance, if you like, day +and night—both the conjunctiveFor the ‟conjunctive” or ‟coupled” premiss see § 158, note. negation ‟Not day +exists and night exists” and the disjunctive ‟Either +day exists or night exists” might be considered to be +valid. But they consider that their non-co-existence is +established both by the negative of the conjunctive and +by the disjunctive, arguing ‟Not day exists and night +exists; but in fact night exists; day therefore exists +not;” and ‟Either it is day or it is night; but in +fact it is night; therefore it is not day,” or ‟it is not +night, therefore it is day.”

+

+Whence we argue again +that if for establishing the disjunctive proposition and +the negative of the conjunctive we require to apprehend +beforehand the fact that the judgements they +contain are incapable of co-existence, while they +believe that they are deducing this incapacity for +co-existence by means of both the disjunctive and +the negative conjunctive, we involve ourselves in +circular reasoning, seeing that we are unable either +to give credence to the aforesaid premisses without +having apprehended the incapacity for co-existence +of the judgements they contain, or to affirm +positively that incapacity before concluding the +syllogisms based on these premisses.

+

+Consequently,as we possess no principle on which to ground belief +owing to the circular style of the argument, we shall +declare that, so far as depends on these statements, +neither the third nor the fourth nor the fifth of the +‟axiomatic” syllogismsFor the ‟five non-demonstrable (or axiomatic) syllogisms” see §§ 157-158 supra. possesses valid substance.

+

For the present, then, it will suffice to have said +thus much concerning syllogisms.

+
+ +
+Chapter XV.—Concerning Induction +

+It is also easy, I consider, to set aside the method +of induction. For, when they propose to establish +the universal from the particulars by means of induction, +they will effect this by a review either of all +or of some of the particular instances. But if they +review some, the induction will be insecure, since +some of the particulars omitted in the induction may +contravene the universal; while if they are to review +all, they will be toiling at the impossible, since the +particulars are infinite and indefinite. Thus on both +grounds, as I think, the consequence is that induction +is invalidated.

+
+ +
+Chapter XVI.—Concerning Definitions +

+Further, the Dogmatists take great pride in their +systematic treatment of definitions, which they include +in the logical division of their Philosophical System, +as they call it. So come and let us now make a few +observations on definitions.

+

Now while the Dogmatists hold that definitions +have many uses, you will probably find that these fall +under two main heads which, as they say, include all +their necessary uses;

+

+for, as they explain, definitions +are necessary in all cases either for apprehensionCf. § 4 supra. or +for instruction. If, then, we shall show that they are +of use for neither of these purposes, we shall, I think, +bring to naught all the labour so vainly spent on them +by the Dogmatists.

+

+So then, without preliminary, if, on the one hand, +the man who knows not the object of definition is +unable to define the object unknown to him, while, +on the other hand, the man who knows and proceeds +to define has not apprehended the object from its +definition but has put together his definition to fit +the object already apprehended, then the definition +is not necessary for the apprehension of objects. And +since, if we propose to define absolutely all things, +we shall define nothing, because of the regress ad +infinitum; while if we allow that some things are +apprehended even without definitions, we are declaring +that definitions are not necessary for apprehension, +seeing that we are able to apprehend all things +apart from definitions in the same way as the undefined +objects were apprehended,

+

+—then we shall +either define absolutely nothing or we shall declare +that definitions are not necessary.

+

And for these reasons they are not necessary for instruction +either, as we shall discover. For just as the man who first perceived +the object perceived it apart from definition, so likewise the man +who receives instruction about it can be instructed without +definition.

+

+Moreover, they judge the definitions by the objects +defined and declare those definitions to be faulty which include +any attributes not belonging either to all or to some of the objects +defined. Hence, whenever one states that man is ‟a rational +immortal animal” or ‟a rational mortal literary animal,” whereas no +man is immortal, and some are not literary, such a definition they +say is faulty.

+

+And it may be also that the definitions do not admit of +judgement owing to the infinity of the particulars by which they +ought to be judged; and consequently they will not convey +apprehension and instruction regarding the objects whereby they +are judged, which evidently have been known beforehand, if at all, +and apprehended beforehand.

+

And how could it be other than absurd to assert that definitions +are of use for apprehension or instruction or elucidation of any +kind, when they involve us in such a fog of uncertainty?

+

+Thus, for instance, to take a ridiculous case, suppose that one wished to ask +someone whether he had met a man riding a horse and leading a +dog and put the question in this form—‟O rational mortal animal, +receptive of intelligence and science, have you met with an animal +capable of laughter, with broad nails and receptive of political +science,Cf. §§ 26, 28 for this definition of Man. a with his (posterior) hemispheres seated on a mortal +animal capable of neighing, and leading a four-footed animal +capable of barking?”—how would one be otherwise than +ridiculous, in thus reducing the man to speechlessness concerning +so familiar an object because of one’s definitions?

+

So then we must declare that, so far as we may +judge by this, the definition is useless,

+

+whether it be described as ‟a statement which by a brief reminder +brings us to a conception of the objects which underlie +the terms,”—as is plain (is it not?) from what we +have said just a moment ago,—or as ‟a statement +declaratory of the essence,”The Aristotelian definition of ‟Definition,” the previous definition being probably Stoic. or what you like. For +in fact, in their desire to propound a definition of the +definition they plunge into an endless controversy +which I now pass over, because of the plan of my +present treatise, although it seems to overthrow +definitions.

+

So what I have said about definitions is enough +for the present.

+
+ +
+Chapter XVII.—Concerning Division +

+Inasmuch as some of the DogmatistsThe definition of ‟Dialectic,” and also the four kinds of ‟Division,” here mentioned are given by Alcinous, a second-century (a.d.) Eclectic. As used by Plato and Aristotle, ‟Division” includes only the 3rd and 4th kinds (i.e. ‟logical” as distinguished from grammatical (§ 214) and arithmetical (§§ 215–218) division). Logical ‟division” is the process of defining a class-name by splitting it up into its component parts—the ‟genus” into ‟species,” the ‟species” into particulars. By it we enumerate the classes of objects denoted by the name or term which is ‟divided.” affirm that +‟Dialectic” is ‟a science dealing with syllogism, +induction, definition and division,” and, after our +arguments concerning the criterion and the sign and +proof, we have already discussed syllogisms and +induction as well as definitions, we deem that it will +not be amiss to treat shortly of ‟division” also. +Division then, as they allege, is effected in four ways: +either a name, or word, is divided into its significations, +or a whole into parts, or a genus into species, or a +species into particulars. But it is probably easy to +show that, on the contrary, in respect of none of these +does a divisive science exist.

+
+ +
+Chapter XVIII.—Concerning The Division Of A Name Into Things Signified +

+Now they at once assert that the sciences of natural +objects exist whereas those of conventional objects +have no existence, and that with reason. For science +claims to be a thing that is firm and invariable, but +the conventional objects are easily liable to change +and variation, because their character is altered by +the shifting of the conventions which depend upon +ourselves. Since, then, the significance of names is +based on convention and not on natureThat ‟names” exist ‟by nature” was held by Heracleitus, Cratylus, Stoics and Epicureans; Aristotle and the Sceptics took the other view. θέσει, ‟by convention” (or human ordinance), like the more usual νόμῳ, is opposed to φύσει, ‟by nature,” much as we contrast the ‟artificial” with the ‟natural.” (for otherwise +all men, barbarians as well as Greeks, would understand +all the things signified by the terms, besides +the fact that it is in our power at any time to point +out and signify the objects by any other names we +may choose), how would it be possible for a science +capable of dividing a name into its significations to +exist? Or how could Dialectic really be, as some +imagine, a ‟science of things which signify and are +signified?”

+
+ +
+Chapter XIX.—Concerning Whole And Part +

+Whole and part we shall discuss in what we call +our physical treatise,Cf. iii. 82 ff.; Adv. Phys. i. 297 ff., 330 ff., ii. 304. but at present we have to deal +with the so-called division of the whole into its parts. +When a man says that the decad is being divided into +one and two and three and four, the decad is not +being divided into these. For as soon as its first part, +say one, is subtracted—granting for the moment that +this can be done—there no longer subsists the decad +but the number nine, something quite different from +the decad.

+

+Hence the division and the subtraction +of the other parts is not made from the decad but +from some other numbers, and these vary with each +subtraction.

+

Probably then it is impracticable to divide the +whole into what are called its parts. For, in fact, if +the whole is divided into parts, the parts ought to be +comprised in the whole before the act of division, +but probably they are not so comprised. Thus for +example—to base our argument once more on the +decad—they say that nine is certainly a part of the +decad, since it is divided into one plus nine. But so +likewise is the number eight, since it is divided into +eight plus two; and so also are the numbers seven, +six, five, four, three, two and one.

+

+If then all these numbers are included in the decad, and when added +together with it make up fifty-five, then fifty-five is +included in the number ten, which is absurd. Therefore +neither are its so-called parts included in the decad +nor can the decad be divided into them, as a whole +into parts, since they are not even seen in it at all.

+

+And the same objections will confront us in the case +of magnitudesThe subject of geometry, as numbers are of arithmetic. also, supposing one should wish, for +example, to divide the magnitude of ten cubits. +Probably, then, it is not practicable to divide a whole +into parts.

+
+ +
+Chapter XX.—Of Genera And Species +

+There still remains, then, the subject of genera and +species, which we shall discuss more at large elsewhere,No such discussion is to be found in the extant works of Sextus. +but here we shall deal with them concisely. +If, on the one hand, theyi.e. the Stoics; cf. §§ 29 ff., 70 ff., Adv. Log. i. 370 ff. for the Sceptic criticisms. assert that genera and +species are mental concepts, our criticisms of the +‟regent part” and of ‟presentation” refute them; +whereas if they assign to them a substantiality of +their own, how will they reply to this objection?

+

+If the genera exist, either they are equal in number to +the species or else there is one genus common to all +the species which are said to belong to it. If, then, +the genera are equal in number to their species, there +will no longer be a common genus to be divided into +the species; while if it shall be said that the genus +exists as one in all its species, then each species partakes +of either the whole or a part of it.This view is Plato’s, the former Aristotle’s. The following objections are like those brought against the Platonic theory of ‟participation” by Aristotle and in the Parmenides of Plato. But it certainly +does not partake of the whole; for it is impossible +that what is one real object should be equally included +in separate things in such a way as to appear as a +whole in each of those things in which it is said to +exist. And if it partakes of a part, then, in the first +place, all the genus will not, as they suppose, accompany +the species, nor will ‟man” be ‟an animal” +but a part of an animal—he will be substance, for +example, but neither animate nor sensitive.i.e. a part of the Genus is taken as meaning a part of its definition; cf. § 224 for this definition of the genus ‟animal.”

+

+Then, in the next place, all the species will be said to partake +either of the same part of their genus or of different +parts; but to partake of the same part is impossible +for the reasons stated above; while if they partake +of different parts, the species will be generically +dissimilar one to another (which they will not admit), +and each genus will be infinite because cut up into +infinite sections (not into the species only but also +into the particulars, since it is actually seen in these +along with its species; for DionThe stock name for a specimen of ‟Man,” cf. i. 189, and §§ 227 ff. is said to be an +animal as well as a man). But if these consequences +are absurd, then not even by way of parts do the +species partake of their genus, it being a unity.

+

+If, then, each several species partakes neither of +the whole genus nor of a part of it, how can it be said +that the one genus exists in all its parts so as to be +actually divided into them? No one, probably, could +make such a statement unless by concocting some +imaginary entities,e.g. the Platonic Ideas, cf. iii. 189. which will be overturned, as the +attacks of the Sceptics show, by the unsettled disputes +of the Dogmatists themselves.

+

+Furthermore, there is this to be said.The argument here is that it is impossible to conceive a number of opposite qualities, such as are possessed by the multitude of species and particulars included in the ‟genus,” co-existing in the unity of the genus; while if they do not all co-exist in it, the ‟genus” ceases to be inclusive of all its proper species and particulars; and if it includes none of the opposites, it is wholly unrelated to its particulars, and has no claim to be termed a ‟genus.” The species +are of this kind or of that kind: the genera of these +species either are of both this kind and that kind, or +of this kind but not of that kind, or neither of this +kind nor of that kind. When, for instance, of the +‟somethings” (or particulars) some are corporeal +others incorporeal, and some true others false, and +some (it may be) white others black, and some very +large others very small, and so on with the rest, the +genus ‟something” (to take it for the sake of argument), +which some regard as the summum genus,The Stoic view, cf. §§ 86 f. supra. will +either be all these or some of them or none.

+

+But if the ‟something,” and the genus too, is absolutely +none of them, the inquiry comes to an end. And if +we should say that it is all of them, then, besides the +impossibility of such a statement, each of the species +and of the particulars wherein it exists will have to +be all. For just as when the genus ‟animal” is, as +they assert, ‟an animate sensitive substance,” each +of its species is said to be substance and animate and +sensitive, so likewise if the genus is both corporeal +and incorporeal and false and true and black, it may +be, and white and very small and very large, and all +the rest, each of the species and of the particulars will +be all these—which is contrary to observation. So +this too is false.

+

+But if the genus is some of them +only, the genus of these will not be the genus of the +rest; if, for instance, the genus ‟something” is +corporeal it will not be that of the incorporeal, and if +the genus ‟animal” is rational it will not be that of +the irrational, so that there is neither an incorporeal +‟something” nor an irrational animal, and so likewise +with all other cases; and this is absurd. Therefore +the genus cannot be either of both this and that +kind, or of this kind but not of that, or of neither this +kind nor that; and if this be so, neither does the +genus exist at all.

+

And if one should say that the genus is potentially +all things,Aristotle regarded the relation of Genus to Species as that of Potentiality to Actuality, i.e. of unrealized possibility to what is real and determinate, or of the germinal to the fully evolved. As the ‟actuality” of the oak is implicit in the ‟potency” of the acorn, so the plurality of ‟actual” particulars are implicit in the ‟potency” of the unitary ‟genus.” we shall reply that what is potentially +something must also be actually something, as, for +instance, no one can be potentially literary without +being so actually. So too, if the genus is potentially +all things, what, we ask them, is it actually? And +thus we find that the same difficulties remain. For +it cannot actually be all the contraries;

+

+nor yet can it be some of them actually and some only potentially +—corporeal, for instance, actually and incorporeal +potentially. For it is potentially that which it is +capable of really being actually, but that which is +actually corporeal is incapable of becoming incorporeal +in actuality, so that if, for example, the genus +‟something” is actually corporeal it is not potentially +incorporeal, and vice versa. It is impossible, +therefore, for the genus to be some things actually +and some only potentially. But if it is absolutely +nothing actually, it has no substantial existence. +Hence the genus, which they say they divide into +the species, is nothing.

+

+And further, here is another point worthy of notice. +Just as, because Alexander and ParisTwo names of the son of Priam who carried off Helen to Troy. are identical, +it is impossible that the statement ‟Alexander walks” +should be true when ‟Paris walks” is false, so also if +‟manhood” is identical for both Theon and Dion, +the term ‟man” when introduced as an element in +a judgement will cause the judgement to be equally +true or false in the case of both. But this is not what +we find; for when Dion is sitting and Theon walking, +the judgement ‟man walks” is true when used of +the one, but false of the other. Therefore the term‟Term,” i.e. (in Stoic usage) ‟common noun or appellative” (Diog. Laert. vii. 58). +‟man” is not common to them both and the same +for both but, if applicable at all, it is peculiar to one +of the two.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXI.—Concerning Common Properties +

+Similar arguments apply also to the ‟common +properties.” For if vision is one and the same +property in Dion and in Theon, then, suppose that +Dion should perish and Theon survive and retain his +sight, either they will assert that the vision of the +perished Dion remains unperished, which is incredible, +or they will declare that the same vision has both +perished and not perished, which is absurd; therefore +the vision of Theon is not identical with Dion’s but, +if anything, the vision of each is peculiar to himself. +And if breathing is an identical property in Dion and +Theon, it is impossible that breathing should exist +in Theon and not exist in Dion; but this is possible +when the one has perished and the other survives; +therefore it is not identical.

+

However, as regards this subject, this concise statement +will be sufficient for the present.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXII.—Concerning Sophisms +

+It will not, perhaps, be amiss to give our attention +for a moment to the subject of Sophisms, seeing that +those who glorify DialecticThe Stoics; cf. § 94 supra for the definition of Dialectic. declare that it is +indispensable for exposing sophisms. For, they say, if +Dialectic is capable of distinguishing true and false +arguments, and sophisms are false arguments, it will +also be capable of discerning these, which distort the +truth by apparent plausibilities. Hence the dialecticians, +by way of assisting lifei.e. the views and conduct of ordinary people, cf. i. 23, 165. when it totters, strive +earnestly to teach us the conception of sophisms, their +differences and their solutions. They declare that a +sophism is ‟a plausible argument cunningly framed +to induce acceptance of the inference, it being either +false or resembling what is false or non-evident or +otherwise unacceptable.”

+

+It is false, for example, +in the case of the sophism ‟Nobody offers one a +predicate to drink; but ‟to drink absinth” is a +predicate; nobody therefore offers one absinth to +drink.” Or again, it may resemble the false, as in +this case—‟What neither was nor is possible is not +absurd;Or ‟meaningless.” The Stoics held that every ‟judgement” or ‟proposition” (ἀξίωμα) was significant; so the proposition” this is not possible” is not ἄτοπον, in this sense of the word. but it neither was nor is possible for a doctor, +qua doctor, to murder; therefore it is not absurd that +a doctor, qua doctor, should murder.”

+

+Or again, it may be non-evident, as thus—‟It is not true both +that I have asked you a question first and that the +stars are not even in number; but I have asked you +a question first; therefore the stars are even.” Or +again, it may be otherwise unacceptable, like the +so-called solecistici.e. ungrammatical, involving the use of an adjective for a noun, the accusative for the nominative case (as here τόπον for τόπος), and the like. Cf. Aristot. Soph. El. cc. 14, 32. arguments, such as—‟That at +which you look exists; but you have a frenzied look; +therefore 'frenzied' exists;” or ‟What you gaze at +exists; but you gaze at an inflamed spot; therefore +'at an inflamed spot' exists.”

+

+Moreover, they attempt also to set forth solutions +of the sophisms, saying in the case of the first sophism +that one thing is established by the premisses and +another inferred in the conclusion. For it is established +that a predicate is not drunk and that ‟to drink +absinth” is a predicate, but not ‟absinth” by +itself. Hence, whereas one ought to infer ‟Nobody +therefore drinks the ‘to drink absinth,’” which +is true, the inference drawn is ‟Nobody therefore +drinks absinth,” which is false, as not deduced from +the established premisses.

+

+And as regards the second sophism, they explain that while it seems to +lead in a false direction, so that it makes the inattentive +hesitate in assenting to it, its conclusion is true, +namely ‟It is not therefore absurd that the doctor, +qua doctor, should murder.” For no judgement +is absurd,i.e. meaningless—a Stoic dictum. and ‟the doctor, qua doctor, murders” +is a judgement, so that neither is it absurd.

+

+And the method of leading up to the non-evidenti.e. the third Sophism, in § 231. deals, +they say, with the class of things that are variable.i.e. judgements which change from truth to falsehood; cf. Diog. Laert. vii. 76. +For when, according to the assumption, no previous +question has been asked, the negation of the +conjunctive premiss is true, the conjunctive or major +premiss being false because of its inclusion of the false +clause ‟I have asked you a question first.” But +after the negation of the major has been asked, as the +minor premiss ‟I have asked you a question first” +has become true, owing to the fact that the negation +of the major has been asked before the minor premiss, +the first clause in the negation of the major becomes +false while the false clause in the major has become +true; so that it is never possible for the conclusion +to be deduced if the negation of the major premiss +does not co-exist with the minor premiss.

+

+And as to the last class—the solecistic arguments—some +declare that they are introduced absurdly, contrary to +linguistic usage.

+

Such are the statements made by some of the +Dialecticians concerning sophisms—though others +indeed make other statements; and what they say may +be able, perhaps, to tickle the ears of the casual hearer, +superfluous though it is and the result of vain labour +on their part. Probably this can be seen from what we have +said already;Cf. §§ 80 ff. supra. +for we have shown that truth and falsehood, according to the +Dialecticians, cannot be apprehended, and that by a variety +of arguments as well as by the refutation of their evidences +for the validity of the syllogism, namely proof and axiomatic arguments.Cf. §§ 144 ff., 156 ff.

+

+And there are many other special objections bearing +on the topic before us which we might mention, but now, +for brevity’s sake, we mention only this one.

+

As regards all the sophisms which dialectic seems +peculiarly able to expose, their exposure is useless; +whereas in all cases where the exposure is useful, it +is not the dialectician who will expose them but the +experts in each particular art who grasp the connexion of the facts.

+

+Thus, for instance, to mention one or two examples, +if a sophism such as this were propounded—‟In diseases, +at the stages of abatement, a varied diet and wine are +to be approved; but in every type of disease an abatement +inevitably occurs before the first third day;The ‟Methodic” School of medicine held that the progress of a disease was marked by three-day periods of increasing (up to the crisis) or decreasing severity; for the former they prescribed a light diet. it is necessary, +therefore, to take for the most part a varied diet and wine +before the first third day,”—in this case the dialectician +would be unable to assist in exposing the argument, useful though the exposure would be,

+

+but the doctor will expose the sophism, since he knows +that the term ‟abatement” is used in two senses, of the +general ‟abatement” in the disease and of the tendency to +betterment after the crisis in +the strained local conditions, and this improvement +in the local strain generally occurs before the first +third day, but it is not for this but for the general +abatement in the disease that we recommend the +varied diet. Consequently he will say that the +premisses are discordant, since one kind of ‟abatement” +is adopted in the first premiss, namely that +of the general condition, and another—that of the +local condition—in the second premiss.

+

+Again, in the case of one who suffers from fever +due to aggravated ‟contraction” or obstruction, if +an argument is propounded in the form—‟Opposites +are cures of opposites;Cf. Hippocrates, De. flat. 2; for morbid ‟contraction” counteracted by ‟dilatation” or ‟relaxation” cf. i. 238. By ‟corresponding” is meant the appropriate ‟counteracting” remedy. The ‟persistent” or ‟deep-seated” (προσεχῆ) morbid states are distinguished from the superficial ‟symptoms” which the Methodic School disregarded as accidentals. cold is the opposite of the +present feverish condition; therefore cold is the +treatment which corresponds to the present feverish +condition,”—here again the dialectician will keep +silence,

+

+but the doctor, since he knows what morbid +states are fundamentally persistent and what are +symptoms of such states, will declare that the argument +does not apply to the symptoms (not to mention +the fact that the result of the application of cold is +to aggravate the feverish condition) but to the +persistent morbid states, and that the constipation is +persistent but requires an expansive method of +treatment rather than contraction, whereas the resultant +symptom of inflammation is not fundamentally persistent, +nor (consequently) is the state of cold which +seems to correspond thereto.

+

+Thus, as regards sophisms the exposure of which is useful, +the dialectician will not have a word to say, +but he will propound for us arguments such as theseThe ceratinē or ‟Horn-fallacy” (invented by the Megarics, cf. Diog. Laert. ii. 111, vi. 39) is generally put in a simpler form—‟If you have not lost anything, you have it; you have not lost horns, therefore you have horns” (a joke aimed at cuckolds, thinks Fabricius). Sextus’s complex syllogism seems much more clumsy (if the text is right). +—‟If it is not so that you both have fair horns and +have horns, you have horns; but it is not so that +you have fair horns and have horns; therefore you +have horns.”

+

+‟If a thing moves, it moves either in +the spot where it is or where it is not; but it moves +neither in the spot where it is (for it is at rest) nor +in that where it is not (for how could a thing be +active in a spot where it does not so much as exist?); +therefore nothing moves.”Cf. § 245, iii. 7, and Adv. Gramm. 311, where this argument is ascribed to Diodorus the Megaric.

+

+‟Either the existent becomes or the non-existent; now the existent does +not become (for it exists); nor yet does the non-existent +(for the becoming is passive but the non-existent is not passive); +therefore nothing becomes.”In Adv. Log. i. 71 this argument is ascribed to Gorgias.

+

+‟Snow is frozen water; but water is black; therefore +snow is black.”Anaxagoras held this notion about snow, cf. i. 33.

+

And when he has made a collection of such trash +he draws his eyebrows together, and expounds +Dialectic and endeavours very solemnly to establish +for us by syllogistic proofs that a thing becomes, a +thing moves, snow is white, and we do not have +horns, although it is probably sufficient to confront +the trash with the plain fact in order to smash up +their positive affirmation by means of the equipollent +contradictory evidence derived from appearances. +Thus, in fact, a certain philosopher,Diogenes the Cynic (Diog. Laert. vi. 39); see iii. 66. Cf. Boswell’s story of how Dr. Johnson refuted Berkeley. when the +argument against motion was put to him, without a word +started to walk about; and people who follow the usual +way of life proceed on journeys by land and sea and +build ships and houses and beget children without paying +any attention to the arguments against motion +and becoming.

+

+And we are told of an amusing retort +made by the physician Herophilus:A famous anatomist of Cos, circa 300 b.c. For Diodorus Cronos cf. i. 234. he was a +contemporary of Diodorus who, being given to juggling +with dialectic, used to promulgate sophistical +arguments against motion as well as many other things. +So when Diodorus had dislocated his shoulder he +came to Herophilus to get treated, and the latter +jestingly said to him—‟Your shoulder has been put +out either in the place where it was or where it was +not; but it was put out neither where it was nor +where it was not; therefore it has not been put +out;” so that the Sophist begged him to leave such +arguments alone and apply the treatment prescribed +by medical art as suitable to his case.

+

+ForThis refers back to the end of § 244, § 245 being parenthetic. it is, I +think, sufficient to conduct one’s life empirically and +undogmatically in accordance with the rules and +beliefs that are commonly accepted, suspending judgement +regarding the statements derived from dogmatic +subtlety and furthest removed from the usage of +life.The traditional Sceptic attitude, cf. i. 15, 23 ff., etc. If, then, dialectic would fail to expose any of +the sophisms which might usefully be exposed, while +the exposure of all the sophisms which we might +perhaps grant it capable of exposing is useless, +then in respect of the exposure of sophisms dialectic +is useless.

+

+Starting even from the actual statements made by +the dialecticians one might show concisely in this wise +that their technical arguments about sophisms are +superfluous. The dialecticians assert that they have +resorted to the art of dialectic not simply for the sake +of ascertaining what is deduced from what but chiefly +for the sake of knowing how to discern the true and +the false by means of probative arguments. Thus +they declare that dialectic is ‟the science of what is +true and false and neither.”

+

+Since, then, they assert +that a true argument is one which draws a true +conclusion by means of true premisses,Cf. §§ 137 ff. when an +argument is propounded which has a false conclusion we +shall at once know that it is false and shall not yield +it assent. For the argument itself must either be +illogical or contain premisses that are not true.

+

+The following considerations show this clearly: The false +conclusion in the argument either follows from the +combination formed by its premisses, or it does not +so follow. But if it does not so follow, neither will +the argument be logically sound; for an argument, +they say, is logically sound when its conclusion follows +from the combination formed by its premisses. If, +again, it does so follow, then—according to their own +technical treatises—the combination formed by its +premisses must necessarily be false; for they say that +the false follows from the false and nohow from the true.Cf. Aristot. Anal. pr. ii. 2; Diog. Laert. vii. 81.

+

+And from what we have already saidCf. § 139. it is plain that +according to them the argument which is not logically +sound or not true is not probative either.

+

If, then, when an argument is propounded with a +false conclusion we know at once that the argument +is neither true nor logically sound, because of its false +conclusion, we shall not assent to it, even if we fail +to see wherein the fallacy lies. For just as we refuse +our assent to the truth of the tricks performed by +jugglers and know that they are deluding us, even +if we do not know how they do it, so likewise we +refuse to believe arguments which, though seemingly +plausible, are false, even when we do not know how +they are fallacious.

+

+Further, since the sophism leads, they say, not only +to falsehood but also to other absurdities, we must +discuss it more at large. The argument propounded +leads us either to an inadmissible conclusion or to one +of such a sort that we must needs admit it. In the +latter case we shall assent to it without absurdity; +but if it leads to what is inadmissible, it is not we that +ought to yield hasty assent to the absurdity because +of its plausibility, but it is they that ought to abstain +from the argument which constrains them to assent +to absurdities, if they really choose to seek truth, as +they profess, rather than drivel like children.

+

+Thus, suppose there were a road leading up to a chasm, we +do not push ourselves into the chasm just because there +is a road leading to it but we avoid the road because +of the chasm; so, in the same way, if there should be +an argument which leads us to a confessedly absurd +conclusion, we shall not assent to the absurdity just +because of the argument but avoid the argument +because of the absurdity.

+

+So whenever such an argument is propounded to us we shall suspend +judgement regarding each premiss, and when finally +the whole argument is propounded we shall draw +what conclusions we approve.

+

And if the Dogmatists of the School of Chrysippus +declare that when the ‟Sorites”The fallacy of the ‟Heap” (acervalis), so-called because commonly framed thus: ‟This is a heap of grain: take away one grain—two grains—three grains, and so on—is it still a heap?” Or ‟Does one grain make a heap? Or, if not, 2,3, . . . x grains?” The essence of the fallacy is that ‟aliquid minutatim et gradatim additur aut demitur” (Cicero, Lucull. 16). In modern Logic ‟Sorites” denotes a chain of syllogisms in which all the conclusions save the last are suppressed. is being propounded +they ought to halt while the argument is still proceeding +and suspend judgement, to avoid falling into absurdity, +much more, surely, would it be fitting for us, who are +Sceptics, when we suspect absurdity, to give no hasty +approval of the premisses propounded but rather to +suspend judgement about each until the completion +of the whole series which forms the argument.

+

+And whereas we, by starting undogmatically from the +observation of practical life, thus avoid these fallacious +arguments, the Dogmatists will not be in a position +to distinguish the Sophism from the argument which +seems to be correctly propounded, seeing that they +have to pronounce dogmatically that the form of the +argument is, or is not, logically sound and also that +the premisses are, or are not, true.

+

+For we have shown above that they are neither able to apprehend +the logically valid arguments nor yet capable of +deciding that a thing is true, since—as we have shown +from their own statements—they possess neither a +Criterion nor a Demonstration that commands general +agreement. Thus far, then, the technical treatment +of Sophisms so much talked of amongst the Dialecticians +is otiose.

+

+And we say much the same regarding the distinguishing +of ambiguities. For if the Ambiguity is a +word or phrase having two or more meanings, and it +is by conventionCf. § 214. that words have meaning, then all +such ambiguities as can be usefully cleared up—such, +that is, as occur in the course of some practical affair— +will be cleared up, not certainly by the dialectician, +but by the craftsmen trained in each several art, as +they have personal experience of the conventional +way adopted by themselves of using the terms to +denote the objects signified

+

+—as, for example, in the case of the ambiguity ‟In periods of abatement one +should sanction a varied diet and wine.”Cf. § 237. And in +the ordinary affairs of life we see already how people +—ay, and even the slave-boys—distinguish ambiguities +when they think such distinction is of use. +Certainly, if a master who had servants named alike +were to bid a boy called, say, ‟Manes” (supposing +this to be common name for a servant) to be summoned, +the slave-boy will ask ‟Which one?” And +if a man who had several different wines were to +say to his boy ‟Pour me out a draught of wine,” +then too the boy will ask ‟Which one?”

+

+Thus it is the experience of what is useful in each affair that +brings about the distinguishing of ambiguities.

+

All such ambiguities, however, as are not involved +in the practical experiences of life but in dogmatic +opinions, and are no doubt useless for a life void of +dogmatism,—concerning these the Dialectician, in +his own peculiar position,i.e. his special attitude, as a Dogmatist, towards ambiguities. will be similarly forced, +in view of the Sceptic attacks, to suspend judgement, +in so far as they are probably linked up with +matters that are non-evident and non-apprehensible, +or even non-substantial.

+

+This subject, however, we shall discuss later on; +No such discussion is to be found in the extant works of Sextus. +and if any Dogmatist should attempt to refute any of +our statements he will be strengthening the Sceptic +argument by adding support to their suspension of +judgement about the matters in question as a result +of our mutual antagonism and interminable dissension.

+

Having said thus much concerning ambiguities we +now conclude therewith our Second Book of Outlines.

+
+
+ +
+ +
+Chapter I.—Of The Physical Division +
+

In the Loeb edition of this text, this line appears before chapter one. For alignment purposes, it has been placed in Chatper 1 of Book 3.Concerning the logical division of what is called ‟Philosophy”For the Stoic division of ‟Philosophy” into three parts—logic, physics and ethics—see ii. 13. the foregoing account may suffice by way of outline.

+

Pursuing the same method of exposition in our +investigation of the Physical division of Philosophy, +we shall not refute each of their statements in order, +but we shall endeavour to overthrow those of a more +general characterCf. ii. 84. wherein the rest also are included.

+

Let us begin with their doctrine of Principles.‟Principles,” or ‟origins” (ἀρχαί) which are assumed to explain existence: fundamental realities: here used practically as a synonym for ‟Causes” (αἴτια).

+
+ +
+Chapter II.—Of Efficient Principles +
+

Since it is agreed by most that of Principles some +are material and some efficient, we shall make our +argument start with the efficient; for these, as they +assert, are superior to the material.

+
+ +
+Chapter III.—Concerning God +

+Since, then, the majority have declared that God +is a most efficient Cause, let us begin by inquiring +about God,Cf. Adv. Phys. i. 13 ff. It is argued here (1) that God is not ‟conceived,” §§ 2–5; nor (2) ‟apprehended,” §§ 6–11. Cf. § 218 infra. first premising that although, following +the ordinary view,Literally ‟life”; cf. i. 23 f. we affirm undogmatically that +Gods exist and reverence Gods and ascribe to them +foreknowledge, yet as against the rashness of the +Dogmatists we argue as follows.

+

When we conceive objects we ought to form +conceptions of their substances‟Substances” in the logical sense, as opposed to ‟properties.” as well, as, for instance, +whether they are corporeal or incorporeal. And also +of their forms; for no one could conceive ‟Horse” +unless he had first learnt the horse’s form. And +of course the object conceived must be conceived +as existing somewhere.

+

+Since, then, some of the Dogmatists assert that God is corporeal, others that +he is incorporeal, and some that he has human form, +others not, and some that he exists in space, others +not; and of those who assert that he is in space some +put him inside the world, others outside;The Stoics held God to be ‟corporeal,” not ‟of human form,” ‟inside the world”; the Epicureans, ‟corporeal,” ‟of human form,” ‟outside the world”; Aristotle, ‟incorporeal” and ‟not in space.” Cf. § 218 infra. how shall +we be able to reach a conception of God when we have +no agreement about his substance or his form or his +place of abode? Let them first agree and consent +together that God is of such and such a nature, and +then, when they have sketched out for us that nature, +let them require that we should form a conception of +God. But so long as they disagree interminably, we +cannot say what agreed notion we are to derive +from them.

+

+But, say they,i.e. the Stoics and Epicurus, cf. § 219 infra. when you have conceived of a Being +imperishable and blessed, regard this as God. But +this is foolish; for just as one who does not know Dion +is unable also to conceive the properties which belong +to him as Dion, so also when we do not know the +substance of God we shall also be unable to learn +and conceive his properties.

+

+And apart from this, let them tell us what a ‟blessed” thing is—whether it is +that which energizes according to virtue and foreknows +what is subject to itself, or that which is void +of energy and neither performs any work itself nor +provides work for another.The Epicurean Deity as contrasted with the Platonic and Stoic. Cf. Lucretius ii. 646 ff.: omnis enim per se divom natura necessest inmortali aevo summa cum pace fruatur semota ab nostris rebus seiunctaque longe. For indeed about this +also they disagree interminably and thus render +‟the blessed” something we cannot conceive, and +therefore God also.

+

+Further, in order to form a conception of God one +must necessarily—so far as depends on the Dogmatists +—suspend judgement as to his existence or +non-existence. For the existence of God is not +pre-evident.i.e. plainly manifest, self-evident, cf. i. 178. For if God impressed us automatically, +the Dogmatists would have agreed together regarding +his essence, his character, and his place; whereas +their interminable disagreement has made him seem +to us non-evident and needing demonstration.

+

+Now he that demonstrates the existence of God does so by +means of what is either pre-evident or non-evident. +Certainly not, then, by means of the pre-evident; +for if what demonstrates God’s existence were pre-evident, +then—since the thing proved is conceived +together with that which proves it, and therefore is +apprehended along with it as well, as we have +establishedCf. ii. 179, 128.—God’s existence also will be pre-evident, it +being apprehended along with the pre-evident fact +which proves it. But, as we have shown, it is not +pre-evident; therefore it is not proved, either, by a +pre-evident fact. Nor yet by what is non-evident.

+

+For if the non-evident fact which is capable of proving +God’s existence, needing proof as it does, shall be said +to be proved by means of a pre-evident fact, it will +no longer be non-evident but pre-evident. Therefore +the non-evident fact which proves his existence is not +proved by what is pre-evident. Nor yet by what is +non-evident; for he who asserts this will be driven +into circular reasoning when we keep demanding +proof every time for the non-evident fact which he +produces as proof of the one last propounded. +Consequently, the existence of God cannot be proved +from any other fact.

+

+But if God’s existence is neither +automatically pre-evident nor proved from another +fact, it will be inapprehensible.

+

There is this also to be said. He who affirms that +God exists either declares that he has, or that he has +not, forethought for the things in the universe, and +in the former case that such forethought is for all +things or for some things. But if he had forethought +for all, there would have been nothing bad and no +badness in the world; yet all things, they say, are full +of badness; hence it shall not be said that God forethinks +all things.

+

+If, again, he forethinks some, why +does he forethink these things and not those? For +either he has both the will and the power to forethink +all things, or else he has the will but not the power, or +the power but not the will, or neither the will nor the +power. But if he had had both the will and the +power he would have had forethought for all things; +but for the reasons stated above he does not forethink +all; therefore he has not both the will and the power +to forethink all. And if he has the will but not the +power, he is less strong than the cause which renders +him unable to forethink what he does not forethink:

+

+but it is contrary to our notion of God that he should +be weaker than anything. And if, again, he has the +power but not the will to have forethought for all, he +will be held to be malignant; while if he has neither +the will nor the powers he is both malignant and weak +—an impious thing to say about God. Therefore +God has no forethought for the things in the universe.

+

But if he exercises no forethought for anything, and +there exists no work nor product of his, no one will be +able to name the source of the apprehension of God’s +existence, inasmuch as he neither appears of himself +nor is apprehended by means of any of his products. +So for these reasons we cannot apprehend whether +God exists.

+

+And from this we further conclude that +those who positively affirm God’s existence are probably +compelled to be guilty of impiety; for if they +say that he forethinks all things they will be declaring +that God is the cause of what is evil, while if they say +that he forethinks some things or nothing they will +be forced to say that God is either malignant or weak, +and obviously this is to use impious language.

+
+ +
+Chapter IV.—Concerning Cause +

+To prevent the Dogmatists attempting also to +slander us,i.e. by charging us with atheism. because of their inability to refute us +in a practical way, we shall discuss the question of +the efficient Cause more at large when we have first +tried to give attention to the conception of Cause. +Now so far as the statements of the Dogmatists are +concerned, it would be impossible for anyone even to +conceive Cause, since, in addition to offering +discrepant and contradictory conceptions of Cause, they +have rendered its substance also indiscoverable by +their disagreement about it.

+

+For some affirm Cause +to be corporeal, others incorporeal.e.g. Plato’s ‟Ideas” and the Pythagorean ‟Numbers”; cf. § 32, Adv. Phys. i. 364. In the broad +sense, a Cause would seem to be, according to them, +‟That by whose energizing the effect comes about;”Cf. Plato, Cratyl. 413 a, Phileb. 26 e; Adv. Phys. i. 228. +as, for example, the sun or the sun’s heat is the cause +of the wax being melted or of the melting of the +wax. For even on this point they are at variance, +some declaring that Cause is causal of nouns, such as +‟the melting,” others of predicates, such as ‟being +melted.” Hence, as I said, in the broad sense Cause +will be ‟that by whose energizing the effect comes +about.”

+

+The majority of them hold that of these Causes +some are immediate,Cf. Adv. Phys. i. 1, 243. some associate, some co- +operant; and that causes are ‟immediate” when +their presence involves the presence, and their +removal the removal, and their decrease the decrease, +of the effect (it is thus, they say, that the fixing on +of the halter causes the strangling); and that an +‟associate” cause is one which contributes a force +equal to that of its fellow-cause towards the production +of the effect (it is thus, they say, that each of the +oxen which draw the plough is a cause of the drawing +of the plough); and that a ‟co-operant” cause is +one which contributes a slight force towards the easy +production of the effect, as in the case when two men +are lifting a heavy load with difficulty the assistance +of a third helps to lighten it.

+

+Some of them, however, have asserted further that +things present are causes of things future, being +‟antecedents;” as when intense exposure to the +sun causes fever. But this view is rejected by some, +on the ground that, since the Cause is relative to +something existent and to a real effect, it cannot +precede it as its cause.Cf. § 25 infra.

+

As regards this controversy, our position is as +follows:

+
+ +
+Chapter V.—Does Anything Cause Anything +

+That Cause exists is plausible; for how could +there come about increase, decrease, generation, +corruption, motion in general, each of the physical +and mental effects, the ordering of the whole universe, +and everything else, except by reason of some cause?To mark the distinction between αἴτιον and αἰτία, I render the former by ‟Cause,” the latter by ‟cause.” The latter seems used mostly of the particular instance, the former of the general notion; or (as in §§ 19, 23, 24) the former of the cause of existence, the latter of the cause of cognition. +For even if none of these things has real existence,Cf. Adv. Phys. i. 201. ‟These things,” being ‟appearances” (or phenomena), may not really exist in the form in which they ‟appear” to us: the ‟real” may differ from the ‟phenomenal,” but even so a ‟Cause” of that difference must be assumed. +we shall affirm that it is due to some cause that they +appear to us other than they really are.

+

+Moreover, if cause were non-existent everything would have been +produced by everything and at random. Horses, +for instance, might be born, perchance, of flies, +and elephants of ants; and there would have been +severe rains and snow in Egyptian Thebes, while the +southern districts would have had no rain, unless +there had been a cause which makes the southern +parts stormy, the eastern dry.

+

+Also, he who asserts that there is no Cause is refuted; for if he says that +he makes this assertion absolutely and without any +cause, he will not win credence; but if he says that +he makes it owing to some cause, he is positing +Cause while wishing to abolish it, since he offers us +a cause to prove the non-existence of Cause.

+

For these reasons, then, the existence of Cause is +plausible.

+

+But that it is also plausible to say that +nothing is the Cause of anything will be evident when +we have set forth, to suit the occasion, a few of the +many arguments which go to prove this case. Thus +it is, for example, impossible to conceive the Cause +before apprehending its effect as its effect; for we only +recognize that it is causative of the effect when we +apprehend the latter as an effect.

+

+But we cannot either apprehend the effect of the Cause as its effect +unless we apprehend the Cause of the effect as its +Cause; for we think we know that it is its effect only +when we have apprehended the Cause of it as its +Cause.

+

+If, then, in order to conceive the Cause, we +must first know the effect, while in order to know +the effect we must, as I said, have previous knowledge +of the Cause, the fallacy of this circular mode of +reasoning proves both to be inconceivable, the Cause +being incapable of being conceived as Cause, and the +effect as effect. For since each of them needs the +evidence of the other, we shall not be able to say +which conception is to have the precedence. Hence +we shall be unable to declare that anything is the +Cause of anything.

+

+And even were one to grant that Cause can be +conceived, it might be held to be inapprehensible +because of the divergency of opinion. For he who +says that there is some Cause of something either +asserts that he makes this statement absolutely and +without basing it on any rational cause, or else he will +declare that he has arrived at his conviction owing +to certain causes.Cf., for the following arguments, i. 164. If, then, he says that he states it +‟absolutely,” he will be no more worthy of credence +than the man who asserts ‟absolutely” that nothing +is a cause of anything; whereas if he shall mention +causes on account of which he holds that something +causes something, he will be attempting to support +the matter in question by means of that matter itself; +for when we are examining the question whether +anything is the Cause of anything, he asserts that +Cause exists since there exists a cause for the existence +of Cause.

+

+Besides, since we are inquiring about the +reality of Cause, it will certainly be necessary for him +to produce a cause for the cause of the existence of +Cause, and of that cause yet another, and so on ad +infinitum. But it is impossible to produce causes +infinite in number. It is impossible, therefore, to +affirm positively that anything is Cause of anything.

+

+Moreover, the Cause, when it produces the effect, +either is and subsists already as causal or is non-causal. +Certainly it is not non-causal; while if it is causal, it +must first have subsisted and become causal, and +thereafter produces the effect which is said to be +brought about by it as already existing Cause. But +since the Cause is relative and relative to the effect, +it is clear that it cannot be prior in existence to the +latter; therefore not even as being causal can the +Cause bring about that whereof it is Cause.

+

+And if it does not bring about anything either as being or as +not being causal, then it does not bring anything +about; and hence it will not be a Cause; for apart +from its effecting something the Cause cannot be +conceived as Cause.

+

Hence some people argue thus: The Cause must +either subsist along with its effect or before it or must +come into being after it. Now to say that the Cause +is brought into existence after the appearance of its +effect would seem ridiculous. But neither can it subsist +before the effect; for it is said to be conceived in relation +thereto, and they affirm that relatives,

+

+in so far as they are relative, co-exist with each other and are +conceived together. Nor, again, can it subsist along +with its effect; for if it is productive of the effect, +and what comes into existence must so come by the +agency of what exists already, the Cause must have +become causal first, and this done, then produces its +effect. If, then, the Cause neither subsists before its +effect, nor subsists along with it, nor does the effect +precede the Cause, it would seem that it has no +substantial existence at all.

+

+And it is clear probably that by these arguments the conception of Cause is +overthrown again. For if Cause as a relative notion +cannot be conceived before its effect, and yet, if it is +to be conceived as causative of its effect, it must be +conceived before its effect, while it is impossible for +anything to be conceived before that which the +conception of it cannot precede,—then it is impossible for +the Cause to be conceived.

+

+From all this we conclude finally that—if the +arguments by which it was shownCf. §§ 17 ff. that we ought to +affirm the existence of Cause are plausible, and if the +arguments which go to prove that it is improper to +declare that any Cause exists are likewise plausible, +and if it is inadmissible to prefer any of these arguments +to the others, since, as we have shown above,Cf. ii. 18, 104, 134 ff. +we confessedly possess neither sign nor criterion nor +proof,—we are compelled to suspend judgement concerning +the real existence of Cause, declaring that +a Cause is ‟no more” existent than non-existent, +if we are to judge by the statements made by the +Dogmatists.

+
+ +
+Chapter VI.—Concerning Material Principles +

+So far, then, as concerns the efficient Principle this +account will suffice for the present. But we must also +give a brief account of what are called the Material +Principles.With the following sections cf. Adv. Phys. i. 360 ff., ii. 310 ff.; and for the arguments employed, i. 164. Now that these are inapprehensible may +easily be gathered from the disagreement which +exists about them amongst the Dogmatists. For +Pherecydes of SyrosPherecydes, circa 650 b.c., was a semi-scientific cosmogonist; Oenopides was an astronomer and mathematician of the fifth century b.c.; Onomacritus was an Athenian religious poet, said to be the author of some of the Orphic hymns. For the other names see Introd. declared earth to be the +Principle of all things; Thales of Miletus, water; +Anaximander (his pupil), the Unlimited; Anaximenes +and Diogenes of Apollonia, air; Hippasus of +Metapontum, fire; Xenophanes of Colophon, earth +and water; Oenopides of Chios, fire and air; Hippo +of Rhegium, fire and water; Onomacritus, in his +Orphica, fire and water and earth;

+

+the School of Empedocles as well as the Stoics, fire, air, water and +earth—for why should one even mention that +mysterious ‟indeterminate matter” which some of +them talk about,For this ‟formless” or ‟unqualified” primary matter of the Stoics cf. Adv. Phys. i. 11, ii. 312. when not even they themselves +are positive that they apprehend it? Aristotle +the Peripatetic takes as his Principles fire, air, +water, earth, and the ‟revolving body;”i.e. the quinta essentia, aether (αἰθήρ fr. ἀεὶ θεῖν, ‟ever-speeding,” Plato, Cratyl. 410 b, Aristot. De Caelo i. 3).

+

+Democritus and Epicurus, atoms; Anaxagoras of Clazomenae, +homoeomeriesi.e. ‟things with like parts,” or ‟homogeneous substances,” is Aristotle’s name for Anaxagoras’s ‟seeds of things,” or material ‟elements”; cf. Introd. p. xi.; Diodorus, surnamed Cronos, minimal +and non-composite bodies; Heracleides Ponticus and +Asclepiades the Bithynian,Asclepiades (first century b.c.), a physician at Rome, held a theory of non-sensible, frangible ‟molecules” (ὄγκοι) of matter always in motion; by collision with one another these ‟molecules” break in pieces, and when re-united become objects of sense. homogeneous masses; +the School of Pythagoras, the numbers; the Mathematicians, +the limits of bodies; Strato the Physicist, +the qualities.

+

+Since, then, there exists amongst them as much +divergence as this, and even more, regarding the +Material Principles, we shall give assent either to all +the positions stated, and all others as well, or to some +of them. But to assent to all is not possible; for +we certainly shall not be able to assent both to +Asclepiades, who says that the elements can be +broken up and possess qualities, and to Democritus, +who asserts that they are indivisible and +void of quality, and to Anaxagoras, who leaves +every sensible quality attached to the homoeomeries.

+

+Yet if we shall prefer any one standpoint, or view, +to the rest, we shall be preferring it either +absolutely and without proof or with proof.For this form of argument cf. ii. 183. +Now without proof we shall not yield assent; and if it is to +be with proof, the proof must be true. But a true +proof can only be given when approved by a true +criterion, and a criterion is shown to be true by +means of an approved proof.

+

+If, then, in order to show the truth of the proof which prefers any +one view, its criterion must be proved, and to prove +the criterion in turn its proof must be pre-established, +the argument is found to be the circular one +which will not allow the reasoning to go forward, +since the proof keeps always requiring a proved +criterion, and the criterion an approved proof.

+

+And should any one propose to approve the criterion by a +criterion and to prove the proof by a proof, he will +be driven to a regress ad infinitum. Accordingly, if +we are unable to assent either to all the views +held about the elements or to any one of them, it is +proper to suspend judgement about them.

+

+Now though it is, perhaps, possible to show by +these arguments alone the inapprehensibility of the +elements and of the Material Principles, yet in order +that we may be able to refute the Dogmatists in a +more comprehensive manner we shall dwell on this +topic at appropriate length. And since the opinions +about the elements are, as we have shown, numerous +and well-nigh infinite, we will excuse ourselves— +because of the character of our present treatise— +from discussing each opinion in detail, but will make +answer to them all implicitly. For since the elements, +whatever view one takes of them, must be finally +regarded either as corporeal or incorporeal,A favourite classification of the Stoics, cf. Adv. Phys. ii. 218. we think +it enough to show that corporeal things are inapprehensible +and incorporeal things inapprehensible; for +thus it will be clear that the elements also are +inapprehensible.

+
+ +
+Chapter VII.—Are Bodies Apprehensible +

+Some say that Body is that which is capable of +being active or passive.This definition is ascribed to Pythagoras in Adv. Phys. i. 366. But so far as this conception +goes it is inapprehensible. For, as we have +shown, Cause is inapprehensible; and if we cannot +say whether any Cause exists, neither can we say +whether anything passive exists; for what is passive +is certainly made passive by a Cause. And when both +the Cause and the passive object are inapprehensible, +the result will be that Body also is inapprehensible.

+

+But some define Body as what has three dimensions +combined with resistance or solidity.Cf. ii. 30, Adv. Phys. i. 367, ii. 12. For they +describe the point as that which has no parts, the line +as length without breadth, the surface as length with +breadth; and when this takes on both depth and +resistance there is formed Body—the object of our +present discussion—it being composed of length and +breadth and depth and resistance.

+

+The answer, however, to these people is simple. For they will +say either that Body is nothing more than these +qualities, or that it is something else than the +combination of the qualities already mentioned. Now +apart from length and breadth and depth and solidity +the Body would be nothing; but if these things are +the Body, anyone who shall prove that they are +unreal will likewise abolish the Body; for wholes are +abolished along with the sum of their parts.

+

Now it is possible to disprove these dimensions in a +variety of ways; but for the present it will be enough +to say that if the LimitsIn geometry ‟Limits” (or ‟boundaries”) was used to denote the lines or surfaces by which any magnitude is ‟bounded.” exist, they are either lines +or surfaces or bodies.

+

+If, then, one should affirm the +existence of a surface or a line, then it will be affirmed +that each of the afore-mentioned objects either can +subsist of itself or is cognized solely in connexion +with so-called Bodies. But to imagine either a line +or a surface as existing of itself is doubtless silly. +While if it should be said that each of these objects +is cognized solely in connexion with the Bodies and +has no independent existence, it will thereby be +granted, in the first place, that the Bodies are not +generated from them (for if so, I suppose, these +objects ought to have had independent existence first, +and then have combined to form the Bodies);

+

+and further, they have no real existence even in the so-called Bodies.

+

This can be shown by several arguments, but for +the present it will suffice to mention the difficulties +which arise from the fact of touch.For arguments based on ‟touch,” or contact, cf. Adv. Phys. i. 258 ff., Adv. Geom. 34 ff. For if juxtaposed +Bodies touch one another they are in contact +with their Limits—for example, with their surfaces. +The surfaces, then, will not be completely unified one +with another as a result of touching, since otherwise +touch would be fusion and the separation of things +touching a rending apart; and this is not what we +find.

+

+And if the surface touches the surface of the +juxtaposed Body with some of its parts, and with +other parts is united with the Body of which it is a +limit, it will not be without depth, since its parts +are conceived as different in respect of depth, one +part touching the juxtaposed Body, the other being +that which effects its union with the Body whereof +it is a limit. Hence, even in connexion with Body +one cannot imagine length and breadth without +depth, nor, consequently, surface.

+

So likewise when two surfaces are, let us imagine, +juxtaposed along the limits where they come to an +end, by way of what is called their ‟length,” that is to +say by way of their ‟lines,” then these lines, by means +of which the surfaces are said to touch each other, +will not be unified (else they would be fused together); +yet if each of them touches the line which +lies next to it breadth-wise with some of its parts +and by others is united with the surface of which it +is a limit, it will not be without breadth, and, +consequently, it will not be a line. But if there exists +in Body neither line nor surface, neither length nor +breadth nor depth will exist in Body.

+

+And should anyone assert that the Limits are +bodies, he can be answered very shortly. For if +length is a body, it must needs be divided into its +three dimensions, and each of these, in turn, being a +body will be divided into three other dimensions, +which will be bodies, and these likewise into others, +and so on ad infinitum, so that the Body comes to be +of infinite size, being divided into an infinity of parts: +this result is absurd, and therefore the dimensions +aforesaid are not bodies. But if they are neither +bodies nor lines nor surfaces, they will be held to have +no existence.

+

+SolidityOr ‟resistance,” § 39; for this quality, as treated by Epicurus, cf. Adv. Phys. ii. 222. also is inapprehensible. For if it is +apprehended, it must be apprehended by touch. If, +then, we shall prove that touch is inapprehensible, it +will be clear that it is impossible for solidity to be +apprehended. That touch is inapprehensible we +argue as follows. Things which touch one another +either touch with their parts or as wholes touching +wholes. Now they certainly will not touch as wholes; +for then they will be unified instead of being in +contact with one another. Nor yet through parts +touching parts; for their parts, though in relation to +the wholes they are parts, are wholes in relation +to their parts.

+

+So these wholes, which are parts of +other things, will not touch as wholes touching wholes, +for the reasons aforesaid, nor yet through parts +touching parts; for their parts, too, being wholes +relatively to their own parts, will not be in contact +either as wholes with wholes or as parts with parts. +But if we apprehend the occurrence of touch neither +by way of wholeness nor by way of parts, touch will be +inapprehensible. And, consequently, solidity also; +and, therefore, Body; for if this is nothing more than +the three dimensions plus Solidity, and we have +proved that each of these is inapprehensible, Body +also will be inapprehensible.

+

Thus, then, if we are to judge by the conceptionCf.§ 38 of +Body, it is inapprehensible whether any body exists;

+

+and about this problem there is this also to be said. +Of existing things some, they say, are sensible, others +intelligible, and the latter are apprehended by the +reason, the former by the senses, and the senses are +‟simply-passive,”This means that each sense is specialized, so that it is capable of receiving only one kind of impression (e.g. the sight is affected by colour, but not by sound or solidity); cf. § 108. while the reason proceeds from +the apprehension of sensibles to the apprehension +of intelligibles. If then any body exists, it is either +sensible or intelligible. Now it is not sensible; for it +is supposed to be apprehended as a conglomeration of +length and depth and breadth and solidity and colour +and various other things, along with which it is +experienced; whereas, according to their statements, +the senses are ‟simply-passive.”

+

+And if Body is said to be intelligible, there must certainly be pre-existent +in the nature of things some sensible object from +which to derive the notion of bodies, they being +intelligible. But nothing exists save Body and the +Incorporeal, and of these the Incorporeal is essentially +intelligible,i.e. in the view of the Stoics, but not of the Sceptics, for the inapprehensibility of the ‟Incorporeal” is proved in § 50 ad fin. and Body, as we have shown, is not +sensible. Since, then, no sensible object exists in the +nature of things from which we can derive the notion +of Body, Body will not be intelligible either. And if +it is neither sensible nor intelligible, and besides these +nothing else exists, we must declare that, so far as this +argument goes, Body has no existence.

+

+Accordingly we, by thus opposing the arguments against Body to +the apparent existence of Body, infer suspension of +judgement concerning Body.

+

The inapprehensibility of Body involves also that +of the Incorporeal. For privations are conceived as +privations of states or faculties, as, for example, blindness +of sight, deafness of hearing, and similarly with +the rest. Hence, in order to apprehend a privation, +we must first have apprehended the state of which +the privation is said to be a privation; for if one had +no conception of sight one would not be able to assert +that this man does not possess sight, which is the +meaning of being blind.

+

+If then Incorporeality is the privation of Body, and when states are not apprehended +it is impossible for the privations of them to +be apprehended, and it has been proved that Body +is inapprehensible, Incorporeality also will be +inapprehensible. Moreover, it is either sensible or +intelligible. And if it is sensible, it is inapprehensible +because of the variance amongst animals and men, +the senses and the circumstances, and owing to the +admixtures and all the other things we have previously +described in our exposition of the Ten Tropes.Cf. i. 36 ff. If, +again, it is intelligible, since the apprehension of +sensibles, which is supposed to form the starting-point +from which we attain to the intelligibles,Cf. ii. 10. is not +immediately given, neither will the apprehension of +the intelligibles be given immediately, nor, +consequently, that of Incorporeality.

+

+Also, he who asserts that he apprehends the +Incorporeal will maintain that he apprehends it either +by sense or by means of reason. Certainly not by +sense, since it is supposed that the senses perceive +the sensibles by way of ‟impression” and ‟indentation,” +—take sight, for instance, whether it occur by +reason of the tension of a cone, or of the emissions and +immissions of images, or by effusions of rays or +colours;The first of these theories of vision is that of Chrysippus (a cone of light connecting eye with object), the second that of Democritus and Epicurus, the third that of Empedocles, Pythagoreans, Plato (Tim. 45 b) and Aristotle. and hearing too, whether it be the smitten +airCf. Plato, Tim. 67 b; Diog. Laert. vii. 158; ‟acoustic breath” is Stoic for the air within the ear. cf. ii. 70. or the parts of the sound that are carried round +the ears and smite the acoustic breath so as to effect +the perception of sound. Smells also impinge on the +nose and flavours on the tongue, and likewise objects +of touch on the sense of touch.

+

+But incorporeals are incapable of submitting to impression +of this kind, so that they could not be apprehended by sense.

+

Nor yet by means of reason. For if the reason +is ‟verbally expressible”For the Stoic theory of ‟expression” (λεκτόν) cf. ii. 81,104. Logos (‟reason” or ‟word”) is from the same stem as Lekton (‟what can be put into words” or ‟meaning”), which—as contrasted with ‟uttered words”—was termed by the Stoics ‟incorporeal.” and incorporeal, as the +Stoics assert, he who says that incorporeals are +apprehended by means of reason is begging the +question, For when our question is—‟Can an +incorporeal object be apprehended?” he assumes an +incorporeal object and then, by means of it alone, +claims to effect the apprehension of incorporeals. Yet +reason itself, if it is incorporeal, belongs to the class +of things which are in question.

+

+How, then, is one to prove that this particular incorporeal (I mean reason) +is previously apprehended? For if it is by means of +another incorporeal, we shall ask for the proof of its +apprehension also, and so on ad infinitum; whereas, if +it is by means of a body, the apprehension of bodies +is also in question; by what means, then, are we +to prove that the body which is assumed in order to +prove the apprehension of the incorporeal reason is +itself apprehended? If by means of a body, we are +plunged into infinite regress; while if we do so by +means of an incorporeal, we are wrecked on circular +reasoning. Reason, then, since it is incorporeal, +remaining thus inapprehensible, no one will be able to +say that by means of it the incorporeal is +apprehended.

+

+But if reason is a body, inasmuch as about bodies +also there is much controversy as to whether or not +they are apprehended, owing to what is called their +‟continual flux,”The Heracleitean doctrine, cf. i. 217 ff.; §§ 82, 115 infra. which gives rise to the view that +they do not admit of the title ‟this” and are non- +existent—just as PlatoCf. ii. 28. speaks of bodies as ‟becoming +but never being,”—I am perplexed as to how +this controversy about Body is to be settled, as I see +that it cannot be settled, because of the difficulties +stated a moment ago, either by a body or by an +incorporeal. Neither, then, is it possible to +apprehend the incorporeals by reason.

+

+And if they are neither objects of sense nor apprehended +by means of reason, they will not be apprehended at all.

+

If, then, it is impossible to be positive either +about the existence of Body or about the +Incorporeals, we must also suspend judgement +concerning the Elements, and possibly about the things +which lie behind the ElementsFor the four (or five) ‟elements” cf. §§ 30, 31; for ‟the things behind” them (from the point of view of cognition), i.e. primary bodies or stuff, cf. § 32. as well, seeing that +of these some are bodies, others incorporeals, and +both of these are matters of doubt. In fact, when +both the active and the material Principles, for these +reasons, call for suspense of judgement, the doctrine +of Principles is open to doubt.

+
+ +
+Chapter VIII.—Concerning Mixture +

+But, to pass over these problems, how do they +explain the production of the compounds from the +primary elements,i.e. the primary bodies out of which, as ‟elements,” the (four) so-called ‟elements” (earth, air, fire, water) were said by the Stoics to be compounded. when neither contact and touch +nor mixture or blendingFor ‟touch” cf. i. 50, 96, iii. 45–46. ‟Mixture” (of solids as well as fluids) is a wider term than ‟blending.” has any existence at all? +For that touch is nothing I showed a moment ago, +when I was discussing the subsistence of Body; and +that the method of Mixture is equally impossible on +their own showing, I shall briefly demonstrate. For +there is much argument about Mixture, and the rival +views held by the DogmatistsEspecially Aristotle (De gen. et corr. i. 10) and the Stoics. The following argument is against the latter. As Aristotle says. ‟mixture” effects some change, but not a total change, in the things mixed, which must be such as are capable of mutually affecting one another, and capable also of being easily decomposed into their constituent particles: he defines ‟mixture” as ‟the union of mixables which have undergone alteration.” on the problem propounded +are well-nigh endless; and hence we might +straightway infer, along with the indeterminable +controversy, the inapprehensibility of the problem. And +we shall for the moment, owing to the design of our +treatise, excuse ourselves from answering all their +views in detail, deeming that the following remarks +will amply suffice for the present.

+

+They declare that mixed things are composed of +substance and qualities. If so, one must declare +either that their substances are blendedHere ‟blend” is used merely as a synonym for ‟mix.” but not +their qualities, or their qualities blended but not their +substances any longer, or neither blended with the +other, or both unified with each other. But if neither +the qualities nor the substances are blended with one +another, Mixture will be inconceivable; for how will +a single sensation result from the things mixed if the +things mixed are blended with one another in none +of the ways stated above?

+

+And if it should be said that the qualities are simply juxtaposed and the +substances blended, even so the statement would be +absurd; for we do not perceive the qualities in the +mixtures as separate objects but as a single sense- +impression produced by the mixed things. And anyone +who should assert that the qualities are blended, +but the substances not, would be asserting the +impossible; for the reality of the qualities resides in +the substances, so that it would be ridiculous to +assert that the qualities by themselves, in separation +from the substances, are somehow blended with one +another, while the substances are left apart void of +quality.

+

+It only remains to say that both the qualities and +the substances of the mixed things permeate one +anotherChrysippus held that ‟mixture” is not effected by superficial ‟juxtaposition” but by the mutual ‟permeation” or ‟interpenetration” of the constituents of the mixture: ‟qualities” as well as substances he regarded as corporeal and thus capable of being ‟penetrated.” and by their blending produce Mixture. +But this is a more absurd view than any of the +foregoing; for such a mixture is impossible. Thus, for +example, if a cup of hemlock juice were blended with +ten cups of water, it will be said that the hemlock is +mixed in with all the water; for certainly if one were +to take even the least portion of the mixture he would +find it full of the potency of the hemlock.

+

+Yet if the hemlock is blended in with every particle of the water +and is distributed as a whole over the whole volume +of the water and through the mutual interpenetration +of both their substances and their qualities, so that +Mixture may in this way result; and if the things so +distributed over each other in every particle occupy +an equal space, so that they are equal to each other,— +then the cup of hemlock will be equal to the ten cups +of water, so that the blend must consist of twenty +cups or of only two, according to the assumption now +made as to the mode of Mixture. And if, again, a +cup of water were poured into the twenty cups, +then—according to the theory assumed—the quantity +is bound to be forty cups or, again, only two, since it +is admissible to conceive either the one cup as all +the twenty over which it is distributed, or the twenty +cups as the one with which they are equalized.

+

+And by thus pouring in a cup at a time and pursuing the +same argument it is possible to infer that the twenty +cups seen in the blend must be twenty thousand and +more, according to the theory of Mixture assumed, +and at the same time only two—a conclusion which +reaches the very height of incongruity. Wherefore +this theory of Mixture also is absurd.

+

+But if Mixture cannot come about by the mutual +blending either of the substances alone or of the +qualities alone or of both or of neither, and it is +impossible to conceive any other ways than these, +then the process of Mixture and of blending in +general is inconceivable. Hence, if the so-called +Elements are unable to form the compounds either +by way of contact through juxtaposition or by +mixture or blending, then, so far as this argument +goes, the physical theory of the Dogmatists is +inconceivable.

+
+ +
+Chapter IX.—Concerning Motion +

+In addition to the foregoing we might have dwelt +on the argument about the kinds of motion, since +this also might be held to render the physical theory +of the Dogmatists impossible. For the formation of +the compounds must certainly be due to some motion +both of the elements and of the efficient Principle. +If, then, we shall show that no one kind of motion is +generally agreed upon, it will be clear that, even if +all the assumptions mentioned above be granted, the +Dogmatists have elaborated their so-called ‟Physical +Doctrine” in vain.

+
+ +
+Chapter X.—Concerning Transient Motion +

+Now those who are reputed to have given the most +complete classification of Motion assert that six kinds +of it exist—local transition, physical change, increase, +decrease, becoming, perishing.Cf. Adv. Phys. ii. 37 ff.; Aristot. Phys. vii. 2, Categ. 15 a 13; Plato, Laws, x. 894. We, then, shall deal +with each of the aforesaid kinds of motion separately +beginning with local transition. According, then, to +the Dogmatists, this is the motion by which the moving +object passes on from place to place, either wholly +or partially—wholly as in the case of men walking, +partially as when a globe is moving round a central +axis, for while as a whole it remains in the same place, +its parts change their places.

+

+The main views held about motion are, I imagine, +three. It is assumed by ordinary peopleLit. ‟by life,” cf. i. 165, ii. 244. and by +some philosophers that motion exists, but by +Parmenides, Melissus and certain othersSuch as Zeno and Diodorus Cronos, cf. ii. 242. that it does +not exist; while the Sceptics have declared that it is +‟no more” existent than non-existent; for so far as +the evidence of phenomena goes it seems that motion +exists, whereas to judge by the philosophic argument +it would seem not to exist. So when we have +exposed the contradiction which lies between those +who believe in the existence of motion and those who +maintain that motion is naught, if we shall find the +counter-arguments of equal weight,Cf. i. 26 for ‟equipollence” as leading to Sceptic ‟suspension.” we shall be +compelled to declare that, so far as these arguments +go, motion is ‟no more” existent than non-existent.

+

+We shall begin with those who affirm its real +existence.

+

These base their view mainly on ‟evidence.”i.e. what is plainly obvious, cf. § 266. If, +say they, motion does not exist, how does the sun +move from east to west, and how does it produce the +seasons of the year, which are brought about by its +approximations to us and its recessions from us? Or +how do ships put out from harbours and cast anchor +in other harbours very far distant from the first?, And +in what fashion does the denier of motion proceed +from his house and return to it again? These facts +are perfectly incontestable. Consequently, when one +of the CynicsCf. ii. 244. had an argument against motion put +to him, he made no reply but stood up and began +to walk, thus demonstrating by his action and by +‟evidence” that motion is capable of real existence.

+

So these men attempt in this way to put to shame +those who hold the contrary opinion;

+

+but those who deny the existence of motion allege such arguments +as these: If a thing is moved, it is moved either +by itself or by another thing. But if it is moved by +another, it will be moved either causelessly or owing +to some cause. Nothing, they assert, is moved +causelessly; but if it is moved owing to some cause, +the cause owing to which it moves will be what +makes it move, and thus we are involved in an +infinite regress, according to the criticism stated a +little while ago.

+

+Moreover, if the movent thing +is active, and what is active is moved, that movent +thing will need another movent thing, and the +second a third, and so on ad infinitum, so that the +motion comes to have no beginning; which is absurd. +Therefore the thing that moves is not always moved +by another. Nor yet by itself. Since every movent +causes motion either by pushing forward or by drawing +after or by pushing up or by thrusting down, what +is self-movent must move itself in one of the aforesaid +ways.

+

+But if it moves itself propulsively, it will be +behind itself; and if by pulling after, it will be in +front of itself; and if by pushing up, it will be below +itself; and if by thrusting down, it will be above +itself. But it is impossible for anything to be above +or before or beneath or behind its own self; therefore +it is impossible for anything to be moved by itself. +But if nothing is moved either by itself or by another, +then nothing is moved at all.

+

+And if anyone should seek refuge in the notions +of ‟impulse” and ‟purpose” we must remind him of +the controversy about ‟what is in our power,”An Aristotelian phrase: freedom of choice was denied by fatalists, such as Democritus and the Stoics. and +how it is still unsettled, since hitherto we have failed +to find a criterion of truth.Cf. ii. 18 ff.

+

+Further, there is this also to be said. If a thing +moves, it moves either in the place where it is or in +that where it is not. But it does not move in the +place where it is, for if it is in it, it remains in it; +nor yet does it move in the place where it is not; +for where a thing is not, there it can neither effect +nor suffer anything. Therefore nothing moves. This +argument is, in fact, that of Diodorus Cronos,Cf. ii. 245. but it +has been the subject of many attacks, of which we +shall describe, owing to the character of our treatise, +only the more formidable, together with a judgement +of their value, as it seems to us.

+

+Some, then, assert that a thing can move in +the place where it is; at any rate the globes which +revolve round their axes move while remaining in the +same place.Cf. Adv. Phys. ii. 93, 103. Against these men we should transfer +the argument which applies to each of the parts of the +globe, and, reminding them that, to judge by this +argument, it does not move even in respect of its +parts, draw the conclusion that nothing moves in the +place where it is.

+

+And we shall take the same course +in replying to those who declare that the moving +thing occupies two places, that wherein it is and that +whereto it shifts. For we shall ask them when the +moving object shifts from the place wherein it is to +the other place—whether while it is in the first place +or while it is in the second. But when it is in the first +place it does not pass over into the second, for it is +still in the first; and when it is not in this, it is not +passing from it.

+

+And besides, the question is being begged; for where it is not, +there it cannot be active.For surely no one will allow that +any object to which he does not grant motion at all can shift to any place.

+

+Some, however, make this statement: Place is +used in two senses, the broad sense, as for example +‟my house,” and the exact sense,Cf. §§ 119, 131. ‟Place” in the ‟exact” or narrow sense means the precise portion of space occupied by an object, as distinguished from ‟place” in the ‟broad” or ‟extended” sense in which it includes surrounding portions of space. The latter sense of ‟place” was adopted in order to make ‟motion in place” feasible; but Sextus argues that it fails to do so. as for instance +‟the air which enfolds the surface of my body.” So +the moving object is said to move in place, ‟place” +being used not in the exact sense but in the +broad sense. To these we can reply by dividing up +‟place” in the broad sense, and saying that in one +part of it the body said to be moved properly exists, +this being its own ‟place” in the exact sense, and in +the other part it does not exist, this being the remaining +portions of ‟place” in the extended sense; next +we shall argue that an object can move neither in +the place where it is nor in that where it is not, and +so conclude that nothing can move even in what is +perversely termed ‟place” in the broad sense; for +this is composed of the place wherein it is in the exact +sense and the place wherein it is not, and it has been +proved that a thing cannot move in either of these.

+

+We should also propound the following argument.The following sections, 76–80, criticize two kinds of motion, (1) successive motion, by which the moving body occupies the first part of the intervening space first with its own first part, next with its second part, and so on till all its parts have passed through all the parts of the ‟interval.” (Here it is assumed that both the moving body and the spatial distance, or ‟interval,” are divisible; but, argues Sextus, whether they are infinitely divisible or divisible only into a limited number of indivisible parts, in either case motion is found to be impossible.) (2) Momentaneous motion (§§ 78–79), by which the moving body passes into the whole of the interval in a single moment of time. +If a thing moves it moves either by way of orderly, +or gradual, progression or by occupying the divisible +interval all at once; but in neither of these ways can +a thing move, as we shall prove; so that it does not +move at all.

+

Now that a thing can not move in orderly progression +is plain on the face of it. For if bodies, and also +the places and the times in which the bodies are said +to move, are divided to infinity, motion will not occur, +it being impossible to discover amongst the infinite +any first thing wherefrom the object said to move will +derive its initial movement.

+

+And if the aforesaid objects are reducible to atomic parts, and each of the +moving things passes equally in an atomic period of +time with its own first atom into the first atomic point +of space, then all moving things are of equal velocity +—the speediest horse, for instance, and the tortoise;Cf, the Eleatic puzzle of ‟Achilles” (and the tortoise); cf. Aristot. Phys. vi. 9. +which is a result even more absurd than the former. +Therefore motion does not take place by way of +orderly progression.

+

Nor yet by way of immediate occupation of the divisible interval.

+

+For if one ought, as they declare, +to take the apparent as evidence for the non-apparent, +since, in order to complete the distance of a stade +a man must first complete the first portion of the +stade, and secondly the second portion, and so on with +the rest, so likewise everything that moves ought to +move by way of orderly progression; for surely if we +should assert that the moving thing passes all at once +through all the portions of the place wherein it is +said to move, it will be in all the portions thereof at +once, and if one portion of the place through which it +has its motion should be cold, another hot, or, mayhap, +one black, another white, so as to be able also to +colour things in contact,—then the moving thing will +be at once hot and cold and black and white, which is +absurd.

+

+Next let them tell us how much space the +moving thing passes through all at once. For if they +shall assert that it is limitless, they will be granting +that a thing moves through the whole of the earth all +at once; while if they shirk this conclusion, let them +define for us the extent of the space. But, on the one +hand, the attempt to define precisely the space or +interval beyond which the thing moving all at once +will be unable to advance so much as a hair’s-breadth +is probably not merely presumptuous and rash or even +ridiculous, but plunges us again into the original +difficulty;Cf. § 77. This is further explained in Adv. Phys. i. 154: ‟If all is indivisible (time, bodies, and space), all moving bodies will be of equal velocity (e.g. the sun and the tortoise), since an indivisible interval is completed by all alike in an indivisible moment of time.” In this § 79 the difficulties as regards the quantity of space passed through by the moving body on the momentaneous theory are exposed: it must be conceived either as (1) unlimited or (2) precisely limited, or (3) small, but not precisely limited; but all these views lead to absurdities. for all things will be of equal velocity, +if each of them alike has its transitional movements +over definite intervals of space.

+

+And if, on the other go hand, they shall assert that the moving thing moves +all at once through a space that is small but not +precisely determined, it will be open to us to adopt +the sorites argumentCf. ii. 253. and keep constantly adding a +hair’s-breadth of space to the breadth assumed. And +if, then, they shall make a halt anywhere while we +are pursuing this argument, they will be reverting to +the monstrous theory of precise definition as before; +while if they shall assent to the process of addition, +we shall force them to grant that a thing can move +all at once through the whole of the earth. +Consequently, objects said to be in motion do not move +by occupying a divisible interval all at once.

+

+But if a thing moves neither thus instantaneously nor by +way of gradual progression, it does not move at all.

+

These, and yet more than these, are the arguments +used by those who reject transient motion. But we, +being unable to refute either these arguments or the +apparent facts on which the view of the reality of +motion is based, suspend our judgement—in view +of the contradiction between appearances and +arguments—regarding the question as to the existence +or non-existence of motion.

+
+ +
+Chapter XI.—Concerning Increase And Decrease +

+Employing the same reasoning we suspend judgement +also concerning both increase and decrease. +For the outward evidenceCf. § 66. seems to support their +reality, which the arguments seem to refute. For +just consider: That which increases must grow in +size as a stable substance, so that it will be false +for anyone to say that one thing increases when an +addition is made to another. Since then substancei.e. material substance, which Heracleitus and Plato said was ‟in flux,” cf. i. 217 ff., ii. 28. is +never stable but always in flux, one part supplanting +another, the thing said to have increased does not +retain its former substance together with the added +substance but has its substance all different.

+

+Just as if, for example, when there is a beam three cubits +long a man should bring another of ten cubits and +declare that the beam of three cubits had increased, he +would be lying because the one is wholly different from +the other; so too in the case of every object which is +said to increase, as the former matter flows away and +fresh matter enters in its place, if what is said to be +added is added, one should not call such a condition +increase but complete alteration.

+

+The same argument applies also to decrease.Cf. Adv. Phys. i. 277 ff. For +how could that which has no stable existence be said +to have decreased? Besides, if decrease takes place +by way of subtraction, and increase by addition, and +neither subtraction nor addition is anything, then +neither decrease nor increase is anything.

+
+ +
+Chapter XII.—Concerning Subtraction And Addition +

+That subtractionCf. Adv. Phys. i. 297 ff. is nothing they argue thus: If +anything is subtracted from anything, either equal +is subtracted from equal, or greater from less, or +less from greater. But in none of these ways does +subtraction take place, as we shall show; therefore +subtraction is impossible.

+

That subtraction takes place in none of these ways +is plain from what follows: What is subtracted from +anything ought, before its subtraction, to be included +in that from which it is subtracted.

+

+But the equal is not included in the equal—six, for instance, +in six; for what includes must be greater than what +is included, and that from which the subtraction is +made than what is subtracted, in order that there +may be some remainder after the subtraction; for +it is this which is held to distinguish subtraction +from complete removal. Nor is the greater included +in the less—six, for instance, in five; for that is +irrational.

+

+And for this reason, neither is the less +included in the greater. For if five is included in six, +as less in greater, four will be included in five, three +in four, two in three, and one in two. Therefore six +will contain five, four, three, two, and one, which +when put together form the number fifteen, and +this we conclude is included in six, if it be granted +that the less is included in the greater. So likewise +in the fifteen which is included in the six there is +included the number thirty-five,The addition of the numbers 1 . . . 5 gives 15; of 1 . . . 4, 10; of 1 . . . 3, 6; of 1 and 2, 3; so we get the total 35 = 15+10+6+3+1; cf. Adu. Phys. i. 304 ff. But perhaps we should read 105 for 35 (ἑκατόν for τριάκοντα), as 1 . . . 14 = 105. and so on, step by +step, to infinity. But it is absurd to say that infinite +numbers are included in the number six; and so it is +also absurd to say that less is included in greater.

+

+If, then, what is subtracted from a thing must be +included in that from which it is to be subtracted, +and neither equal is included in equal, nor greater +in less, nor less in greater, then nothing is subtracted +from anything.

+

Again, if anything is subtracted from anything, it +is either a whole subtracted from a whole, or a part +from a part, or a whole from a part, or a part from +a whole.

+

+But to say that a whole is subtracted +from either a whole or a part is plainly nonsense. It +remains, then, to say that a part is subtracted either +from a whole or from a part; which is absurd. Thus +for example—basing our argument on numbers for +the sake of clearness—let us take ten and suppose +that from it one is subtracted. This one, then, cannot +be subtracted either from the whole ten or from the +remaining part of the ten, as I shall show; therefore +it is not subtracted at all.In what follows it is argued (§§ 90, 91) that 1 cannot be subtracted from a ‟whole 10,” 10 being ten ones, so that the subtracted 1 must be subtracted from each of those ones, including itself, and thus 10–1 = 0. Further, as the number 1 (the ‟monad”) is indivisible, it does not admit of subtraction: and the 1 to be subtracted must fall into 10 parts, and thus be itself a 10, if it is subtracted 10 separate times from the units of the 10.

+

+For if the one is subtracted from the whole ten, +since the ten is neither something other than the +ten ones nor one of the ones, but the aggregate of +the ones, the one ought to be subtracted from each +of the ones in order to be subtracted from the whole +ten. Now from a one, above all, nothing can be +subtracted; for the ones are indivisible, and on this +account the one will not be subtracted from the ten +in this way.

+

+And even were we to grant that the +one is subtracted from each of the ones, the one will +contain ten parts, and as containing ten parts it will +beaten. And further, since ten other parts remain, +after the subtraction of the ten parts of the so-called +one, the ten will be twenty. But it is absurd to say +that the one is ten and the ten twenty, and to divide +what, according to them, is indivisible.i.e. the Dogmatists, who assumed the indivisibility of the ‟one.” In the next sections (92–93) it is shown that ‟a part cannot be subtracted from a part,” i.e., in the case of the ‟Decad,” you cannot subtract 1 from 9: for 10–1 still leaves an ‟entire” 9; and if 9 = 9 x 1, and 1 is subtracted from each of the 9 ones, the subtracted 1 will be 1 x 9; and the same applies to subtraction of 1 from other ‟parts” of the ‟Decad” (8, 7, 6, etc.), of which the last is 1, which, as indivisible, does not admit of subtraction. Wherefore +it is absurd to say that the one is subtracted from the +whole ten.

+

+Neither is the one subtracted from the remaining +nine; for that from which anything is subtracted +does not remain entire, but the nine does remain +entire after the subtraction of that one. Besides, +since the nine is nothing more than the nine ones, if +it should be said that the one is subtracted from the +whole nine, the sum subtracted will be nine, or if +from a part of it, then in case it be eight the same +absurd results will follow, while if the subtraction is +made from the last one, they will be affirming the +divisibility of the one, which is absurd.

+

+So then, neither from the nine is the one subtracted. But if +it is neither subtracted from the whole ten nor from +a part of it, no part can be subtracted from either a +whole or a part. If, then, nothing is subtracted either +as whole from whole or as part from whole, nor as +whole from part or as part from part, then nothing +is subtracted from anything.

+

+Moreover, addition is regarded by themi.e. the Sceptics. as one of +the impossibles. For, they say, that which is added +is added either to itself or to what pre-exists or to +the compound of both; but none of these alternatives +is sound; therefore nothing is added to anything. +Suppose, for instance, a measure of four cups,Cf. § 59. and +add to this a cup. To what, I ask, is it added? for +it cannot be added to itself, since what is added must +be other than that whereto it is added, but nothing +is other than itself.

+

+Neither is it added to the compound +of the four cups and the one cup; for how +could anything be added to what does not yet exist? +Besides, if the added cup is blended with the four +cups and the one cup, six cups will be the measure +resulting from the four cups and the one cup and +the added cup.

+

+And if the, cup is added to the four +cups alone, since that which is extended over +anything is equal to that over which it extends, the cup +which extends over the measure of four cups will +double the four cups so that the whole measure +becomes eight cups—a result contrary to experience. +If, then, what is said to be added is neither added to +itself nor to what pre-exists nor to the compound of +these, and besides these there are no other +alternatives, then there is no addition of anything to +anything.

+
+ +
+Chapter XIII.—Concerning Transposition +

+Together with the existence of addition and subtraction +and local motion transposition also is +abolished,Lit. ‟is cancelled,” cf. i. 13. for this is subtraction from a thing and +addition to a thing by way of transition.

+
+ +
+Chapter XIV.—Concerning Whole And Part +

+So too with both whole and part.Cf. ii. 215 ff., Adv. Phys. i. 330 ff. For the whole +is held to come about by the combination and addition +of the parts, and to cease from being a whole by the +subtraction of one or more parts. Besides, if a whole +exists, it is either other than its partsThe view of Epicurus; the Stoics said that the whole is neither the same as its parts nor different. or its parts +themselves form the whole.

+

+Now it is apparent that the whole is nothing other than its parts; for certainly +when the parts are removed there is nothing left, so +as to enable us to account the whole as something else +besides its parts. But if the parts themselves form +the whole, the whole will be merely a name and an +empty title,Cf. ii. 214, 227. and it will have no individual existence, +just as separationCf Adv. Phys. i. 344 f., ii. 27. also is nothing apart from the +things separated, or laying beams apart from the +beams laid. Therefore no whole exists.

+

+Nor yet parts. For if parts exist, either they are +parts of the whole, or of one another, or each one of +itself. But they are not parts of the whole, since it +is nothing else than its parts (and besides, the parts +will on this assumption be parts of themselves, since +each of the parts is said to be complementary to the +whole); nor yet of one another, since the part is said +to be includedCf. §§ 86 ff. supra. The notion of ‟part” involves that of a ‟whole” which ‟includes” it, and of which it is ‟part.” in that whereof it is part, and it is +absurd to assert that, say, the hand is included in +the foot.

+

+Neither will each be a part of itself; for, +because of the inclusion, it will be both greater and +less than itself. If, then, the so-called parts are parts +neither of the whole nor of themselves nor of one +another, they are parts of nothing. But if they are +parts of nothing, parts have no existence; for co- +relatives are annulled together.‟Part” and ‟whole” are ‟co-relative” notions, each implying the other, and relative things are ‟apprehended together,” the presence, or absence, of the one involving that of the other, cf. ii. 125, 175.

+

Let thus much be said, then, of a general character, +by way of digression, seeing that once already we +have dealt with the subject of whole and part.

+
+ +
+Chapter XV.—Concerning Physical Change +

+Some, too, maintain that what is called ‟physical +change” is non-real, and the arguments they employ +are such as these:With this section cf. §§ 38 ff., 49 and 64 where ‟physical change” is distinguished from ‟local transition” and other kinds of ‟motion.” If a thing changes, what changes +is either corporeal or incorporeal; but each of these +is matter of dispute; therefore the theory of change +will also be disputable.

+

+If a thing changes, it changes through certain actions of a CauseCf. §§ 17 ff. and by being +acted upon. But it does not change by being acted +upon, for the reality of Cause is refuted, and therewith +is refuted also the object which is acted upon, as +it has no agent to act upon it.

+

+Therefore nothing changes at all. If a thing changes, either what is +changes or what is not.With §§ 104–105 cf. 109 ff. Now what is not is unreal +and can neither act nor be acted upon at all, so that +it does not admit of change either. And if what is +changes, it changes either in so far as it is in being or +in so far as it is not in being.

+

+Now in so far as it is not in being it does not change, for it is not even +existent; while if it changes in so far as it is existent, +it will be other than existent, which means that it +will be non-existent. But it is absurd to say that the +existent becomes non-existent; therefore the existent +does not change either. And if neither the existent +nor the non-existent changes, and besides these there +is nothing else, it only remains to say that nothing +changes.

+

+Some also argue thus:Cf. §§ 144 ff.; Aristot. Phys. vi. 6. That which changes must +change in a certain time; but nothing changes either +in the past or in the future, nor yet in the present, as +we shall prove; nothing therefore changes. Nothing +changes in the past or in the future, for neither +of these times is present, and it is impossible to do +or suffer anything in time that is not existent and +present. Nor yet in time present.

+

+For the present time is probably also unreal,This is shown later, in §§ 144–145. and—even if we set +aside this point—it is indivisible; and it is impossible +to suppose that in an indivisible moment of +time iron, say, changes from hard to soft, or any one +of all the other changes takes place; for they appear +to require extension in time. If, then, nothing +changes either in the past or in the future or in the +present, we must declare that nothing changes at all.

+

+Further, if change exists at all it is either sensible +or intelligible; but it is not sensible, since the senses +are specialized,Lit. ‟simply passive,” i.e. each sense perceives only one class of objects, cf. § 47 supra. whereas change is thought to possess +‟concurrent recollection”A peculiar Stoic expression, cf. Adv. Phys. i. 353 ff., ii. 64. both of that from which +it changes and that into which it is said to change. +And if it is intelligible, then, since (as we have +frequently pointed out alreadyCf. ii. 57 ff., i. 170.) there exists among +the ancients an unsettled controversy as to the reality +of intelligibles, we shall also be unable to make any +assertion about the reality of change.

+
+ +
+Chapter XVI.—Concerning Becoming And Perishing +

+Both becoming and perishing are included in the +refutation of addition and subtraction and physical +change; for apart from these nothing would become +or perish. Thus, for instance, it is as a result of +the perishing of the ten, as they say, that the nine +becomes by the subtraction of one, and the ten from +the perishing of the nine by the addition of one; +and rust becomes from the perishing of bronze by +means of change. Hence, if the aforesaid motions +are abolished it is likely that becoming and perishing +are also necessarily abolished.

+

+Yet none the less some argue also as follows:Cf. Adv. Phys. i. 269, ii. 346 ff. +If Socrates was born, Socrates became either when +Socrates existed not or when Socrates already existed; +but if he shall be said to have become when he already +existed, he will have become twice; and if when he +did not exist, Socrates was both existent and non- +existent at the same time—existent through having +become, non-existent by hypothesis.

+

+And if Socrates died, he died either when he lived or when he died. +Now he did not die when he lived, since he would +have been at once both alive and dead; nor yet +when he died, since he would have been dead twice. +Therefore Socrates did not die. And by applying +this argument in turn to each of the things said to +become or perish it is possible to abolish becoming +and perishing.

+

+Some also argue thus:Cf. Adv. Phys. ii. 326 ff.; Aristot. Phys. i. 8. If a thing becomes, +either the existent becomes or the non-existent. +But the non-existent does not become; for to the +non-existent nothing can occur; neither, therefore, +can becoming occur. Nor does the existent become. +For if the existent becomes, it becomes either in so +far as it is existent or in so far as it is non-existent. +Now in so far as it is non-existent it does not become. +But if it becomes in so far as it is existent, then, since +they assert that what becomes becomes other from +other,i.e. it is (‟other” or) different after it has ‟become” from what it was before it ‟became”: ‟becoming” involves a change of nature or character in the thing which undergoes the process. what becomes will be other than the existent, +and that is non-existent. Therefore what becomes +will be non-existent, which is nonsense.

+

+If, then, neither the non-existent becomes nor the existent, +nothing becomes at all.

+

For the same reasons, neither does anything +perish.Cf. Adv. Phys. ii. 344 f. For if anything perishes, it is either the +existent that perishes or the non-existent. Now the +non-existent does not perish, for what perishes must +be a subject of action. Nor yet does the existent +perish. For it must perish either while continuing in +existence or while not so continuing. And if it be +while continuing in existence, it will be at one and the +same time both existent and non-existent;

+

+for since it does not perish in so far as it is non-existent but +in so far as it is existent, it will be other than the +existent and therefore non-existent in so far as it is +said to have perished, whereas in so far as it is said to +perish while continuing in existence it will be existent. +But it is absurd to say that the same thing is both +existent and non-existent; therefore the existent does +not perish while continuing in existence. And if the +existent does not perish while continuing in existence +but passes first into non-existence and then in this +way perishes, it is no longer the existent that perishes +but the non-existent; and this we have shown to be +impossible. If, then, neither the existent perishes nor +the non-existent, and besides these there is nothing +else, nothing perishes at all.

+

This account of the motionsCf. § 64. will suffice by way +of outline, and therefrom it follows that the Physical +Science of the Dogmatists is unreal and inconceivable.

+
+ +
+Chapter XVII.—Concerning Rest +

+In like manner some have doubted about physical +rest,i.e. ‟rest” as the opposite of motion in general, not of locomotion only (as in the Stoic use of the term); cf. Adv. Phys. ii. 245 ff. say ing that what is in motion is not at rest, but +every body i is constantly in motion according to the +views of the Dogmatists who assert that Being is in +fluxCf. §§ 51, 54 supra. and always undergoing effluxes and additions— +just as Plato does not even speak of bodies as ‟being” +but rather calls them ‟becoming,” and Heracleitus +compares the mobility of our matteri.e. ‟matter” (in the ordinary sense) of ‟our” physical universe, as distinct from any logical or metaphysical use of the term. to the swift +current of a river. Therefore no body is at rest.

+

+What is said to be at rest is, in fact, held to be embraced +by the things which surround it, and what is embraced +is acted upon; but nothing acted upon exists, since +no causal activity exists, as we have shown;Cf. §§ 13 ff., 103 supra. therefore +nothing is at rest.

+

Some, too, propound this argument: What is at +rest is acted upon; but what is acted upon is in +motion; therefore what is said to be at rest is in +motion; but if it is in motion, it is not at rest.

+

+And from this it is evident that neither does the incorporeal +admit of being at rest. For if what is at rest is acted +upon, and being acted upon is a property, if anything, +of bodies and not of incorporeals, no incorporeal +can either be acted upon or be at rest; therefore +nothing is at rest.

+

+So much for the subject of rest. And since no one +of the things we have mentioned is conceived apart +from space or time, we must pass on to consider these; +for if one should prove these to be unreal, then, +because of them, each of the others also will be +unreal. Let us begin with space.

+
+ +
+Chapter XVIII.—Concerning Space +

+Space, or place, then, is used in two senses,Cf. § 75 supra for this distinction between the ‟broad” and narrow or ‟strict” senses of ‟place.” In §§ 121–120 we have the popular arguments for space based on (1) observed facts as to ‟the parts of space,” and the movement of bodies in space; and (2) traditional language, which assumes the existence of space; (3) if body exists, space must also exist. the +strict and the loose—loosely of place taken broadly +(as ‟my city”), and strictly of exactly containing +place whereby we are exactly enclosed. Our inquiry, +then, is concerned with space of the strict kind. This +somee.g. the Stoics and Peripatetics, cf. §§ 124, 131. have affirmed, others denied; and others have +suspended judgement about it.

+

+And of these, those who maintain its existence have recourse to the +evidence of experience.Cf. Aristot. Phys. iv. 1. Who, they argue, could +assert that space does not exist when he sees the parts +of space, such as right and left, up and down, before +and behind; and when he is now here, now there, +and sees that where my teacherHerodotus of Tarsus, cf. Introd. pp. xl f. was talking there +I am talking now; and when he observes that the +place of things naturally light is different from that of +things naturally heavy;

+

+and when, also, he hears the +ancients declaring that ‟Verily first of all came Chaos +into existence”Hesiod, Theog. 118. For space, they say, is called Chaos +from its capacity for containing‟Chaos” is here absurdly derived from χώρα, ‟room” (the Stoics connected it with χεῖν, ‟to pour”). It means, in fact, a ‟cavity” or abyss (from χάσκειν, ‟to yawn”). what becomes within +it. Then, too, if any body exists, space also exists; +for without it body would not exist. And if ‟that-by- +which” exists, and ‟that-from-which,”‟By which” is the ‟efficient,” ‟from which” the ‟material” cause: the Stoics regarded both these as ‟bodies,” and so involving the existence of space. there exists; +also ‟that-in-which,” and this is space; but the first +is in each of the two, therefore the second is in both.For the Stoic use of ‟first” and ‟second” in hypothetical syllogisms cf. ii. 104, 142. In the next sections (122–123) the arguments of the previous sections (120–121) are rebutted: (1) the ‟parts of space” are identical with space and in asserting their existence we are merely ‟begging the question”: (2) the reality of ‟body,” or solid matter, as well as of the ‟efficient” and ‟material” causes, is likewise pure assumption. In §§ 124–130 the special views of the Stoics are expounded and refuted; in §§ 13 1ff. those of Aristotle and his School.

+

+But those who deny space do not admit the existence +of the parts of space; for space, they say, is nothing +else than its parts, and he who tries to deduce the +existence of space from the assumption that its parts +exist is seeking to establish the matter in question by +means of itself. Equally silly is the language of those +who assert that a thing becomes or has become in +some place, when space in general is not admittedCf. §§ 38 ff. supra. +And they also presume the reality of body, which +is not self-evident; and, in much the same way as +space, both that-from-which and that-by-which are +proved to be unreal.

+

+Hesiod, too, is no competent judge of philosophical problems. And while thus +rebutting the arguments that tend to establish the +existence of space, they also demonstrate its unreality +more elaborately by making use of what are held to +be the most weighty views of the Dogmatists about +space, namely those of the Stoics and Peripatetics, in +the following fashion.

+

+The Stoics declare that Void is that which is capable +of being occupied by an existent but is not so occupied, +or an interval empty of body, or an interval un- +occupied by body; and that Place is an interval +occupied by an existent and equated to that which +occupies it (‟existent” being here the name they +give to ‟body”); and that Room is an interval partly +occupied by body and partly unoccupied—though +some of them say that Room is the Place of the large +body, so that the difference between Place and Room +depends on size.

+

+Their opponents then argue thus: +When the Stoics define Place as an ‟interval occupied +by body,” in what sense do they call it an ‟interval?” +Do they mean the length of the body or its width or +its depth only, or all three dimensions? For if they +mean one dimension, the place is not equated with +the object of which it is the place, and besides, that +which includes is part of what is included, which is +pure nonsense.The argument is: ‟Interval” cannot mean one ‟dimension” only (such as ‟length”) since (by definition) ‟Place” must be ‟equated” to the ‟body” which is in it and must therefore have all three dimensions; and further, the ‟in- cluding” place of one ‟dimension” would be less than the body of three dimensions which it ‟includes.” Nor can it be all three dimensions, since the body which is ‟in” it is all these three dimensions and therefore identical with its ‟place”—the thing contained with the thing which contains it. Thus ‟interval” and ‟place” are not explicable in terms of ‟dimensions.”

+

+And if by ‟interval” is meant the +three dimensions, then, since in the so-called place +there subsists neither a void nor another body which +has dimensions, but only the body said to exist in +place, and it is composed of the dimensions (for it is +length and breadth and depth and solidity,Cf. § 39 supra. this last +being said to be a property of the foregoing dimensions), +the body itself will be its own place and at +once both container and contained, which is absurd.

+

+Therefore no dimension of a subsisting place exists. +And, consequently, place is nothing.

+

This argument also is propounded.This argument raises the question—since ‟body” and ‟place” coincide (spatially), to which of the two do the ‟dimensions” belong, as we cannot assume two sets of dimensions in the same place? To ascribe them to the ‟body” annuls ‟place” and vice versa. Since the +dimensions are not found to be twofold in the case of +each of the objects said to exist in place, but there +is one length, one breadth and one depth, do these +dimensions belong to the body only, or to the place +only, or to both? If they belong only to the place, +the body will have no length or breadth or depth of +its own, so that the body will not even be body, which +is absurd.

+

+If they belong to both, then, since the +Void has no reality apart from the dimensions, if the +dimensions of the Void subsist in the body and serve +to compose the body itself, the components of the +Void will also be components of the body—for about +the reality of solidity it is impossible to say anything +positive, as we have shown above.Cf. §§ 45 f.; the ‟components” of ‟body” are the three ‟dimensions.” And since in +the case of the so-called body only those dimensions +appear which belong to the Void and are identical +with the Void, the body will be Void, which is absurd. +And if the dimensions belong to the body only, there +will be no dimension of place, and therefore no place +either. If, then, no dimension of place is found in +any of the ways described above, place does not exist.

+

+Further, it is argued that when the body occupies +the Void and place comes about, the Void either +remains or withdraws or perishes. But if it remains, +the Plenum and the Void will be identical; and if it +withdraws by a movement of transition, or perishes +by change, the Void will be a body;Cf. §§ 49 ff.; and for the ‟affections,” §§ 38, 52, 117. for these +affections are peculiar to body. But it is absurd to say +either that Void and Plenum are identical or that the +Void is body. Therefore it is absurd to say that the +Void can be occupied by body and become place.

+

+For these reasons also the Void is found to be unreal, +since it is impossible for it to be occupied by body and +to become place; for Void was definedCf. § 124. as ‟that +which is capable of being occupied by body.” And, +in the refutation of these, Room also is involved; for +it is annulled along with place if ‟room is the large +place,” while if it is ‟that which is partly occupied +by body and partly empty extension,” its refutation +is included in that of these two.

+

These arguments, and others besides, are directed +against the views about place held by the Stoics.

+

+The PeripateticsCf. Adv. Phys. ii. 30 ff.; Aristot. Phys. iv. 4, De cael. iv. 3. assert that place is ‟the limit of +what encloses in so far as it encloses,” so that my +place is the surface of the air that forms a mould +round my body. But if this is place, the same thing +will both be and not be. For when the body is about to +become in a certain place, then, inasmuch as nothing +can become in what is non-existent, the place must +be pre-existent in order that the body may in this +way become in it, and consequently the place will +exist before the-body-in-the-place becomes therein. +But inasmuch as it consists in the moulding of the +surface of what encloses round the thing enclosed, +place cannot be already subsisting before the body +becomes within it, and therefore it will not be in +existence then. But it is absurd to say that the same +thing both is and is not; therefore place is not ‟the +limit of what encloses in so far as it encloses.”

+

+Furthermore, if place is anything, it is either created +or uncreate.Now it is not uncreate; for it is brought +about, they say, by being moulded round the body +within it. Nor yet is it created; for if it is created, +it is either when the body is in place that the place, +in which the body in place is already said to be, +comes into existence, or when the body is not in it.

+

+But it does not come into existence either when the +body is in it (for the place of the body within it exists +already), or when it is not in it, since, as they assert, +the container is moulded round the contained and in +this way place becomes, and nothing can be moulded +round that which is not within it. But if place does +not become either when the body is in place or when +it is not therein, and no other alternatives are +conceivable, then place is not created at all. And if it +is neither created nor uncreate, it has no existence.

+

+These objections may also be stated more generally.The first objection is based on §§ 38–56, the second also on §§ 38 ff., the third on §§ 109 ff. +If place is anything, it is either corporeal or incorporeal; +but each of these alternatives is, as we have +shown, disputed; therefore place is in dispute. Place +is conceived in relation to the body whereof it is the +place; but the doctrine of the reality of body is +disputed, therefore that of place is likewise disputable. +The place of each thing is not eternal, but if we say +that it becomes it is found to be unreal as becoming +does not exist.

+

+It is possible to adduce many other arguments. +But in order to avoid prolonging our exposition, we +may conclude by saying that while the Sceptics are +put to confusion by the arguments, they are also put +to shame by the evidenceCf. §§ 66, 81. The Sceptics are here said to be ‟put to shame,” or ‟confusion” (i.e. caused to hesitate in their judgement as to the nature of space) owing to the ‟equipollence” of the arguments against space and those for it based on the obvious facts of experience. of experience. Consequently +we attach ourselves to neither side, so +far as concerns the doctrines of the Dogmatists, but +suspend judgement regarding place.

+
+ +
+Chapter XIX.—Concerning Time +

+Our attitude is the same with respect to the inquiry +about time. For if we depend on appearances, time +seems to be something, but if we depend on the +arguments about it, it appears unreal. SomeThe Stoics, cf. Diog. Laert. vii. 141. This definition is derived from the fact that Time is measured by the motions of the planets and stars which compose the Universe. define +time as ‟the interval of the motion of the Whole” +(meaning by ‟Whole” the Universe), othersAristot. Phys. iv. 10 mentions this (Platonic) definition, cf. Plato, Tim. 47 d ff. Aristotle says that our notion of time is derived from a sense of difference and of succession in our thoughts and perceptions, which brings with it a distinction between ‟before” and ‟after”—between ‟past,” ‟present,” and ‟future.” Thus ‟time” is a thing ‟numbered” or ‟measured” by the conscious mind, and Aristotle defines it as ‟a numeration of motion in respect of priority and posteriority” (Phys. iv. 11). as +‟the actual motion of the Universe;” Aristotle (or, +as some say, Plato) as ‟the number of the prior +and posterior in motion;”

+

+Strato (or, as some say, Aristotle) as ‟the measure of motion and rest;” +Epicurus (according to Demetrius the LaconianAn Epicurean, cf. Adv. Log. ii. 348.) as +‟a concurrence of concurrences, concomitant with +days and nights and seasons and affections and non-affections and motions and rests.”

+

+And, in point of substance, some have affirmed that it is corporeal +—for instance, Aenesidemus, arguing that it differs +in nothing from Being and the prime body,—others,i.e. the Stoics. +that it is incorporeal. Either, then, all these theories +are true, or all false, or some true and some false; +but they cannot all be true (most of them being +in conflict), nor will it be granted by the Dogmatists +that all are false.

+

+And besides, should it +be granted that the assertion of the corporeality +of time is false, and that of its incorporeality likewise +false, then, ipso facto, the unreality of time will +be granted; for it cannot be anything but one or +other of these. Nor yet can we apprehend which +theories are true, which false, owing to the equal +weightCf. i. 8. of the rival opinions as well as the perplexity +regarding the criterion and proof.Cf. ii. cc. 3–7, 12, 13.

+

+Hence for these reasons we shall be unable to affirm anything positively +about time.

+

Further, since time does not seem to subsist without +motion or even rest, if motion is abolished, and +likewise rest, time is abolished. None the less the +following objections against time are made by some. +If time exists, it is either limited or unlimited.

+

+But if it is limited, it began at a certain time and will end +at a certain time. Consequently, there was once a +time when time was not (before it began), and there +will once be a time when time will not be (after it has +ended); which is absurd.Cf. Aristot. Met. xii. 6. So then time is not limited.

+

+But if it is unlimited, since part of it is said to be +past, part present, and part future, the future and +past are either existent or non-existent. But if they +are non-existent, and there remains only the present, +which is momentary, time will be limited and the +original difficultiese.g. that there was once a time when no time was. will follow. And if the past +exists and the future exists, each of these will be +present. But it is absurd to call past and future +time present; neither, then, is time unlimited. But +if it is neither unlimited nor limited, time does not +exist at all.

+

+Further, if time exists it is either divisible or +indivisible. Now it is not indivisible; for it is divided, +as they themselves declare, into present, past, and +future. Yet it is not divisible either. For each +divisible thing is measured by some part of itself, the +measure coinciding with each part of the measured, +as when we measure a cubit by a finger. But time +cannot be measured by any part of itself. If, for +instance, the present measures the past, it will +coincide with the past and will therefore be past, +and similarly it will be future in the case of the +future. And if the future should measure the rest, +it will be present and past, and so likewise the past +will be future and present; which is nonsense. +Neither, then, is time divisible. But if it is neither +indivisible nor divisible, it does not exist.

+

+Time, too, is said to be tripartite, partly past, partly +present, and partly future. Of these the past and +the future are non-existent; for if past and future +time exist now, each of them will be present. Neither +is the present existent; for if present time exists +it is either indivisible or divisible. Now it is not +indivisible; for what changes is said to change in +the present time, but nothing changes in indivisible +timeCf. Aristot. Phys. vi. 6.—iron, for instance, into softness, and so on. +Hence present time is not indivisible.

+

+Neither is it divisible; for it could not be divided into a +plurality of presents, since time present is said to +change into time past imperceptibly owing to the +rapid flux of the things in the Universe. Nor yet into +past and future; for so it will be unreal, having one +part of itself no longer existent and the other part +not yet existent.

+

+Hence, too, the present cannot be +the end of the past and the beginning of the future, +since then it will both be and not be existent; for it +will exist as present, but will not exist because its +parts are non-existent. Therefore it is not divisible +either. But if the present is neither indivisible nor +divisible, it does not exist. And when neither the +present nor the past nor the future exists, time too is +non-existent; for what is compounded of things unreal +is unreal.

+

+This argument, too, is alleged against time: If +time exists it is either generable and perishable or +ingenerable and imperishable.Time ‟came into existence” (γέγονεν), said Plato (Tim. 38 b): ‟No,” said Aristotle (Met. xii. 6). In §§ 147–148 I render γενητός (‟capable of coming into existence”) by ‟generable,” and γίνεται by ‟is generated”; but in § 149, and elsewhere, I usually render γίνεται by ‟becomes,” γινόμενα by ‟becoming,” etc. Now it is not +ingenerable and imperishable, since part of it is said +to be past and no longer in existence, and part to be +future and not yet in existence. Neither is it generable +and perishable.

+

+For things generated must be generated from something existent, and things which +perish must perish into something existent, according +to the postulates of the Dogmatists themselves.e.g. Aristotle, Epicurus, Poseidonius; cf. Lucr. i. 151. If, +then, time perishes into the past, it perishes into a +non-existent; and if it is generated out of the future, +it is generated out of a non-existent; for neither of +these is in existence. But it is absurd to say that +anything is generated from a non-existent or perishes +into the non-existent. Therefore time is not generable +and perishable. But if it is neither ingenerable +and imperishable nor generable and perishable, it does +not exist at all.

+

+Further, since everything which becomes seems to +become in time, time, if it becomes, becomes in time. +Either, then, it becomes itself in itself or as one time +in another. But if it becomes in itself, it will be at +once both existent and non-existent. For since that +within which a thing becomes must exist before the +thing which becomes within it, the time which becomes +in itself does not yet exist in so far as it becomes, +but does already exist in so far as it becomes in itself.Cf. § 133 supra. +Consequently it does not become in itself.

+

+Nor yet in another. For if the present becomes in the future, +the present will be future, and if in the past, it will +be past. And the same may be said of all the other +times; so that one time does not become in another. +But if time neither becomes in itself nor as one time +in another it is not generable. And it has been shown +that it is not ingenerable either. Being, then, neither +generable nor ingenerable, it is wholly non-existent; +for each existing thing is bound to be either generable +or ingenerable.

+
+ +
+Chapter XX.—Concerning Number +

+Since time, it seems, is not found apart from +number, it will not be out of place to discuss number +briefly.With this chapter cf. Adv. Phys. ii. 248–309. In §§ 152–156 the Pythagorean doctrine of numbers as the primary constituents, or ‟elements,” of the Universe is expounded; in §§ 156–157 the Pythagorean proof that numbers are distinct from things numbered (‟numerables”) is set forth; in §§ 158 ff. the Sceptical arguments against the Pythagorean doctrine of the real existence of numbers (as distinct from ‟numerables”) are developed. In the customary way we speak undogmaticallyCf. i. 15. +of numbering a thing and hear number +talked of as something which exists; but the extreme +methods of the Dogmatists have provoked the attack +upon number also.

+

+Thus, for example, the School of +Pythagoras declare that numbers are also elements +of the Universe. They assert, in fact, that phenomena +are constructed from something, and that the +elements must be simple; therefore the elements +are non-evident. But of things non-evident, some are +corporeal, like atoms and masses, others incorporeal, +like figuresi.e. ‟the limits of bodies” of § 32 supra, cf. § 153. and forms and numbers. Of these +the corporeal are composite, being constructed from +length and breadth and depth and solidity, or even +weight. The elements, therefore, are not only non- +evident but also incorporeal.

+

+Moreover, each of the incorporeals involves the perception of number, for +it is either one or two or more. Thus it is inferred +that the non-evident and incorporeal numbers which +are involved in all perception are the elements of +existing things. Yet not simply these numbers, +but both the Monad also and the Indefinite Dyad +which is generated by the expansion of the Monad, +and by participation in which the particular dyads +become dyads.The existence of the ‟elemental” numbers is said to be due to ‟participation” in either the principle of ‟Unity” (‟the Monad”) or the principle of Duality (‟the indefinite Dyad”)—odd numbers in the first, even in the second. These principles are the ‟genera” of which odd and even numbers are ‟particulars.”

+

+For they say that it is from these +that the rest of the numbers are generated—those, +that is, which are involved in the perception of +numerables—and the Universe is arranged. For the +point presents the relation, or character, of the +Monad,i.e. it is an indivisible unit, and begins the line as the One begins the number-series; cf. Adv. Phys. ii. 278. and the line that of the Dyad (it being +regarded as lying between two points), and the +surface that of the Triad (for they describe it as a +flowing of the line breadth-wise up to another point +placed transversely), and the solid body that of the +Tetrad; for Body is formed by an ascension of the +surface up to a point placed above.

+

+It is in this way that they image forth both the bodies and the whole +Universe, which also they declare to be arranged +according to harmonic ratiosThe terms here used are those of the Pythagorean musical (‟octave”) system, and denote the ratios 4: 3, 3:2,2: 1. Cf. Plato, Tim. 36 a; Adv. Arithm. 6–9, Adv. Mus. 46.—namely, that of the +‟By-Fours,” which is ‟epitrite,” as is the ratio of +8 to 6; and that of the “ By-Fives,” which is one +and a half times, as is the ratio of 9 to 6; and that +of the ‟By-Alls,” which is double, as is the ratio of +12 to 6.

+

+These are the fictions they imagine; and they +also make out that number is something else apart +from numerables, arguing that if ‟animal” according +to its proper definitionOr ‟in its own essence,” apart from relation to anything else. is (say) one, the plant, since +it is not an animal, will not be one; but the plant is +one; therefore the animal is not one qua animal but +in virtue of some other attribute perceived outside +itself, whereof each animal partakes and because +of which it becomes one. And if number is the +numerables, since the numerables are men (say) and +oxen and horses, number will be men and oxen and +horses—and number will be white and black and +bearded, if the objects counted should happen to be +such.

+

+But these things are absurd; therefore number +is not the numerables, but it has a reality of its own +apart from them whereby it is involved in the perception +of the numerables and is an element.

+

So when they had thus concluded that number is +not the numerables, there arose in consequence the +difficulty about number. For it is argued that if +number exists, number is either the actual numerables +or something else apart from them; but number is +neither the actual numerables, as the Pythagoreans +have proved, nor something else apart from them, +as we shall show; number, therefore, is nothing.

+

+That number is nothing apart from the numerables +we shall demonstrate by basing our argument on the +Monad, for the sake of lucidity of exposition.The argument here is that ‟participation” of things in the Monad involves either (1) the division of the Monad into an infinite number of parts (§§ 158–159), or (2) the multiplication of the Monad into an infinite number of whole Monads (§§ 160–162), both which results violate the conception of the Monad as unique principle of Unity. If the +Monad, by partaking in which each of its participants +becomes one, is in itself a real object, this Monad +will be either one or as many as are its participants. +But if it is one, does each of the things said to partake +thereof partake of all of it or of a part of it? For +if the one man (say) takes all the Monad, there will +no longer exist a monad for the one horse to partake +of, or the one dog or any one of all the other things +which we declare to be one

+

+—just as, supposing there are a number of naked men, who possess only one +garment amongst them, which one man had put on, +all the rest will remain naked and without a garment. +And if each thing partakes of a part of it, then, in +the first place, the Monad will have a part. and parts, +too, infinite in number into which it is divided; which +is absurd. And further, just as the part of the Decad, +such as the Dyad, is not a Decad, so neither will the +part of the Monad be a Monad, and for this reason +nothing will partake of the Monad. Hence the Monad +whereof the particular objects are said to partake is +not one.

+

+But if the monads, by participation in which each +of the particular objects is called one, are equal +in number to the numerables to which the term +‟one” is applied, the monads partaken of will be +infinite in number. And these either partake of a +superiori.e. ‟Unity” as a summum genus, cf. i. 38. monad or of monads equal in number to +themselves, or else they do not so partake but are +monads apart from any participation.

+

+Yet if these can be monads without participation, each of the +sensibles also will be able to be one without participation +in a monad, and so at once the monad said to be +perceived as real in itself is overthrown. Whereas, if +those monads are monads by participation, either they +all partake of one monad, or each partakes of a monad +of its own. And if all partake of one, each will be +said to partake either of a part or of the whole, and +the original difficulties will still remain;

+

+but if each partakes of its own monad, we must posit a new +monad for each of those monads, and others again +for the former, and so on ad infinitum. If then, in +order to apprehend that there are certain self-sub-sistent +monads by participation in which each existing +thing is one, it is necessary to apprehend an infinite +infinity of intelligible monads, and to apprehend an +infinite infinity of intelligible monads is a thing +impossible, then it is impossible to show that there are +certain intelligible monads and that each existing +thing is one through becoming one by participation +in its own monad.

+

+It is absurd, therefore, to say that the monads are +as numerous as the things which partake of them. +But if the so-called self-subsistent monad is neither +one nor as many as its participants, a self-subsistent +monad does not exist at all. So likewise none of the +other numbers will be self-subsistent; for one may +apply to all the numbers the argument which has +now been employed in the typical case of the monad. +But if number is neither self-subsistent, as we have +shown, nor consists in the actual numerables, as the +Pythagoreans have demonstrated, and beyond these +there is no other alternative, then we must declare +that number does not exist.

+

+In what way, too, is the Dyad said to be generated +from the Monad by those who believe that number +is something else apart from the numerables? For +when we combine a monad with another monad either +something external is added to the monads, or something +is subtracted from them, or nothing is either +added or subtracted. But if nothing is either added +or subtracted, there will not be a Dyad. For neither +did the monads, when existing apart from each other, +contain the Dyad as involved in the perception of +them, according to their own definition, nor has +any addition now been made to them from without, +just as, by hypothesis, nothing has been subtracted.

+

+Hence the combination of the monad with the monad +will not be a dyad, as no addition or subtraction +from without takes place. But if subtraction does +take place, not only will there not be a dyad but the +monads will even be diminished. And if the dyad is +added to them from without, so that a dyad may be +generated from the monads, the things which appear +to be two will be four; for there exists already a +monad and a second monad, and when an outside +dyad is added to these the result will be the number +four.

+

+And the same argument applies to all the +other numbers which are said to be formed as a +result of combination.

+

If, then, the numbers which are said to be compounded +from the superiorCf. § 160 supra. numbers are formed +neither by subtraction nor by addition nor without +subtraction and addition, the formation of the number +which is said to be independent and apart from the +numerables is non-composite. But they themselves +make it clear that the numbers formed by combination +are not ungenerated by asserting that they are +compounded and generated from the superior numbers +—from the monad, for example, and the Indefinite +Dyad.Cf. § 153 supra.

+

+So then number does not subsist of itself. +But if number neither is conceived as self-existent, +nor subsists in the numerables, then, to judge from +the subtleties introduced by the Dogmatists, number +is nothing.

+

Let this, then, suffice as an account in outline of +what is called the Physical section of philosophy.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXI.—Concerning The Ethical Division Of Philosophy +

+There remains the Ethical division, which is supposed +to deal with the distinguishing of things +good,Lit. ‟fair” (honestum): the Stoics used καλόν as a synonym for ἀγαθόν ‟good” (bonum), and in this section the terms are used as synonymous. bad, and indifferent. In order, then, to treat +of this branch also in a summary way, we shall inquire +into the reality of things good, bad, and indifferent, +explaining first the conception of each.

+
+ +
+CHAPTER XXII.—Concerning Things Good, Bad And Indifferent +

+The Stoics, then, assert that good is ‟utility or not +other than utility,” meaning by ‟utility” virtue and +right action, and by ‟not other than utility” the +good man and the friend. For ‟virtue,” as consisting +in a certain state of the ruling principle,Or ‟regent part,” i.e. the mind, cf. i. 128, ii. 81; Introd. p. xxv. The doctrine that ‟the good man” is ‟not other” than goodness (virtue or ‟utility”) strikes one as curious. The Stoics, we must remember, regarded attributes or qualities as corporeal and parts of the ‟substance” (οὐσία) to which they belong—here the mind (‟regent part”) of ‟the good man.” For the equation of ‟virtue” (or ‟goodness”) with ‟utility” (or ‟benefit”) as ‟the source (or agency) from which benefit results” see Diog. Laert. vii. 94. For Stoic Ethics cf. Introd. pp. xxvi ff. and +‟right action,” being an activity in accordance with +virtue, are exactly ‟utility;” while the good man +and the friend are ‟not other than utility.”

+

+For utility is a part of the good man, being his ruling +principle. But the wholes, they say, are not the +same as the parts (for the man is not a hand), nor are +they other than the parts (for without the parts they +do not subsist). Wherefore they assert that the +wholes are not other than the parts. Hence, since +the good man stands in the relation of a whole to his +ruling principle, which they have identified with +utility, they declare that he is not other than utility.

+

+Hence also they assert that good has three meanings. +In one of its meanings, good, they say, is that +by which utility may be gained, this being the most +principal goodi.e. ‟primary, fundamental, good”—the source of other goods. Good in the first sense is the central good, which expands into the second and third senses as into concentric circles—the third including the second, the second the first. and virtue; in another meaning, good +is that of which utility is an accidental result, like +virtue and virtuous actions; and thirdly, it is that +which is capable of being useful; and such is virtue +and virtuous action and the good man and the friend, +and gods and good daemons; so that the second +signification of good is inclusive of the first signification, +and the third of both the second and the first.

+

+But some define good as ‟what is to be chosen for its +own sake;”Cf. Aristot. Rhet. i. 6; the other definition is Stoic. and others as ‟that which contributes +to happiness or is supplementary thereto;” and +happiness, as the Stoics declare, is ‟the smooth +current of life.”

+

These, or such as these, are their statements with +reference to the notion of the Good.

+

+But in describing as good what is useful or what is choiceworthy +for its own sake or what is contributory to happiness, +one is not exhibiting the essence of the good but +stating one of its properties. And this is senseless. +For the properties aforesaid belong either to the good +only or to other things as well. But if they belong to +other things as well, they are not, when thus extended, +characteristic marks of the good; while if they belong +only to the Good, it is not possible for us to derive +from them a notion of the good.

+

+For just as the man who has no notion of ‟horse” has no knowledge of +what ‟neighing” is and cannot arrive thereby at a +notion of ‟horse,” unless he should first meet with a +neighing horse, so too one who is seeking the essence +of the good, because he has no knowledge of the +good, cannot perceive the attribute which is peculiar +to it alone in order that he may be enabled thereby +to gain a notion of the good itself. For he must first +learn the nature of the good itself, and then pass on +to apprehend that it is useful, and that it is +choiceworthy for its own sake, and that it is productive +of happiness.

+

+But that the aforesaid attributes are +not sufficient to indicate the concept and the real +nature of the good is made plain by the practice of +the Dogmatists. All, probably, agree that the good is +useful and that it is choiceworthy (so that the good is +said to be, as it were, ‟the delightful”Deriving ἀγαθόν from ἀγαστόν, cf. Plato, Cratyl. 412 c, 422 a and § 184 infra.) and that it +is productive of happiness; but when asked what the +thing is to which these properties belong, they plunge +into a truceless war, some saying it is virtue, others +pleasure, others painlessness,The Stoics said ‟virtue,” Cyrenaics and Epicureans ‟pleasure,” some Peripatetics ‟painlessness” (cf. Aristot. Rhet. i. 7). and others something +else. And yet, if the essence of the good had +been proved from the foregoing definitions, they +would not have been at feud as though its nature +were unknown.

+

+Such, then, is the discord amongst those who are +reputed the most eminent of the Dogmatists regarding +the notion of the Good; and they have differed likewise +regarding Evil, some defining Evil as ‟damage +or not other than damage,”‟Damage” or ‟harm” being the opposite of ‟utility” or ‟benefit”—the Stoic definition of ‟good.” others as ‟what is to be +shunned for its own sake,” others as ‟what is +productive of unhappiness.” But since they express by +these phrases not the essence of evil but some of its +possible attributes they are involved in the logical +impasse mentioned above.

+

+The term ‟indifferent,” they say, is used in three +senses—in one sense, of that which is an object of +neither inclination nor disinclination, as for instance +the fact that the stars or the hairs of the head are +even in number; in another sense, of that which is an +object of inclination or disinclination, but not towards +this particular object any more than towards that, as +in the case of two indistinguishable tetradrachms, +when one has to choose one of them; for there arises +an inclination to choose one of them, but not this +one more than that one; and a third sense of the term +‟indifferent” is, they say, ‟that which contributes +neither to happiness nor to unhappiness,” as health, +or wealth; for what a man may use now well, now +ill, that, they say, is indifferent, and they claim to +discuss it specially in their Ethics.

+

+But what view we ought to take regarding this conception is plain from +what we have already said about things good and evil.

+

Thus, then, it is plain that they have not guided +us to a clear conception of the several things above- +mentioned; yet, in thus failing with regard to +matters that, perhaps, have no real existence, their +experience is by no means strange. For there +are some who argue on the following grounds +that nothing is by natureCf. i. 27. either good or evil or +indifferent.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXIII.—Is Anything By Nature Good, Bad, Or Indifferent? +

+Fire which heats by nature appears to all as heating, +and snow which chills by nature appears to all as +chilling, and all things which move by nature move +equally all those who are, as they say, in a natural +condition. But none of the so-called ‟goods,” as we +shall show, moves all men as being good; therefore +no natural good exists. And that none of the so-called +goods moves all men alike is, they assert, an evident +fact.

+

+For, not to mention ordinary folk—of whom +some regard right bodily condition as good, others +chambering, others gluttony, others drunkenness, +others gambling, others greed, and others still worse +things,—some of the philosophers themselves (such as +the Peripatetics) say that there are three kinds of +goods;Cf. Plato, Laws iii. 697; Aristot. Eth. Nic. i. 8. of these some concern the soul, like the +virtues, others the body, like health and similar +things, while others are external, such as friends, +wealth and the like.

+

+The Stoics themselves, too, +assert that there is a trinityApparently a unique sense of the rare word τριγένεια (from τριγενής, ‟thrice-born”). of goods; of these some +have to do with the soul, like the virtues, others are +external, like the good man and the friend, while +others are neither of the soul nor external, as for +instance the good man in relation to himself; but +they deny that the bodily states, which the Peripatetics +declare to be goods, are goods. And some have +accepted pleasure as a good, whereas some affirm +that it is a downright evil, so that one professor of +philosophyAntisthenes, the Cynic. actually exclaimed, ‟I would sooner be +mad than merry.”

+

+If, then, things which move by nature move all +men alike, while we are not all moved alike by the +so-called goods, there is nothing good by nature. In +fact it is impossible to believe either all the views +now set forth, because of their conflicting character, +or any one of them. For he who asserts that one +must believe this view, but not that, becomes a party +to the controversy, since he has opposed to him the +arguments of those who take the rival view, and +therefore he himself, along with the rest, will need +an adjudicator instead of pronouncing judgement on +others. And as there does not exist any agreed +criterion or proofCf. ii. 18 ff., 134 ff. owing to the unsettled controversy +about these matters, he will be reduced to suspending +judgement, and consequently he will be unable to +affirm positively what the good by nature is.

+

+Further, it is asserted by some that Good is either +the ChoiceLiterally, ‟the (act of) choosing” or ‟trying to get for oneself.” ‟Choice” (as the context shows) involves ‟desire” and the striving for satisfaction. itself or that which we choose. Now Choice +is not good according to its proper meaning; else we +would not have been hurrying to obtain that which +we choose, for fear of losing the power of continuing +to choose it; for example, if the seeking to get drink +were good, we would not have hurried to obtain +drink; for when we have enjoyed it we are quit of +seeking to get it. So, too, with hunger and love and +the rest. Choice, then, is not choiceworthy in itself, +even if it is not actually disagreeable; for in fact the +hungry man hurries to partake of food in order to +get quit of the discomfort due to his hunger; and so +likewise the man in love and the thirsty man.

+

+But neither is the good the choiceworthy. For this +is either external to us or in connexion with us. But +if it is external to us either it produces in us a soothing +motion and a welcome condition and a delightful +feeling, or it does not affect us at all. And if it is not +a delight to us it will not be good,For the connexion of ‟good” (ἀγαθόν) with ‟delightful” (ἀγαστόν) cf. § 175. nor will it attract +us to the choosing of it, nor will it be choiceworthy +at all. And if there arises within us, from the external +object, a congenial condition and an agreeable feeling, +it is not for its own sake that the external object will +be choiceworthy but for the sake of the internal +condition which follows upon it;

+

+so that what is choiceworthy in itself cannot be external. Nor can it be +personal to us. For it is said to belong either to the +body alone or to the soul alone or to both. But if it +belongs to the body alone, it will elude our perception; +for our perceptions are said to be properties of the +soul, and they assert that the body, viewed by itself, +is irrational. And if it should be said to extend to +the soul also, it would seem to be choiceworthy owing +to its affecting the soul and to the agreeable feeling +therein; for, according to them, what is judged to +be choiceworthy is judged by the intellect and not +by the irrational body.

+

+There remains the alternative that the good is in +the soul only. But this, too, is impossible if we go by +the statements of the Dogmatists. For the soul is, +perhaps, actually non-existent;Cf. ii. 31 ff., which also deals with ‟the Criterion.” and even if it exists, +judging by what they say it is not apprehended, as +I have argued in my chapter ‟On the Criterion.” +How then could one venture to affirm that something +takes place in a thing which he does not apprehend?

+

+But, to pass over these objections, in what manner +does the good, according to them, come about in the +soul? For certainly, if Epicurus makes the End consist +in pleasure and asserts that the soul, like all else, +is composed of atoms, it is impossible to explain how +in a heap of atoms there can come about pleasure and +assent or judgement that this object is choiceworthy +and good, that object to be avoided and evil.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXIV.—What Is The So-Called Art Of Living?It is a mistake (of the mss.) to make a new chapter here, as §§ 188 ff. carry on the argument of 185 ff. about the connexion of ‟good” with the soul. The ‟Art of Living” is first dealt with in § 239. +

+Again, the Stoics declare that goods of the soul +are certain arts, namely the virtues. And an art, +they say, is ‟a system composed of co-exercised +apprehensions,”Cf. Cic. Acad. iv. 7. 22 ‟ars . . . ex multis animi perceptionibus constat.” The virtues, said the Stoics, are ‟arts” because they are forms of knowledge and consist in the use or ‟exercise” of a large number of perceptions or ‟apprehensions” related to one another in a systematic way. These ‟apprehensions” are ‟deposited” in the mind which is conceived as an elastic fluid pneuma of which the whole moves when any part of it is moved. Cf. §§ 241, 251 infra. and the perceptions arise in +the ruling principle. But how there takes place +in the ruling principle, which according to them +is breath,Cf. i. 128, ii. 70. a deposit of perceptions, and such +an aggregation of them as to produce art, it is +impossible to conceive, when each succeeding +impression obliterates the previous one, seeing that +breath is fluid and it is said to move as a whole at +each impression.

+

+For it is perfect nonsense to say +that Plato’s imaginary construction of the soul—I +mean the mixture of the indivisible and the divisible +essence and of the nature of the Other and of the +Same,Cf. Plato, Tim. 35 ff. But ‟the Numbers” may refer to the Pythagorean theory. or the Numbers—is capable of being receptive +of the Good. Hence the good cannot belong to the +soul either.

+

+But if the good is not choice itself, and +what is choiceworthy in itself neither exists externally +nor belongs to either body or soul—as I have argued, +—then there does not exist at all any natural good.

+

For the foregoing reasons also there exists no +natural evil. For things which seem to some to be +evil are pursued as goods by others—for instance, +incontinence, injustice, avarice, intemperance, and the +like. Hence, if it is the nature of things naturally +existent to move all men alike, whereas the things +said to be evil do not move all alike, nothing is +naturally evil.

+

+Similarly there is nothing naturally indifferent, +because of the divergence of opinion about things +indifferent. The Stoics, for example, assert that of +the indifferents some are preferred, some rejected, +and others neither preferred nor rejected,Cf. Introd. p. xxvii, Cic. De fin. iii. 15 f., iv. 9, 16.—the preferred +being such as have sufficient value, like health +and wealth; the rejected such as have not sufficient +value, like poverty and sickness; while extending +the finger or bending it in are cases of the neither +preferred nor rejected.

+

+Some, however, maintain that none of the indifferents is by nature preferred or +rejected; for, owing to the differences in the circumstances, +each of the indifferents appears at one time +preferred, at another rejected. For certainly, they +argue, if the rich were being threatened with attack +by a tyrant while the poor were being left in peace, +everyone would prefer to be poor rather than rich, so +that wealth would be a thing rejected.

+

+Consequently,since of each of the so-called indifferents some say +that it is good, others bad, whereas all alike would +have counted it indifferent had it been naturally +indifferent, there is nothing that is naturally +indifferent.

+

So also, should anyone declare that courage is +naturally choiceworthy because lions seem to be +naturally bold and courageous, bulls too, it may be, +and some men and cocks, we reply that, as for that, +cowardice also is one of the things naturally choiceworthy, +since deer and hares and many other animals +are naturally impelled thereto. The majority of +men, too, show themselves to be cowardly; for it is +rare for a man to give himself up to death for the sake +of his country,The word bracketed in the Greek text (βλακευσάμενος) means ‟being lazy, or spiritless,” and is obviously out of place here, though it would fit well enough in the next clause (as Apelt suggests). or to seem inspired to do any other +daring deed, the great majority of mankind being +averse to all such actions.

+

+Hence, also, the Epicureans suppose themselves to +have proved that pleasure is naturally choiceworthy; +for the animals, they say, as soon as they are born, +when still unperverted, seek after pleasure and avoid +pains.

+

+But to these we may reply that what is productive +of evil cannot be naturally good; but pleasure +is productive of evils; for to every pleasure there is +linked a pain, and pain, according to them, is a natural +evil. Thus, for example, the drunkard feels pleasure +when filling himself with wine, and the glutton with +food, and the lecher in immoderate sexual intercourse, +yet these things are productive of both poverty and +sickness, which, as they say, are painful and evil. +Pleasure, therefore, is not a natural good.

+

+Similarly, too, what is productive of good is not naturally evil, +and pains bring about pleasures; it is, in fact, by toil +that we acquire knowledge, and it is thus also that +a man becomes possessed both of wealth and of his +lady-love, and pains preserve health. Toil, then, is +not naturally evil. Indeed if pleasure were naturally +good, and toil bad, all men, as we said, would have +been similarly disposed towards them, whereas we +see many of the philosophers choosing toil and +hardship and despising pleasure.

+

+And so, too, those who assert that the virtuous life +is naturally good might be refuted by the fact that +some of the sages choose the life which includes +pleasure,e.g. the Cyrenaics. so that the claim that a thing is by nature +of this sort or that is contradicted by the divergence of +opinion amongst the Dogmatists themselves.

+

+And perhaps it may not be amiss, in addition to +what has been said, to dwell more in detail, though +briefly, on the notions concerning things shameful and +not shameful, unholy and not so, laws and customs, +piety towards the gods, reverence for the departed, +and the like. For thus we shall discover a great +variety of belief concerning what ought or ought not +to be done.

+

+For example,Cf. the examples in i. 145 ff. ‟Amongst us” here, and throughout this chapter (as in i. 145 ff.), means ‟amongst the Greeks” and refers in special to the laws or customs of Athens. amongst us sodomy is regarded as +shameful or rather illegal, but by the Germani,Prob. not ‟Germans,” but a Persian tribe, cf. i. 152. they +say, it is not looked on as shameful but as a customary +thing. It is said, too, that in Thebes long ago this +practice was not held to be shameful, and they say +that Meriones the Cretan was so called by way of +indicating the Cretans’ custom,i.e. Μηριόνης is derived from μηρός (‟thigh”); cf. § 245 infra. and some refer to +this the burning love of Achilles for Patroclus.Cf. Plato, Symp. 180 a.

+

+And what wonder, when both the adherents of the Cynic +philosophy and the followers of Zeno of Citium, +Cleanthes and Chrysippus, declare that this practice +is indifferent?Cf. §§ 205, 245; and i. 148, 153, 160 for what follows. The repellent features of Stoic ethical theory mentioned in this chapter are passed over in most expositions of Stoicism, though confirmed by Plutarch (De Stoic. repugn.). We may ascribe them to the ‟Back to Nature” movement, which the early Stoics shared with the Cynics. The dictum ‟Live according to Nature” might be taken to mean ‟Disregard conventional morals,” ‟Cease to repress your natural instincts.” But, as Sextus says in § 249, they did not (like some of the Cynics) carry out in practice these shocking theories. Having intercourse with a woman, +too, in public, although deemed by us to be shameful, +is not thought to be shameful by some of the Indians; +at any rate they couple publicly with indifference, like +the philosopher Crates, as the story goes.

+

+Moreover, prostitution is with us a shameful and disgraceful +thing, but with many of the Egyptians it is highly +esteemed; at least, they say that those women who +have the greatest number of lovers wear an ornamental +ankle-ring as a token of their proud position.Cf. Hdt. iv. 176. +And with some of them the girls marry after +collecting a dowry before marriage by means of +prostitution. We see the Stoics also declaring that +it is not amiss to keep company with a prostitute or +to live on the profits of prostitution.

+

+Moreover, with us tattooing is held to be shameful +and degrading, but many of the Egyptians and +Sarmatians tattoo their offspring.

+

+Also, it is a shameful thing with us for men to wear earrings, but +amongst some of the barbarians, like the Syrians, it is +a token of nobility. And some, by way of marking +their nobility still further, pierce the nostrils also of +their children and suspend from them rings of silver +or gold—a thing which nobody with us would do,

+

+just as no man here would dress himself in a flowered +robe reaching to the feet, although this dress, which +with us is thought shameful, is held to be highly +respectable by the Persians. And when, at the Court +of Dionysius the tyrant of Sicily, a dress of this +description was offered to the philosophers Plato and +Aristippus,Cf. Diog. Laert. ii. 78, and i. 155 supra. The verses are from Eurip. Bacchae 836 and 317. +Plato sent it away with the words— + +A man am I, and never could I don +A woman’s garb; +but Aristippus accepted it, saying— + +For e’en midst revel-routs +She that is chaste will keep her purity. +Thus, even in the case of these sages, while the one of +them deemed this practice shameful, the other did +not.

+

+And with us it is sinful to marry one’s mother +or one’s own sister ; but the Persians, and especially +those of them who are reputed to practise wisdom— +namely, the Magi,—marry their mothers; and the +EgyptiansCf. i. 152. take their sisters in marriage, even as the +poet saysHomer, Il. xviii. 356.— + +Thus spake Zeus unto Hera, his wedded wife and his +sister. +Moreover, Zeno of Citium says that it is not amiss for +a man to rub his mother’s private part with his own +private part, just as no one would say it was bad for +him to rub any other part of her body with his hand. +Chrysippus,Cf. § 246, i. 160. too, in his book The State approves of a +father getting children by his daughter, a mother by +her son, and a brother by his sister. And Plato,Cf. Rep. v. 457. in +more general terms, has declared that wives ought +to be held in common.

+

+Masturbation, too, which we count loathsome, +is not disapproved by Zeno; and we +are informed that others, too, practise this evil as +though it were a good thing.

+

+Moreover, the eating of human flesh is sinful with +us, but indifferent amongst whole tribes of +barbarians.Cf. § 225 infra. Yet why should one speak of ‟barbarians” +when even TydeusTydeus, father of Diomede; his ‟enemy” was Melanippus (Il. xiv. 114 ff.). is said to have devoured the +brains of his enemy, and the Stoic School declare +that it is not wrong for a man to eat either other +men’s flesh or his own?

+

+And with most of us it is sinful to defile an altar of a god with human blood, +but the Laconians lash themselves fiercely over the +altar of Artemis OrthosiaBoys were scourged at the altar of Artemis Orthia in Laconia. in order that a great +stream of blood may flow over the altar of the +goddess. Moreover, some sacrifice a human victim +to Cronos, just as the ScythiansCf. i. 149. sacrifice strangers +to Artemis; whereas we deem that holy places are +defiled by the slaying of a man.

+

+Adulterers are, of course, punished by law with us, but amongst some +peoplesCf. Hdt. iv. 180; Aristot. Pol. ii. 3. intercourse with other men’s wives is a thing +indifferent; and some philosophers,e.g. Diogenes the Cynic, cf. Diog. Laert vi. 72. too, declare that +intercourse with the wife of another is indifferent.

+

+With us, also, the law enjoins that the fathers +should receive due care from their children; but the +Scythians cut their throats when they get to be +over sixty years old. And what wonder, seeing that +Cronos cut off his father’s genitals with a sickle, and +Zeus plunged Cronos down to Tartarus, and Athena +with the help of Hera and Poseidon attempted to +bind her father with fetters?Cf. Hom. Il. xiv. 204, i. 399.

+

+Moreover, Cronos decided to destroy his own children, and Solon gave +the Athenians the law ‟concerning things immune,” +by which he allowed each man to slay his own child; +but with us the laws forbid the slaying of children. +The Roman lawgivers also ordain that the children +are subjects and slaves of their fathers, and that power +over the children’s property belongs to the fathers +and not the children, until the children have obtained +their freedom like bought slaves; but this custom is +rejected by others as being despotic.

+

+It is the law, too, that homicides should be punished; but gladiators +when they kill often receive actual commendation. +Moreover, the laws prevent the striking of free men; +yet when athletes strike free men, and often even +kill them, they are deemed worthy of rewards and +crowns.

+

+With us, too, the law bids each man to +have one wife, but amongst the Thracians and +Gaetulians (a Libyan tribe)Cf. Sallust, Bell. Iug. 21, 82. each man has many +wives.

+

+Piracy, too, is with us illegal and criminal, +but with many of the barbarians it is not disapproved. +Indeed they say that the Cilicians used to regard it +as a noble pursuit, so that they held those who died +in the course of piracy to be worthy of honour. So +too Nestor—in the poet’s accountHomer, Od. iii. 73. For early Greek piracy cf. Thucyd. i.5.—after welcoming +Telemachus and his comrades, addresses them thus— + +Say, are you roaming +Aimlessly, like sea-rovers? +Yet, if piracy had been an improper thing, he would +not have welcomed them in this friendly way, because +of his suspicion that they might be people of that +kind.

+

+Moreover, thieving is with us illegal and criminal; +yet those who declare that Hermes is a most thievish +god cause this practice to be accounted not criminal— +for how could a god be bad? And some say that the +Laconians also punished those who thieved, not +because they had thieved, but because they had been +found out.

+

+Moreover, the coward and the man +who throws away his shield are in many places +punished by law; and this is why the Laconian +mother, when giving a shield to her son as he set +out for the war, said, ‟Either with this, my child, or +upon it.” Yet Archilochus,A. of Paros, famous for his iambic poems, circa 680 b.c. Alcaeus, a later poet, also flung away his shield in battle; and Hor. Od. ii. 7 is based on one or other of these incidents. as though vaunting to +us of his flight after flinging away his shield, speaks +thus of himself in his poems— + +Over my shield some Saïan warrior gloats,— +The shield I left, though loth, beside the bush— +A flawless piece of armour; I myself +Fled and escaped from death which endeth all.

+

+And the AmazonsCf. Hdt. iv. 114. used to maim the males amongst +their offspring so as to make them incapable of any +manly action, while they themselves attended to +warfare; though with us the opposite practice is +regarded as right. The Mother of the gods,Cybele, whose priests were eunuchs, cf. Catullus 63. also, +approves of effeminates, and the goddess would not +have decided thus if unmanliness were naturally a +bad thing.

+

+So it is that, in regard to justice and +injustice and the excellence of manliness, there is a +great variety of opinion.

+

Around all matters of religion and_ theology +also, there rages violent controversy.Cf. for this subject Adv. Phys. i. 13 ff., 50 ff. For while +the majority declare that gods exist, some deny +their existence, like Diagoras of Melos, and Theodorus, +and Critias the Athenian.Diagoras, atomist and poet, circa 420 b.c.; Theodorus, a Cyrenaic, circa 310 b.c.; Critias, orator and poet, one of the ‟Thirty Tyrants” (404 b.c.) of Athens. And of those +who maintain the existence of gods, some believe in +the ancestral gods, others in such as are constructed +in the Dogmatic systems—as Aristotle asserted +that God is incorporeal and ‟the limit of heaven,”This definition of God is not in our Aristotle, but cf. De caelo, i. 9, 278 b 14: ‟We are wont to give the name of ‘Heaven’ especially to the outermost and highest (part of the Universe), in which all the Divinity, we say, is situated.” It is this outermost circumference—the abode of Fire, the finest and most divine of elements—which is here termed ‟the limit” (πέρας). +the Stoics that he is a breath which permeates even +through things foul, Epicurus that he is anthropomorphic,Cf. Diog. Laert. vii. 138 f. (Stoics), x. 139 (Epicureans). For Xenophanes cf. i. 225. +Xenophanes that he is an impassive sphere.

+

+Some, too, hold that he cares for human affairs, others +that he does not so care; for Epicurus declares that +‟what is blessed and incorruptible neither feels trouble +itself nor causes it to others.” Hence ordinary people +differ also, some saying that there is one god, others +that there are many gods and of various shapes; +in fact, they even come to share the notions of the +EgyptiansCf. Hdt. ii. 41, Juvenal xv. 2 ff. who believe in gods that are dog-faced, or +hawk-shaped, or cows or crocodiles or anything else.

+

+Hence, too, sacrificial usages, and the ritual of worship +in general, exhibit great diversity. For things +which are in some cults accounted holy are in others +accounted unholy. But this would not have been so +if the holy and the unholy existed by nature. Thus, +for example, no one would sacrifice a pig to Sarapis, +but they sacrifice it to Heracles and Asclepius. To +sacrifice a sheep to Isis is forbidden, but it is offered +up in honour of the so-called Mother of the gods +and of other deities.

+

+To CronosCf. § 208 supra. a human victim is +sacrificed at Carthage, although this is regarded by +most as an impious act. In Alexandria they offer a +cat to Horus and a beetle to Thetis—a thing which +no one here would do. To Poseidon they sacrifice a +horse; but to Apollo (especially the Didymaeani.e. of Didymus, near Miletus. +Apollo) that animal is an abomination. It is an act +of piety to offer goats to Artemis, but not to Asclepius.

+

+And I might add a host of similar instances, but I +forbear since my aim is to be brief. Yet surely, if a +sacrifice had been holy by nature or unholy, it would +have been deemed so by all men alike.

+

Examples similar to these may also be found in +the religious observances with regard to human diet.

+

+For a Jew or an Egyptian priestCf. Hdt. ii. 47. would sooner die +than eat swine’s flesh; by a Libyan it is regarded as +a most impious thing to taste the meat of a sheep, +by some of the Syrians to eat a dove, and by others +to eat sacrificial victims. And in certain cults it is +lawful, but in others impious, to eat fish. And +amongst the Egyptians some of those who are reputed +to be sages believe it is sinful to eat an animal’s +head,Cf. Hdt. ii. 39. others the shoulder, others the foot, others +some other part.

+

+And no one would bring an onionCf. Juv. xv. 9. +as an offering to Zeus Casius of Pelusium,East of the Nile Delta. just as +no priest of the Libyan Aphrodite would taste garlic. +And in some cults they abstain from mint, in others +from catmint, in others from parsley. And some +declare that they would sooner eat their fathers’ +heads than beans.Cf. Emped. Frag. 141; probably a Pythagorean (or Orphic) ‟taboo”; cf. Hdt. ii. 37.

+

+Yet, amongst others, these things +are indifferent. Eating dog’s flesh, too, is thought +by us to be sinful, but some of the Thracians are +reported to be dog-eaters. Possibly this practice was +customary also amongst the Greeks; and on this +account Diocles, too, starting from the practices of +the Asclepiadae,The earliest Greek medical guild; Diocles was a famous physician of the fourth century b.c. prescribes that hounds’ flesh should +be given to certain patients. And some, as I have +said,§ 207 supra. even eat human flesh indifferently, a thing +which with us is accounted sinful.

+

+Yet, if the rules +of ritual and of unlawful foods had existed by nature, +they would have been observed by all men alike.

+

A similar account may be given of reverence +towards the departed.For this subject cf. Diog. Laert. ix. 84; Cic. Tusc. i. 45; Sir T. Browne, Hydriotaphia, chap. i. Some wrap the dead up +completely and then cover them with earth, thinking +that it is impious to expose them to the sun; but +the Egyptians take out their entrails and embalm +them and keep them above ground with themselves.

+

+The fish-eating tribes of the Ethiopians cast them +into the lakes, there to be devoured by the fish; the +HyrcaniansSouth of the Caspian Sea. expose them as a prey to dogs, and some +of the Indians to vultures. And they say that some +of the Troglodytesi.e. ‟cave-dwellers” of west coast of the Red Sea. take the corpse to a hill, and then +after tying its head to its feet cast stones upon it +amidst laughter, and when they have made a heap +of stones over it they leave it there.

+

+And some of the barbariansCf. § 210 supra. slay and eat those who are over +sixty years old, but bury in the earth those who die +young. Some burn the dead; and of these some +recover and preserve their bones,Cf. Tibull. iii. 2. 17 for the practice of ossilegium. while others show +no care but leave them scattered about. And they +say that the PersiansCf. Hdt. i. 140. impale their dead and +embalm them with nitre, after which they wrap +them round in bandages. How much grief others +endure for the dead we see ourselves.

+

+Some, too, believe death itself to be dreadful and +horrible, others do not. Thus Euripides says:Eurip. Frag. 638 (Nauck). + +Who knows if life be but the state of death, +And death be counted life in realms below? +And Epicurus declares:Eric. p. 61. 6; 71. 6 (Usener); cf. Lucret. iii. 830. ‟Death is nothing to us; +for what is dissolved is senseless, and what is senseless +is nothing to us.” They also declare that, inasmuch as +we are compounded of soul and body, and death is a +dissolution of soul and body, when we exist death +does not exist (for we are not being dissolved), and +when death exists we do not exist, for through the +cessation of the compound of soul and body we too +cease to exist.

+

+And HeracleitusCf. Heracl. Frag. 67, 78 (b 88 Diels). Part of the ‟Upward and Downward Way” of H. (see Introd, p. viii) is the cycle of generation by which every creature is simultaneously both living and dying. The soul, which consists of ‟fire,” is continually passing into the other elements, and the other elements into it. But the second clause (‟for when we live” etc.) looks rather like a contamination of Heracleitus’s doctrine with the σῶμα—σῆμα (‟body a tomb”) theory of Pythagoreanism. states that both life +and death exist both in our state of life and in our +state of death; for when we live our souls are dead +and buried within us, and when we die our souls +revive and live. And some even suppose that dying +is better for us than living. Thus Euripides says;Frag. 449; cf. Cic. Tusc. i. 48, Lucr. v. 222 ff. + +Rather should we assemble to bewail +The babe new-born, such ills has he to face; +Whereas the dead, who has surcease from woe, +With joy and gladness we should bear from home.

+

+These lines, too, spring from the same sentiment:Theognis 425 ff.; cf. Soph. Oed. Col. 1227. + +Not to have been begotten at all were the best thing for +mortals, +Nor to have lookèd upon fiery rays of the sun: +Or, if begotten, to hasten amain to the portals of Hades, +And to lie unmoved robèd in masses of earth. +We know, too, the facts about Cleobis and Biton +which HerodotusCf. Hdt. i. 31; Cic. Tusc. i. 47. Their mother Cydippe (the ‟Argive priestess” of Hera) prayed the goddess to grant her sons, C. and B., the best of boons for mortals: the same night both died in their sleep. relates in his story of the Argive +priestess.

+

+It is reported, also, that some of the +Thracians sit round the new-born babe and chant +dirges.Cf. Hdt. v. 4. So, then, death should not be considered a +thing naturally dreadful, just as life should not be +considered a thing naturally good. Thus none of the +things mentioned above is naturally of this character +or of that, but all are matters of convention and +relative.

+

+The same method of treatment may be applied also +to each of the other customs, which we have not now +described owing to the summary character of our +exposition. And even if, in regard to some of them, +we are unable to declare their discrepancy offhand, +we ought to observe that disagreement concerning +them may possibly exist amongst certain nations that +are unknown to us.Cf. ii. 40.

+

+For just as, if we had been +ignorant, say, of the custom amongst the Egyptians +of marrying sisters,Cf. § 205 supra. we should have asserted wrongly +that it was universally agreed that men ought not to +marry sisters,—even so, in regard to those practices +wherein we notice no discrepancy, it is not proper for +us to affirm that there is no disagreement about them, +since, as I said, disagreement about them may possibly +exist amongst some of the nations which are unknown +to us.

+

+Accordingly, the Sceptic, seeing so great a diversity +of usages, suspends judgement as to the natural +existence of anything good or bad or (in general) fit +or unfit to be done, therein abstaining from the rashness +of dogmatism;Cf. i. 13, 25 ff. and he follows undogmatically +the ordinary rules of life, and because of this he +remains impassive in respect of matters of opinion, +while in conditions that are necessitated his emotions +are moderate;

+

+for though, as a human being, he +suffers emotion through his senses, yet because he +does not also opine that what he suffers is evil by +nature, the emotion he suffers is moderate. For the +added opinion that a thing is of such a kind is worse +than the actual suffering itself, just as sometimes the +patients themselves bear a surgical operation, while +the bystanders swoon away because of their opinion +that it is a horrible experience.

+

+But, in fact, he who assumes that there exists by nature something good +or bad or, generally, fit or unfit to be done, is disquieted +in various ways. For when he experiences +what he regards as natural evils he deems himself to +be pursued by Furies, and when he becomes possessed +of what seems to him good things he falls into no +ordinary state of disquiet both through arrogance and +through fear of losing them, and through trying to +guard against finding himself again amongst what he +regards as natural evils;

+

+for those who assert that goods +are incapable of being lostSo said the Cynics, and some Stoics; other Stoics gave up the doctrine; cf. Diog. Laert. vi. 105, vii. 127. we shall put to silence +by means of the doubts raised by their dissension. +Hence we conclude that if what is productive of evil +is evil and to be shunned, and the persuasion that +these things are good, those evil, by nature produces +disquiet, then the assumption and persuasion that +anything is, in its real nature, either bad or good is +evil and to be shunned.

+

For the present, then, this account of things good, +evil, and indifferent is sufficient.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXV.—Does There Exist An Art Of Living? +

+It is plain from what has been said above that there +can be no art of living.Cf. Adv. Eth. 167 ff.; Cic. De fin. i. 13, v. 6 ff. For if such an art exists, it +has to do with the consideration of things good, evil, +and indifferent, so that these being non-existent the +art of living also is non-existent. Further, since the +Dogmatists do not all with one accord lay down one +single art of living, but some propound one art, some +another, they are guilty of discrepancy and open to +the argument from discrepancy which I stated in our +discussion of the Good.Cf. §§ 180, 238 supra.

+

+Yet, even if they were +all to agree in assuming that the art of living is one +—such as, for example, the celebrated ‟prudence” +whereof the Stoics dream, and which seems to be +more convincing than all the rest,—even so equally +absurd results will follow. For since ‟prudence” is a +virtue, and the Sage alone was in possession of virtue, +the Stoics, not being sages,For the sage as ‟indiscoverable” cf. Adv. Phys. i. 133, Introd. p. xxix. ‟Prudence” (φρόνησις), or ‟practical wisdom, is distinguished from ‟wisdom” (σοφία). Note that in this argument ‟the art of living” is identified with ‟prudence.” will not be in possession +of the art of living.

+

+And in general, since, according +to them, no artCf. §§ 188 ff.; ii. 53 ff. can have real existence, an art of +living cannot exist, so far as their statements go.

+

Thus, for example, they declare that art is ‟a +composite of apprehensions,” and apprehension is ‟assent +to an apprehensive impression.”Cf. ii. 4, 53 ff., Introd. p. xxv. But the apprehensive +impression is indiscoverable; for every impression +is not apprehensive, nor is it possible to decide which +one of the impressions is the apprehensive impression, +since we cannot simply decide by means of every +impression which one is apprehensive and which +not, while if we require an apprehensive impression in +order to determine which is the apprehensive impression +we are wrecked on the ad infinitum fallacy, since +we are asking for another apprehensive impression so +as to determine the impression taken to be apprehensive.

+

+And herein, too, the procedure of the Stoics, +in presenting the notion of the apprehensive impression, +is logically unsound; for in stating, on the one +hand, that an apprehensive impression is that which +is derived from a real object,Cf. Adv. Log. ii. 88. and, on the other hand, +that a real object is that which is capable of giving +rise to an apprehensive impression, they fall into the +fallacy of circular reasoning. If, then, in order that +an art of living may exist, there must first exist art, +and in order that art may subsist apprehension must +pre-exist, and in order that apprehension may subsist +assent to an apprehensive impression must be apprehended, +but the apprehensive impression is indiscoverable, +—then the art of living is indiscoverable.

+

+Another argument is this. Every art appears to +be apprehended by means of its own special products, +but there is no special product of the art of living; +for anything you might mention as its product—such +as honouring parents, paying back deposits, and all +the rest—is found to be common to ordinary folk +as well. Therefore no art of living exists. For we +shall not ascertain (as some assert) from the apparent +derivation of some speech or operation of the prudent +man from a state of prudence that it is a product of +prudence.

+

+For the state of prudence itself is inapprehensible, +not being directly apparent either of itself or +from its products, these being common to ordinary folk +as well. And to say that we apprehend the possessor +of the art of living by the unvarying quality of his +actionsi.e. always consistently good, impeccable. is the assertion of those who over-estimate +human nature and are visionaries rather than truth- +tellers: + +As is the day which upon them is brought by the sire +immortal, +So are the minds of mortal men.Homer, Od. xviii. 136–137.

+

+There remains the assertion that the art of living +is apprehended by means of those effects which they +describe in their books; and these being numerous +and much alike, I will extract a few of them by way +of examples. Thus, for instance, Zeno, the Master of +their sect, in his treatises, amongst many other statements +regarding the rearing of children, says this: +‟Have carnal knowledge no less and no more of a +favourite than of a non-favourite child, nor of a female +than of a male; favourite or non-favourite, males or +females, no different conduct, but the same, befits +and is befitting to all alike.”

+

+And as concerns piety +towards parents, the same man states,Cf. § 205. in reference +to the story of Jocasta and Oedipus, that there was +nothing dreadful in his rubbing his mother: ‟If she +had been ailing in one part of her body and he +had done her good by rubbing it with his hands, it +had not been shameful; was it, then, shameful for +him to stop her grief and give her joy by rubbing +other parts, and to beget noble children by his +mother?” And with this opinion Chrysippus also +agrees. At least he says in his State: ‟I approve +of carrying out those practices—which, quite rightly, +are customary even nowadays amongst many peoples +—according to which a mother has children by her +son,Cf. § 199. the father by his daughter, the brother by +his full sister.”

+

+And he proceeds, in the same treatises, to introduce amongst us cannibalism,Cf. § 207. +saying: ‟And if from a living body a part be cut +off that is good for food, we should not bury it nor +otherwise get rid of it, but consume it, so that from +our parts a new part may arise.”

+

+And in his book On Duty he says expressly, regarding the burial of +parents: ‟When our parents decease we should use +the simplest forms of burial, as though the body—like +the nails or teeth or hair—were nothing to us, and we +need bestow no care or attention on a thing like it. +Hence, also, men should make use of the flesh, when +it is good, for food, just as also when one of their own +parts, such as the foot, is cut off, it would be proper that +it and the like parts should be so used; but when the +flesh is not good, they should either bury it and leave +it, or burn it up and let the ashes lie, or cast it far away +and pay no more regard to it than to nails or hair.”

+

+Of such a kind are most of the philosophers’ +theories; but they would not dare to put them into +practice unless they lived under the laws of the +Cyclopes or Laestrygones.For C. and L., as savages of ancient Sicily, cf. Hom. Od. i. 69, x. 81; Thuc. vi. 21. But if they are totally +incapable of acting thus, and their actual conduct is +common to ordinary folk as well, there is no action +peculiar to those who are suspected of possessing the +art of living. So then, if the arts must certainly be +apprehended by means of their peculiar effects, and +no effect is observed that is peculiar to the so-called +art of living, this art is not apprehended. Consequently, +no one can positively affirm regarding it +that it is really existent.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXVI.—Does The Art Of Living Arise In Mankind? +

+Moreover, if the art of living comes into existence +in men, it so comes either by nature or through learning +and teaching. But if it is by nature, then the +art of living will arise in them either in so far as they +are men, or in so far as they are not men. Certainly +not in so far as they are not men; for it is not a fact +that they are not men. But if it is in so far as they +are men, then prudenceFor ‟prudence,” or practical ‟wisdom,” cf. § 240. would have belonged to all +men, so that all would have been prudent and virtuous +and wise. But they describe most men as bad.

+

+Neither, then, in so far as they are men will the art of +living belong to them. Therefore it does not accrue +by nature. And again, since they insist that art is +‟a system of co-exercised apprehensions,”Cf. §§ 188, 241, 261. they +make it evident that the art under discussion, as well +as all other arts, is acquired rather by some sort of +effort and learning.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXVII.—Is The Art Of Living Capable Of Being Taught? +

+But neither is it acquired by teaching and learning. +For in order that these should subsist, three things +must first be agreed upon—the matter which is being +taught, the teacher and the learner, and the method +of learning. But none of these subsists; neither, +then, does teaching.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXVIII.—Does a Matter Of Instruction Exist? +

+Thus, for instance, the matter of instruction is +either true or false; if false it would not be taught; +for they assert that falsehood is non-existent, and of +non-existents there could be no teaching. Nor yet +if it were said to be true; for we have shown in our +chapter ‟On the Criterion”Cf. ii. 85 ff. that truth is non-existent. +If, then, neither the false nor the true +is being taught, and besides these there is nothing +capable of being taught (for no one, to be sure, will +say that, though these are unteachable, he teaches +only dubious lessons‟Dubious lessons”: if the text is right, we must supply λόγους (sayings, ‟lessons”) with τοὺς ἀπόρους. It was laid down (cf. Adv. Math. i. 29) that ‟the dubious (ἄπορον) cannot be taught”: it is intermediate between truth and falsehood.), then nothing is taught.

+

+And the matter taught is either apparent or non-evident. +But if it is apparent, it will not require +teaching; for things apparent appear to all alike. +And if it is non-evident, then, since things non-evident +are, as we have often shown, inapprehensible +owing to the undecided controversy about them, it +will be incapable of being taught; for how could +anyone teach or learn what he does not apprehend? +But if neither the apparent is taught nor the +non-evident, nothing is taught.

+

+Again, what is taught is either corporeal or +incorporeal, and each of these being either apparent or +non-evident is incapable of being taught, according +to the argument we have just now stated. Nothing, +therefore, is taught.

+

+Further, either the existent is taught or the non- +existent. Now the non-existent is not taught; for +if the non-existent is taught the non-existent will be +true, since teaching is held to be of things true. And +if it is true, it will also subsist; for they declare that +‟a true thing is what subsists and is opposed to +something.”For the Stoic doctrine of ‟the true” and ‟truth” cf. ii. 80 ff. What ‟the true” is ‟opposed to” is presumably ‟the false.” ‟But it is absurd to say that the non- +existent subsists; therefore the non-existent is not +taught.

+

+Yet neither is the existent. For if the +existent is taught, it is taught either in so far as it is +existent or in so far as it is something else. But if it +is to be taught in so far as it is existent, it will be one +of the existing things, and therefore a thing incapable +of being taught; for teaching ought to proceed +from certain acknowledged facts which require no +teaching.Cf. Aristot. Anal. Post. i. 1. Therefore the existent, in so far as it is +existent, is not capable of being taught.

+

+Nor, in fact, in so far as it is something else. For the existent has +not anything else which is non-existent attached to it, +so that if the existent in so far as it is existent is +not taught, neither will it be taught in so far as it is +something else; for whatsoever thing is attached to +it is existent. And further, whether the existent +thing which, they will say, is taught be apparent or +non-evident, as it is subject to the absurdities we have +stated, it will be incapable of being taught. But if +neither the existent nor the non-existent is taught, +there is nothing that is taught.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXIX.—Do The Teacher And The Learner Exist? +

+Now with the refutation of this is involved that of +both the teacher and the learner; though they are +just as much open to doubt on their own account. +For either the expert artist teaches the expert, or +the non-expert the non-expert, or the non-expert the +expert, or the expert the non-expert. Now the expert +does not teach the expert; for neither of them, qua +expert, needs teaching. Nor does the non-expert +teach the non-expert, any more than the blind can +lead the blind.For this saying cf. Matt. xv. 14; Hor. Epist. i. 17. Nor the non-expert the expert, for +it would be ridiculous.

+

+The only thing left is to say +that the expert teaches the non-expert; and this, +too, is a thing impossible. For it is declared to be +wholly impossible that an expert artist should exist, +since neither do we see anyone existing spontaneously +and from birth as an expert, nor does anyone turn +into an expert from being a non-expert. For either +one lesson and one apprehension can make an expert +of the non-expert or they cannot do so at all.The argument here is that the non-expert cannot become an expert either (1) by a single lesson, §§ 261–262, or (2) by a course of lessons, which must follow each other singly, § 263. ‟Apprehension” here means the grasp of a truth or principle of the art or craft which is being imparted, the ‟art” itself being defined as a ‟system” of such pieces of knowledge.

+

+But if one apprehension makes the non-expert an +expert, it will be open to us to declare, firstly, that +art is not a system of apprehensions;Cf. § 251 supra. for the man +who knows nothing at all would be termed an expert +if only he were taught a single lesson of art. And, +secondly, should anyone assert that, as soon as a man +who has acquired some principles of art and still +needs one more, and because of this is non-expert, +acquires also that one principle, he at once becomes +an expert instead of a non-expert by means of one +apprehension, he will be making a random assertion.Cf. § 79 supra.

+

+For in the case of individual men we could not point +to one who, being still a non-expert, will become an +expert by acquiring one additional principle; for no +one, to be sure, has such a command of the numeration +of the principles of each art as to be able to say, +by numbering off the known principles, how many +are still needed to make up the full number of the +principles of the art. So then the learning of one +principle does not make the non-expert an expert.

+

+But if this is true, seeing that no one acquires all the +principles of the arts at once, but each .one singly, +if at all—this point also being granted by way of +assumption—the man who is said to acquire the principles +of the art one by one will not be termed an +expert; for we recall the conclusion that the learning +of one principle cannot make an expert of the non- +expert. No one, then, becomes an expert from +being a non-expert. Hence, on these grounds too, +the expert artist appears to be non-existent. And +therefore the teacher also.

+

+Neither can the so-called learner, if he is non- +expert, learn and apprehend the principles of the art +wherein he is non-expert. For just as the man who +is blind from birth, in so far as he is blind, will not +acquire perception of colours, nor, similarly, he who +is deaf from birth, of sound,These comparisons are ascribed to Anacharsis, the Scythian sage of Solon’s time (circa 590 b.c.); cf. Adv. Log. i. 55. so too the non-expert +will not apprehend the principles of the art wherein +he is non-expert. For should he do so the same man +would be both expert and non-expert in the same +things—non-expert since he is such by hypothesis, +and expert since he has apprehension of the principles +of the art. Hence, neither does the expert +teach the non-expert.

+

+But if neither the expert teaches the expert, nor the non-expert the non- +expert, nor the non-expert the expert, nor the expert +the non-expert, and these are all the alternatives +possible, then neither the teacher exists nor the +taught.

+

And if neither the learner nor the teacher exists, +the method of teaching also is abolished.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXX.—Does There Exist Any Method Of Learning? +

+And it is no less disputed on the following grounds. The method +of teaching comes to exist either by ocular evidence +or by speech;Cf. i. 138, 178. but it does not come to exist either +by ocular evidence or by speech, as we shall show; +therefore the method of learning also is not easy to +discover.

+

Now teaching does not come by ocular evidence, +since ocular evidence consists in things exhibited. +But what is exhibited is apparent to all; and the +apparent, qua apparent, is perceptible by all; and +what is perceptible by all in common is incapable of +being taught; therefore nothing is capable of being +taught by ocular evidence.

+

+Nor, in fact, is anything taught by speech. For +speech either signifies something or signifies nothing. +But if it signifies nothing, neither will it be capable +of teaching anything. And if it signifies something, +it does so either by nature or by convention. +But it is not significant by natureCf. ii. 214. because +all men do not understand all when they hear +them, as is the case with Greeks hearing barbarians +talk or barbarians hearing Greeks.

+

+And if it is significant by convention, evidently those who +have grasped beforehand the objects to which the +several words are assigned will perceive those objects, +not through being taught by the words things of +which they were ignorant, but by recollecting and +recovering things which they knew; whereas those +who require to learn what they do not know, and +who are ignorant of the objects to which the words +are assigned, will have no perception of anything.

+

+Consequently, the method of learning also will be +incapable of subsisting. For, in fact, the teacher +ought to impart to the learner an apprehension of +the principles of the art he is teaching, so that the +latter by apprehending them as a system may thus +become an expert artist. But, as we have shown +above,Cf. § 214. apprehension is nothing; therefore also the +method of teaching cannot subsist. But if neither +the matter taught exists, nor the teacher and the +learner, nor the method of learning, then neither +learning exists nor teaching.

+

+Such, then, are the objections put forward regarding +learning and teaching in general. And the same +difficulties may also be alleged in the case of the +so-called art of living. Thus, for instance, we have +shown aboveCf. §§ 240 ff. that the matter taught, namely prudence, +is non-existent; and both the teacher and the +learner are non-existent. For either the prudent +man will teach the prudent the art of living, or the +imprudent the imprudent, or the imprudent the +prudent, or the prudent the imprudent; but none +of these teaches any other; therefore the so-called +art of living is not taught.

+

+Probably it is superfluous even to refer to the other cases; but if the prudent +man teaches prudence to the imprudent, and prudence is +‟knowledgeCf. § 168. of things good and evil and +neither,” the imprudent man, as he does not possess +prudence, possesses ignorance of the things that are +good and evil and neither; and since he possesses +nothing but ignorance thereof, when the prudent +man teaches him what things are good and evil and +neither, he will merely hear what is said and will not +get to know the things. For if he should grasp them +while in a state of imprudence, then imprudence too +will be capable of perceiving what things are good +and evil and neither.

+

+But, according to them, imprudence +is certainly not capable of perceiving these +things, since, if it were, the imprudent man will be +prudent. Therefore, according to the definition of +prudence, the imprudent man does not grasp what +is said or done by the prudent. And, as he fails to +grasp, he will not be taught by him, especially since, +as we have said above, he cannot be taught either +by ocular evidence or by means of speech. But, in +fine, if the so-called art of living is not imparted to +anyone either by means of learning and teaching or +by nature, then the art of living, so harped on by +the philosophers, is indiscoverable.

+

+Yet even were one to grant, as an act of bounty, +that this visionary art of living is imparted to someone, +it will show itself to be hurtful to its possessors, +and a cause of perturbation, rather than beneficial.

+

Thus, for instance—to take a few arguments out +of many by way of example—the art of living might +be thought to benefit the wise man by furnishing +him with temperanceFor the Stoic definition of this virtue cf. Adv. Phys. i. 153. It denotes ‟self-mastery” by which the rational self (or ‟Logos”) overcomes the irrational appetites and passions. in his impulses towards good +and repulsions from evil.

+
+ +
+Chapter XXXI.—Does The Art Of Living Benefit Its Possessor? +

+He, then, who is termed by them a temperate sage is called temperate either in +virtue of his never feeling the impulse towards good +or repulsion from evil,Cf. § 177 for the Stoic use of ‟inclination” and ‟aversion” as ethical terms. The Stoic ideal being complete absence of passion and emotion (‟apathy”), the less ‟temperance” a man exercised the better he was. ‟The Sage,” being a purely rational self, needs no ‟self-mastery.” Cf. Introd. p. xxviii. or in virtue of his possessing +slight impulses in either direction and overcoming +them by reason.

+

+But in respect of his freedom from +bad resolutions he will not be self-controlled; for he +will not control what he does not possess. And just +as one would not call a eunuch temperate in sex- +indulgence, or a man with a poor stomach temperate +in respect of the pleasures of the table (for they feel +no attraction at all towards such things, so that they +might rise superior to the attraction through temperance), +—in the same way we ought not to term the +sage temperate, because he possesses no natural +feeling over which he may exercise control.

+

+And if they shall claim that he is temperate in virtue +of his forming bad resolutions but overcoming them +by reason, then, firstly, they will be admitting that +prudence was of no benefit to him just when he was +in a state of perturbation and needed assistance, and, +secondly, he is found to be even more unfortunate +than those they term bad.The ‟not-wise” of the Stoics, cf. § 251. For if he feels an impulse +towards anything, he is certainly perturbed; while +if he overcomes it by reason, he retains the evil, +and because of this he is more perturbed than the +bad man who no longer experiences this feeling; +for the latter,

+

+though he is perturbed if he is feeling +an impulse, yet ceases from his perturbation if he +gains his desires.

+

So, then, the sage does not become temperate in +virtue of his prudence; or if he does become so, he +is of all men the most miserable, so that the art of +living has brought him no benefit but the uttermost +perturbation. And we have shown aboveCf. §§ 236 f. supra, i. 27. that the +man who believes that he possesses the art of living, +and that by means of it he discerns what things are +naturally good and what bad, is extremely perturbed +both when good things are his and when evil things.

+

+We must, then, declare that, if there is no agreement +as to the existence of things good and bad and +indifferent, and the art of living is possibly non- +existent, or—if its existence is provisionally admitted +—brings no benefit to its possessors but, on the +contrary, causes them extreme perturbations, then +the Dogmatists would seem to be vainly puffed up in +respect of the so-called Ethical division of what they +term ‟philosophy.”

+

+Having now treated of the subject of Ethics also +at sufficient length for an account in outline, +we conclude at this point our third book, and with it the +complete treatise on ‟Pyrrhonean Outlines,” adding +only this final section:

+
+ +
+Chapter XXXII.—Why The Sceptic Sometimes Purposely Propounds Arguments Which Are Lacking In Power Of Persuasion +

+The Sceptic, being a lover of his kind, desires to +cure by speech, as best he can, the self-conceit +and rashnessCf. i. 20, 177; ii. 256, 258. of the Dogmatists. So, just as the +physicians who cure bodily ailments have remedies +which differ in strength, and apply the severe ones +to those whose ailments are severe and the milder to +those mildly affected,—so too the Sceptic propounds +arguments which differ in strength,

+

+and employs those which are weighty and capable by their stringency of +disposing of the Dogmatists' ailment, self-conceit, in +cases where the mischief is due to a severe attack of +rashness, while he employs the milder arguments in +the case of those whose ailment of conceit is superficial and +easy to cure, and whom it is possible to restore to +health by milder methods of persuasion. +Hence the adherent of Sceptic principles does not +scruple to propound at one time arguments that are +weighty in their persuasiveness, and at another time +such as appear less impressive,—and he does so on +purpose, as the latter are frequently sufficient to +enable him to effect his object.

+
+
+
+ + +
+